From 8ac0e970e4464d9f8f73c0fb34a178ff135be8c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Sun, 2 Jun 2024 23:07:22 +0900 Subject: Rename ntqwidget* related files to equivalent tqwidget* Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- doc/html/abstractwidgets.html | 2 +- doc/html/aclock-example.html | 60 +- doc/html/activentqt.html | 4 +- doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html | 4 +- doc/html/addressbook-example.html | 92 +- doc/html/annotated.html | 10 +- doc/html/appearance.html | 2 +- doc/html/appicon.html | 4 +- doc/html/biff-example.html | 24 +- doc/html/bigtable-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/buttongroups-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/canvas-example.html | 24 +- doc/html/chart-canvasview-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html | 18 +- doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html | 16 +- doc/html/chart-optionsform-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/chart-setdataform-cpp.html | 12 +- doc/html/chart-setdataform-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/checklists-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/classchart.html | 10 +- doc/html/classes.html | 10 +- doc/html/clientserver-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/coordsys.html | 10 +- doc/html/cursor-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/customlayout-example.html | 56 +- doc/html/customlayout.html | 2 +- doc/html/dclock-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/debug.html | 2 +- doc/html/designer-manual-1.html | 4 +- doc/html/designer-manual-16.html | 6 +- doc/html/designer-manual-3.html | 26 +- doc/html/designer-manual-4.html | 10 +- doc/html/designer-manual-5.html | 2 +- doc/html/designer-manual-6.html | 14 +- doc/html/designer-manual-7.html | 62 +- doc/html/desktop-example.html | 36 +- doc/html/dirview-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/distributingntqt.html | 2 +- doc/html/distributor-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/dnd.html | 16 +- doc/html/drawdemo-example.html | 36 +- doc/html/drawlines-example.html | 28 +- doc/html/emb-charinput.html | 2 +- doc/html/emb-features.html | 4 +- doc/html/emb-performance.html | 4 +- doc/html/eventsandfilters.html | 8 +- doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/fileiconview-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/focus.html | 16 +- doc/html/forever-example.html | 26 +- doc/html/functions.html | 474 ++-- doc/html/geomanagement.html | 2 +- doc/html/geometry.html | 2 +- doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html | 38 +- doc/html/headerfilesynonyms | 2 +- doc/html/headers.html | 8 +- doc/html/hello-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/helpsystem-example.html | 16 +- doc/html/helpviewer-example.html | 28 +- doc/html/hierarchy.html | 10 +- doc/html/httpd-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/i18n-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/i18n.html | 2 +- doc/html/iconview-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html | 18 +- doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/index | 640 ++--- doc/html/keyfeatures30.html | 2 +- doc/html/layout-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/layout.html | 32 +- doc/html/life-example.html | 24 +- doc/html/lineedits-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/linguist-manual-4.html | 8 +- doc/html/listbox-example.html | 30 +- doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/listviews-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/mac-differences.html | 2 +- doc/html/mainclasses.html | 4 +- doc/html/mdi-example.html | 60 +- doc/html/menu-example.html | 36 +- doc/html/motif-customwidget-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/motif-dialog-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/motif-extension.html | 2 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-6.html | 2 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html | 2 +- doc/html/movies-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqaccel.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqaction.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqapplication.html | 82 +- doc/html/ntqbutton.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqcolordialog.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqcombobox.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqcursor.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqdatetimeedit.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqdesktopwidget.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqdial.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqdialog.html | 30 +- doc/html/ntqdockarea.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqdockwindow.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqdragobject.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqdropsite.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqevent.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqfocusdata.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqfont.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqfontdialog.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqframe.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqgrid.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqgridview.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqguardedptr.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqhbox.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqheader.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqiconset.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqiconview.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqlabel.html | 22 +- doc/html/ntqlayout.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqlineedit.html | 24 +- doc/html/ntqlistbox.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqlistview.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqmenubar.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqmenudata.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html | 38 +- doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqpaintdevice.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqpaintdevicemetrics.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqpainter.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqpalette.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqpixmap.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html | 36 +- doc/html/ntqprinter.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqrangecontrol.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqregion.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqscrollbar.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqscrollview.html | 66 +- doc/html/ntqsizegrip.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqsizepolicy.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqslider.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqspinbox.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqsplitter.html | 32 +- doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqstyle.html | 68 +- doc/html/ntqt.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqtabbar.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html | 52 +- doc/html/ntqtable.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html | 72 +- doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqtextedit.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html | 22 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqtooltip.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqvbox.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqwidget.html | 3256 ------------------------- doc/html/ntqwidgetfactory.html | 168 -- doc/html/ntqwidgetplugin.html | 146 -- doc/html/ntqwidgetstack.html | 193 -- doc/html/ntqwizard.html | 36 +- doc/html/ntqworkspace.html | 14 +- doc/html/objecttrees.html | 2 +- doc/html/organizers.html | 2 +- doc/html/outliner-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/picture-example.html | 16 +- doc/html/plugins-howto.html | 8 +- doc/html/plugins.html | 2 +- doc/html/popup-example.html | 66 +- doc/html/porting.html | 40 +- doc/html/process-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/progress-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/progressbar-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/properties.html | 12 +- doc/html/propertydocs | 556 ++--- doc/html/propertyindex | 130 +- doc/html/qaction-application-example.html | 18 +- doc/html/qactiongroup.html | 2 +- doc/html/qaxaggregated.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxbindable-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qaxbindable.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxcontainer.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaxfactory.html | 8 +- doc/html/qaxobject.html | 2 +- doc/html/qaxserver-demo-multiple.html | 2 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html | 36 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-multiple.html | 16 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-opengl.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html | 8 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-tetrax.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaxserver.html | 20 +- doc/html/qaxwidget-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qaxwidget-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qaxwidget.html | 18 +- doc/html/qboxlayout.html | 14 +- doc/html/qbutton-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qbutton-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qbuttongroup-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qcheckbox-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qcloseevent.html | 10 +- doc/html/qcolordialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qcolordrag.html | 4 +- doc/html/qcolorgroup.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcombobox-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcombobox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qdateedit-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdateedit.html | 4 +- doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdatetimeedit-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdatetimeeditbase-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdatetimeeditbase.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdesktopwidget-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdesktopwidget-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdial-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdial-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdialog-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qdir-example.html | 26 +- doc/html/qdirectpainter.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdockarea-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdockarea-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qdockwindow-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qdragmoveevent.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdropevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qerrormessage-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qfd-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/qfiledialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qfilepreview.html | 2 +- doc/html/qfocusdata-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qfocusevent.html | 6 +- doc/html/qfontdialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qframe-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qframe-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qgfx_qws-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qgl-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qglformat.html | 2 +- doc/html/qglwidget-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qglwidget.html | 22 +- doc/html/qgrid-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qgridlayout.html | 12 +- doc/html/qgridview-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qgroupbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qhbox-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qhbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qhboxlayout.html | 2 +- doc/html/qhbuttongroup-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qheader-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qheader-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qhgroupbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qhideevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qicondrag.html | 2 +- doc/html/qicondragevent.html | 2 +- doc/html/qiconview-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qimagedrag.html | 4 +- doc/html/qimevent.html | 6 +- doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qkeyevent.html | 12 +- doc/html/qlabel-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qlayout-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qlayoutitem.html | 24 +- doc/html/qlcdnumber-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qlineedit-members.html | 438 ++-- doc/html/qlistbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qlistview-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qmacstyle.html | 10 +- doc/html/qmag-example.html | 92 +- doc/html/qmainwindow-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmainwindow-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qmake-manual-7.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmenubar-members.html | 438 ++-- doc/html/qmessagebox-members.html | 438 ++-- doc/html/qmotifdialog-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qmotifdialog.html | 8 +- doc/html/qmotifwidget-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmotifwidget-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qmotifwidget.html | 12 +- doc/html/qmouseevent.html | 14 +- doc/html/qmoveevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qmultilineedit-members.html | 434 ++-- doc/html/qnamespace-h.html | 10 +- doc/html/qnp-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qnpinstance.html | 2 +- doc/html/qnpwidget-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qnpwidget.html | 14 +- doc/html/qpaintevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qpopupmenu-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qprogressbar-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qprogressdialog-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qpushbutton-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qradiobutton-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qresizeevent.html | 6 +- doc/html/qscrollbar-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qscrollbar-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qscrollview-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qsgistyle-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qsizegrip-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qsizegrip-members.html | 440 ++-- doc/html/qslider-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qslider-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qspinbox-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qspinbox-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qsplashscreen-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qsplashscreen-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qsplitter-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qstatusbar-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstatusbar-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qstoreddrag.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstyleoption.html | 6 +- doc/html/qt.dcf | 674 ++--- doc/html/qtabbar-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtabbar-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qtabdialog-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qtable-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qtableitem.html | 8 +- doc/html/qtabletevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qtabwidget-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtabwidget-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qtextbrowser-members.html | 434 ++-- doc/html/qtextdrag.html | 4 +- doc/html/qtextedit-members.html | 434 ++-- doc/html/qtextview-members.html | 434 ++-- doc/html/qtimeedit-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qtimeedit.html | 4 +- doc/html/qtmac-as-native.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtoolbar-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qtoolbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qtoolbutton-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/qtooltip-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/quridrag.html | 4 +- doc/html/qvbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qvboxlayout.html | 2 +- doc/html/qvbuttongroup-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qvgroupbox-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qwerty-example.html | 48 +- doc/html/qwheelevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qwidget-h.html | 1071 -------- doc/html/qwidget-members.html | 338 --- doc/html/qwidgetfactory-h.html | 231 -- doc/html/qwidgetfactory-members.html | 54 - doc/html/qwidgetitem-members.html | 63 - doc/html/qwidgetitem.html | 116 - doc/html/qwidgetplugin-h.html | 165 -- doc/html/qwidgetplugin-members.html | 56 - doc/html/qwidgetstack-h.html | 157 -- doc/html/qwidgetstack-members.html | 365 --- doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qwizard-members.html | 444 ++-- doc/html/qworkspace-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qworkspace-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/qwsdecoration.html | 14 +- doc/html/qwsserver.html | 8 +- doc/html/qxtwidget-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qxtwidget-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/qxtwidget.html | 20 +- doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/regexptester-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/richtext-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/rot-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/scribble-example.html | 62 +- doc/html/scrollview-example.html | 28 +- doc/html/showimg-example.html | 92 +- doc/html/signalsandslots.html | 6 +- doc/html/simple-application-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/simple-application.html | 26 +- doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html | 44 +- doc/html/simple_dd-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/small-table-example-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/sound-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/splitter-example.html | 30 +- doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass1-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass2-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table1-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/sql.html | 18 +- doc/html/sqltable-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/statistics-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/t10-cannon-cpp.html | 14 +- doc/html/t10-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t10-lcdrange-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t10-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t10-main-cpp.html | 16 +- doc/html/t11-cannon-cpp.html | 16 +- doc/html/t11-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t11-lcdrange-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t11-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t11-main-cpp.html | 18 +- doc/html/t12-cannon-cpp.html | 18 +- doc/html/t12-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t12-lcdrange-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t12-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t12-main-cpp.html | 18 +- doc/html/t13-cannon-cpp.html | 24 +- doc/html/t13-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t13-gamebrd-cpp.html | 12 +- doc/html/t13-gamebrd-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t13-lcdrange-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/t13-lcdrange-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t13-main-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t14-cannon-cpp.html | 38 +- doc/html/t14-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t14-gamebrd-cpp.html | 12 +- doc/html/t14-gamebrd-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t14-lcdrange-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/t14-lcdrange-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t14-main-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t7-lcdrange-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/t7-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t7-main-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html | 12 +- doc/html/t8-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t8-lcdrange-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t8-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t8-main-cpp.html | 16 +- doc/html/t9-cannon-cpp.html | 12 +- doc/html/t9-cannon-h.html | 6 +- doc/html/t9-lcdrange-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/t9-lcdrange-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/t9-main-cpp.html | 16 +- doc/html/tabdialog-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/table-bigtable-main-cpp.html | 6 +- doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/tetrix-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/themes-example.html | 122 +- doc/html/threads.html | 6 +- doc/html/tictac-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/titleindex | 28 +- doc/html/toggleaction-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/tooltip-example.html | 30 +- doc/html/toplevel-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/tqcanvas.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqcanvasitem.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqcanvasview-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/tqcanvasview.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqdatabrowser-members.html | 446 ++-- doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqdatatable-members.html | 442 ++-- doc/html/tqdatatable.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqdataview-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqdataview-members.html | 448 ++-- doc/html/tqdataview.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqeditorfactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqobject.html | 26 +- doc/html/tqsqleditorfactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlform.html | 16 +- doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqwidget-h.html | 1071 ++++++++ doc/html/tqwidget-members.html | 338 +++ doc/html/tqwidget.html | 3256 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html | 231 ++ doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-members.html | 54 + doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html | 168 ++ doc/html/tqwidgetitem-members.html | 63 + doc/html/tqwidgetitem.html | 116 + doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html | 165 ++ doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-members.html | 56 + doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html | 146 ++ doc/html/tqwidgetstack-h.html | 157 ++ doc/html/tqwidgetstack-members.html | 365 +++ doc/html/tqwidgetstack.html | 193 ++ doc/html/tutorial1-01.html | 10 +- doc/html/tutorial1-02.html | 12 +- doc/html/tutorial1-03.html | 16 +- doc/html/tutorial1-04.html | 44 +- doc/html/tutorial1-05.html | 14 +- doc/html/tutorial1-06.html | 22 +- doc/html/tutorial1-07.html | 4 +- doc/html/tutorial1-08.html | 26 +- doc/html/tutorial1-09.html | 2 +- doc/html/tutorial1-10.html | 18 +- doc/html/tutorial1-11.html | 16 +- doc/html/tutorial1-12.html | 10 +- doc/html/tutorial1-13.html | 24 +- doc/html/tutorial1-14.html | 14 +- doc/html/tutorial2-04.html | 2 +- doc/html/tutorial2-05.html | 14 +- doc/html/tutorial2-06.html | 2 +- doc/html/tutorial2-07.html | 4 +- doc/html/tutorial2-08.html | 14 +- doc/html/tutorial2-09.html | 18 +- doc/html/whatsthis | 8 +- doc/html/wizard-example.html | 50 +- doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html | 46 +- doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/xform-example.html | 72 +- doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html | 2 +- 519 files changed, 26677 insertions(+), 26677 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqwidget.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqwidgetfactory.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqwidgetplugin.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqwidgetstack.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidget-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidget-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetfactory-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetfactory-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetitem-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetitem.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetplugin-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetplugin-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetstack-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qwidgetstack-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidget-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidget-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidget.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetitem-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetitem.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetstack-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetstack-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqwidgetstack.html (limited to 'doc/html') diff --git a/doc/html/abstractwidgets.html b/doc/html/abstractwidgets.html index 1a7275180..567d99d69 100644 --- a/doc/html/abstractwidgets.html +++ b/doc/html/abstractwidgets.html @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ these classes. TQFrameThe base class of widgets that can have a frame TQGridViewAbstract base for fixed-size grids TQScrollViewScrolling area with on-demand scroll bars -TQWidgetThe base class of all user interface objects +TQWidgetThe base class of all user interface objects TQWizardFramework for wizard dialogs diff --git a/doc/html/aclock-example.html b/doc/html/aclock-example.html index dfd8bc84f..88320ca96 100644 --- a/doc/html/aclock-example.html +++ b/doc/html/aclock-example.html @@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ This example displays an analog clock widget. #ifndef ACLOCK_H #define ACLOCK_H -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> #include <ntqdatetime.h> class TQTimer; -class AnalogClock : public TQWidget // analog clock widget +class AnalogClock : public TQWidget // analog clock widget { TQ_OBJECT public: - AnalogClock( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + AnalogClock( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); void setAutoMask(bool b); protected: @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ private: // Constructs an analog clock widget that uses an internal TQTimer. // -AnalogClock::AnalogClock( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( parent, name ) +AnalogClock::AnalogClock( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { time = TQTime::currentTime(); // get current time internalTimer = new TQTimer( this ); // create internal timer @@ -113,16 +113,16 @@ private: internalTimer->start( 5000 ); // emit signal every 5 seconds } -void AnalogClock::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) +void AnalogClock::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) { - if(isTopLevel()) - clickPos = e->pos() + TQPoint(geometry().topLeft() - frameGeometry().topLeft()); + if(isTopLevel()) + clickPos = e->pos() + TQPoint(geometry().topLeft() - frameGeometry().topLeft()); } -void AnalogClock::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) +void AnalogClock::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) { - if(isTopLevel()) - move( e->globalPos() - clickPos ); + if(isTopLevel()) + move( e->globalPos() - clickPos ); } // @@ -137,10 +137,10 @@ void AnalogClock::setTime( const TQTime< { time = t; disconnect( internalTimer, TQ_SIGNAL(timeout()), this, TQ_SLOT(timeout()) ); - if (autoMask()) - updateMask(); + if (autoMask()) + updateMask(); else - update(); + update(); } @@ -150,20 +150,20 @@ void AnalogClock::timeout() time = TQTime::currentTime(); if ( old_time.minute() != time.minute() || old_time.hour() != time.hour() ) { // minute or hour has changed - if (autoMask()) - updateMask(); + if (autoMask()) + updateMask(); else - update(); + update(); } } -void AnalogClock::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) +void AnalogClock::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) { - if ( autoMask() ) + if ( autoMask() ) return; TQPainter paint( this ); - paint.setBrush( colorGroup().foreground() ); + paint.setBrush( colorGroup().foreground() ); drawClock( &paint ); } @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void AnalogClock::paintEvent( TQBitmap bm( size() ); + TQBitmap bm( size() ); bm.fill( color0 ); //transparent TQPainter paint; @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ void AnalogClock::updateMask() // paint clock mask drawClock( &paint ); paint.end(); - setMask( bm ); + setMask( bm ); } // @@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ void AnalogClock::drawClock( TQPain } -void AnalogClock::setAutoMask(bool b) +void AnalogClock::setAutoMask(bool b) { if (b) - setBackgroundMode( PaletteForeground ); + setBackgroundMode( PaletteForeground ); else - setBackgroundMode( PaletteBackground ); - TQWidget::setAutoMask(b); + setBackgroundMode( PaletteBackground ); + TQWidget::setAutoMask(b); } @@ -256,11 +256,11 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); AnalogClock *clock = new AnalogClock; if ( argc == 2 && strcmp( argv[1], "-transparent" ) == 0 ) - clock->setAutoMask( TRUE ); - clock->resize( 100, 100 ); + clock->setAutoMask( TRUE ); + clock->resize( 100, 100 ); a.setMainWidget( clock ); - clock->setCaption("TQt Example - Analog Clock"); - clock->show(); + clock->setCaption("TQt Example - Analog Clock"); + clock->show(); int result = a.exec(); delete clock; return result; diff --git a/doc/html/activentqt.html b/doc/html/activentqt.html index 3fc09058b..98522d966 100644 --- a/doc/html/activentqt.html +++ b/doc/html/activentqt.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ any number of TQt widgets as ActiveX controls.

TQAxContainer

The TQAxContainer module is a static -library implementing TQObject and TQWidget subclasses, TQAxObject and +library implementing TQObject and TQWidget subclasses, TQAxObject and TQAxWidget, that act as a containers for COM objects and ActiveX controls. If built against a shared TQt library TQAxWidget integrates as a widget plugin into TQt Designer. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ static library that implements functionality for in-process and executable COM servers. This module provides the TQAxAggregated, TQAxBindable and TQAxFactory classes.

Examples include in- and -out-of-process servers providing different TQWidget subclasses as +out-of-process servers providing different TQWidget subclasses as ActiveX controls, as well as a walkthrough how to use those objects in a .NET environment.

Additional Information

diff --git a/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html b/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html index 351f1e9cf..348c07944 100644 --- a/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html +++ b/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ the form. Visual Studio will automatically generate the RCW for the object servers. The TQAxWidget2 instance takes most of the upper part of the form, with the TQPushButton in the lower right corner.

In the property editor of Visual Studio we can modify the properties -of our controls - TQPushButton exposes the TQWidget API and has many +of our controls - TQPushButton exposes the TQWidget API and has many properties, while TQAxWidget2 has only the Visual Studio standard properties in addition to its own property "lineWidth" in the "Miscellaneous" category. The objects are named "axTQPushButton1" and @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ thanks to the C++ extensions provided by Microsoft.

All the limitations when using ActiveTQt are implied when using this technique to interoperate with .NET, e.g. the datatypes we can use in the APIs can only be those supported by ActiveTQt and COM. However, -since this includes subclasses of TQObject and TQWidget we can wrap +since this includes subclasses of TQObject and TQWidget we can wrap any of our datatypes into a TQObject subclass to make its API available to .NET. This has the positive side effect that the same API is automatically available in TQSA, the cross platform diff --git a/doc/html/addressbook-example.html b/doc/html/addressbook-example.html index 80a22a7c1..278c9057f 100644 --- a/doc/html/addressbook-example.html +++ b/doc/html/addressbook-example.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void ABMainWindow::setupCentralWidget() void ABMainWindow::closeWindow() { - close(); + close(); } void ABMainWindow::fileNew() @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ void ABMainWindow::filePrint() #ifndef AB_CENTRALWIDGET_H #define AB_CENTRALWIDGET_H -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> #include <ntqstring.h> class TQTabWidget; @@ -228,12 +228,12 @@ class TQPushButton; class TQListViewItem; class TQCheckBox; -class ABCentralWidget : public TQWidget +class ABCentralWidget : public TQWidget { TQ_OBJECT public: - ABCentralWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 ); + ABCentralWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 ); void save( const TQString &filename ); void load( const TQString &filename ); @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ protected: #include <ntqtabwidget.h> #include <ntqlistview.h> #include <ntqlayout.h> -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> #include <ntqlabel.h> #include <ntqpushbutton.h> #include <ntqlineedit.h> @@ -292,8 +292,8 @@ protected: #include <ntqfile.h> #include <ntqtextstream.h> -ABCentralWidget::ABCentralWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( parent, name ) +ABCentralWidget::ABCentralWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { mainGrid = new TQGridLayout( this, 2, 1, 5, 5 ); @@ -349,52 +349,52 @@ void ABCentralWidget::setupTabWidget() { tabWidget = new TQTabWidget( this ); - TQWidget *input = new TQWidget( tabWidget ); + TQWidget *input = new TQWidget( tabWidget ); TQGridLayout *grid1 = new TQGridLayout( input, 2, 5, 5, 5 ); TQLabel *liFirstName = new TQLabel( "First &Name", input ); - liFirstName->resize( liFirstName->sizeHint() ); + liFirstName->resize( liFirstName->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( liFirstName, 0, 0 ); TQLabel *liLastName = new TQLabel( "&Last Name", input ); - liLastName->resize( liLastName->sizeHint() ); + liLastName->resize( liLastName->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( liLastName, 0, 1 ); TQLabel *liAddress = new TQLabel( "Add&ress", input ); - liAddress->resize( liAddress->sizeHint() ); + liAddress->resize( liAddress->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( liAddress, 0, 2 ); TQLabel *liEMail = new TQLabel( "&E-Mail", input ); - liEMail->resize( liEMail->sizeHint() ); + liEMail->resize( liEMail->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( liEMail, 0, 3 ); add = new TQPushButton( "A&dd", input ); - add->resize( add->sizeHint() ); + add->resize( add->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( add, 0, 4 ); connect( add, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( addEntry() ) ); iFirstName = new TQLineEdit( input ); - iFirstName->resize( iFirstName->sizeHint() ); + iFirstName->resize( iFirstName->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( iFirstName, 1, 0 ); liFirstName->setBuddy( iFirstName ); iLastName = new TQLineEdit( input ); - iLastName->resize( iLastName->sizeHint() ); + iLastName->resize( iLastName->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( iLastName, 1, 1 ); liLastName->setBuddy( iLastName ); iAddress = new TQLineEdit( input ); - iAddress->resize( iAddress->sizeHint() ); + iAddress->resize( iAddress->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( iAddress, 1, 2 ); liAddress->setBuddy( iAddress ); iEMail = new TQLineEdit( input ); - iEMail->resize( iEMail->sizeHint() ); + iEMail->resize( iEMail->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( iEMail, 1, 3 ); liEMail->setBuddy( iEMail ); change = new TQPushButton( "&Change", input ); - change->resize( change->sizeHint() ); + change->resize( change->sizeHint() ); grid1->addWidget( change, 1, 4 ); connect( change, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( changeEntry() ) ); @@ -402,55 +402,55 @@ void ABCentralWidget::setupTabWidget() // -------------------------------------- - TQWidget *search = new TQWidget( this ); + TQWidget *search = new TQWidget( this ); TQGridLayout *grid2 = new TQGridLayout( search, 2, 5, 5, 5 ); cFirstName = new TQCheckBox( "First &Name", search ); - cFirstName->resize( cFirstName->sizeHint() ); + cFirstName->resize( cFirstName->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( cFirstName, 0, 0 ); connect( cFirstName, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( toggleFirstName() ) ); cLastName = new TQCheckBox( "&Last Name", search ); - cLastName->resize( cLastName->sizeHint() ); + cLastName->resize( cLastName->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( cLastName, 0, 1 ); connect( cLastName, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( toggleLastName() ) ); cAddress = new TQCheckBox( "Add&ress", search ); - cAddress->resize( cAddress->sizeHint() ); + cAddress->resize( cAddress->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( cAddress, 0, 2 ); connect( cAddress, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( toggleAddress() ) ); cEMail = new TQCheckBox( "&E-Mail", search ); - cEMail->resize( cEMail->sizeHint() ); + cEMail->resize( cEMail->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( cEMail, 0, 3 ); connect( cEMail, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( toggleEMail() ) ); sFirstName = new TQLineEdit( search ); - sFirstName->resize( sFirstName->sizeHint() ); + sFirstName->resize( sFirstName->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( sFirstName, 1, 0 ); sLastName = new TQLineEdit( search ); - sLastName->resize( sLastName->sizeHint() ); + sLastName->resize( sLastName->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( sLastName, 1, 1 ); sAddress = new TQLineEdit( search ); - sAddress->resize( sAddress->sizeHint() ); + sAddress->resize( sAddress->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( sAddress, 1, 2 ); sEMail = new TQLineEdit( search ); - sEMail->resize( sEMail->sizeHint() ); + sEMail->resize( sEMail->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( sEMail, 1, 3 ); find = new TQPushButton( "F&ind", search ); - find->resize( find->sizeHint() ); + find->resize( find->sizeHint() ); grid2->addWidget( find, 1, 4 ); connect( find, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( findEntries() ) ); cFirstName->setChecked( TRUE ); - sFirstName->setEnabled( TRUE ); - sLastName->setEnabled( FALSE ); - sAddress->setEnabled( FALSE ); - sEMail->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sFirstName->setEnabled( TRUE ); + sLastName->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sAddress->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sEMail->setEnabled( FALSE ); tabWidget->addTab( search, "&Search" ); @@ -530,11 +530,11 @@ void ABCentralWidget::toggleFirstName() sFirstName->setText( "" ); if ( cFirstName->isChecked() ) { - sFirstName->setEnabled( TRUE ); - sFirstName->setFocus(); + sFirstName->setEnabled( TRUE ); + sFirstName->setFocus(); } else - sFirstName->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sFirstName->setEnabled( FALSE ); } void ABCentralWidget::toggleLastName() @@ -542,11 +542,11 @@ void ABCentralWidget::toggleLastName() sLastName->setText( "" ); if ( cLastName->isChecked() ) { - sLastName->setEnabled( TRUE ); - sLastName->setFocus(); + sLastName->setEnabled( TRUE ); + sLastName->setFocus(); } else - sLastName->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sLastName->setEnabled( FALSE ); } void ABCentralWidget::toggleAddress() @@ -554,11 +554,11 @@ void ABCentralWidget::toggleAddress() sAddress->setText( "" ); if ( cAddress->isChecked() ) { - sAddress->setEnabled( TRUE ); - sAddress->setFocus(); + sAddress->setEnabled( TRUE ); + sAddress->setFocus(); } else - sAddress->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sAddress->setEnabled( FALSE ); } void ABCentralWidget::toggleEMail() @@ -566,11 +566,11 @@ void ABCentralWidget::toggleEMail() sEMail->setText( "" ); if ( cEMail->isChecked() ) { - sEMail->setEnabled( TRUE ); - sEMail->setFocus(); + sEMail->setEnabled( TRUE ); + sEMail->setFocus(); } else - sEMail->setEnabled( FALSE ); + sEMail->setEnabled( FALSE ); } void ABCentralWidget::findEntries() @@ -643,9 +643,9 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); ABMainWindow *mw = new ABMainWindow(); - mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Addressbook" ); + mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Addressbook" ); a.setMainWidget( mw ); - mw->show(); + mw->show(); a.connect( &a, TQ_SIGNAL( lastWindowClosed() ), &a, TQ_SLOT( quit() ) ); int result = a.exec(); diff --git a/doc/html/annotated.html b/doc/html/annotated.html index a0105ef73..4bad6ca06 100644 --- a/doc/html/annotated.html +++ b/doc/html/annotated.html @@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } TQWaitConditionAllows waiting/waking for conditions between threads TQWhatsThisSimple description of any widget, i.e. answering the question "What's this?" TQWheelEventParameters that describe a wheel event -TQWidgetThe base class of all user interface objects -TQWidgetFactoryFor the dynamic creation of widgets from TQt Designer .ui files -TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget -TQWidgetPluginAbstract base for custom TQWidget plugins -TQWidgetStackStack of widgets of which only the top widget is user-visible +TQWidgetThe base class of all user interface objects +TQWidgetFactoryFor the dynamic creation of widgets from TQt Designer .ui files +TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget +TQWidgetPluginAbstract base for custom TQWidget plugins +TQWidgetStackStack of widgets of which only the top widget is user-visible TQWindowsMimeMaps open-standard MIME to Window Clipboard formats TQWindowsStyleMicrosoft Windows-like look and feel TQWizardFramework for wizard dialogs diff --git a/doc/html/appearance.html b/doc/html/appearance.html index e5cfe7df5..615524016 100644 --- a/doc/html/appearance.html +++ b/doc/html/appearance.html @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ style. TQVBoxLayoutLines up widgets vertically TQVButtonGroupOrganizes TQButton widgets in a vertical column TQVGroupBoxOrganizes a group of widgets in a vertical column -TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget +TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget TQWindowsStyleMicrosoft Windows-like look and feel diff --git a/doc/html/appicon.html b/doc/html/appicon.html index f23c008f7..9de213742 100644 --- a/doc/html/appicon.html +++ b/doc/html/appicon.html @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

The application icon, typically displayed in the top-left corner of an application's top-level windows, is set by calling the -TQWidget::setIcon() method on top-level widgets. +TQWidget::setIcon() method on top-level widgets.

In order to change the icon of the executable application file itself, as it is presented on the desktop (i.e. prior to application execution), it is necessary to employ another, platform-dependent @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ application with the resulting .res file.

Setting the Application Icon on Mac OS X

The application icon, typically displayed in the application dock -area, is set by calling TQWidget::setIcon() on a top-level widget. It +area, is set by calling TQWidget::setIcon() on a top-level widget. It is possible that the program could appear in the application dock area before the function call, in which case a default icon will appear during the bouncing animation. diff --git a/doc/html/biff-example.html b/doc/html/biff-example.html index e81375db0..3ad0b2ddb 100644 --- a/doc/html/biff-example.html +++ b/doc/html/biff-example.html @@ -50,16 +50,16 @@ mail; it looks exactly like xbiff but is much shorter. #ifndef BIFF_H #define BIFF_H -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> #include <ntqdatetime.h> #include <ntqpixmap.h> -class Biff : public TQWidget +class Biff : public TQWidget { TQ_OBJECT public: - Biff( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + Biff( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); protected: void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * ); @@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ how two images (hasmail_bmp_data and nomail_bmp_data, both fro #include "bmp.cpp" -Biff::Biff( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( parent, name, WShowModal | WType_Dialog ) +Biff::Biff( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name, WShowModal | WType_Dialog ) { TQFileInfo fi = TQString(getenv( "MAIL" )); if ( !fi.exists() ) { @@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ how two images (hasmail_bmp_data and nomail_bmp_data, both fro startTimer( 1000 ); } - setMinimumSize( 48, 48 ); - setMaximumSize( 48, 48 ); - resize( 48, 48 ); + setMinimumSize( 48, 48 ); + setMaximumSize( 48, 48 ); + resize( 48, 48 ); hasNewMail.loadFromData( hasmail_bmp_data, hasmail_bmp_len ); noNewMail.loadFromData( nomail_bmp_data, nomail_bmp_len ); @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ how two images (hasmail_bmp_data and nomail_bmp_data, both fro if ( gotMail ) lastModified = fi.lastModified(); gotMail = newState; - repaint( FALSE ); + repaint( FALSE ); } } -void Biff::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) +void Biff::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * ) { if ( gotMail ) bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &hasNewMail ); @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ void Biff::paintEvent( void Biff::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ) +void Biff::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * ) { TQFileInfo fi( mailbox ); lastModified = fi.lastModified(); @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); Biff b; a.setMainWidget( &b ); - b.show(); + b.show(); return a.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/bigtable-example.html b/doc/html/bigtable-example.html index 740751b67..e903b3bbc 100644 --- a/doc/html/bigtable-example.html +++ b/doc/html/bigtable-example.html @@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ public: items.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); } void insertWidget( int r, int c, TQWidget *w ) { widgets.replace( indexOf( r, c ), w ); } - TQWidget *cellWidget( int r, int c ) const { return widgets.find( indexOf( r, c ) ); } + TQWidget *cellWidget( int r, int c ) const { return widgets.find( indexOf( r, c ) ); } void clearCellWidget( int r, int c ) { - TQWidget *w = widgets.take( indexOf( r, c ) ); + TQWidget *w = widgets.take( indexOf( r, c ) ); if ( w ) w->deleteLater(); } @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) MyTable table( numRows, numCols ); app.setMainWidget( &table ); - table.show(); + table.show(); return app.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/buttongroups-example.html b/doc/html/buttongroups-example.html index dc565ff22..53661833c 100644 --- a/doc/html/buttongroups-example.html +++ b/doc/html/buttongroups-example.html @@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ different kinds of buttons (checkboxes, radiobuttons, pushbuttons, etc.). #ifndef BUTTONS_GROUPS_H #define BUTTONS_GROUPS_H -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> class TQCheckBox; class TQRadioButton; -class ButtonsGroups : public TQWidget +class ButtonsGroups : public TQWidget { TQ_OBJECT public: - ButtonsGroups( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + ButtonsGroups( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); protected: TQCheckBox *state; @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ protected slots: * Creates all child widgets of the ButtonGroups window */ -ButtonsGroups::ButtonsGroups( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( parent, name ) +ButtonsGroups::ButtonsGroups( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { // Create Widgets which allow easy layouting TQVBoxLayout *vbox = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 11, 6 ); @@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ protected slots: void ButtonsGroups::slotChangeGrp3State() { - rb21->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); - rb22->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); - rb23->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); + rb21->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); + rb22->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); + rb23->setEnabled( state->isChecked() ); } @@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); ButtonsGroups buttonsgroups; - buttonsgroups.resize( 500, 250 ); - buttonsgroups.setCaption( "TQt Example - Buttongroups" ); + buttonsgroups.resize( 500, 250 ); + buttonsgroups.setCaption( "TQt Example - Buttongroups" ); a.setMainWidget( &buttonsgroups ); - buttonsgroups.show(); + buttonsgroups.show(); return a.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html b/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html index b72768c0c..d14d6a1ce 100644 --- a/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html +++ b/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/"; ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename ) : TQMainWindow( 0, 0, WDestructiveClose ) { - setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) ); + setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) ); TQAction *fileNewAction; TQAction *fileOpenAction; @@ -462,15 +462,15 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/"; connect( chartGroup, TQ_SIGNAL( selected(TQAction*) ), this, TQ_SLOT( updateChartType(TQAction*) ) ); - resize( windowWidth, windowHeight ); + resize( windowWidth, windowHeight ); if ( windowX != -1 || windowY != -1 ) - move( windowX, windowY ); + move( windowX, windowY ); m_canvas = new TQCanvas( this ); - m_canvas->resize( width(), height() ); + m_canvas->resize( width(), height() ); m_canvasView = new CanvasView( m_canvas, &m_elements, this ); setCentralWidget( m_canvasView ); - m_canvasView->show(); + m_canvasView->show(); if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) load( filename ); @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ ChartForm::~ChartForm() void ChartForm::init() { - setCaption( "Chart" ); + setCaption( "Chart" ); m_filename = TQString::null; m_changed = FALSE; @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void ChartForm::init() } } -void ChartForm::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ) +void ChartForm::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ) { fileQuit(); } @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ void ChartForm::optionsSetOptions() { OptionsForm *optionsForm = new OptionsForm( this ); optionsForm->chartTypeComboBox->setCurrentItem( m_chartType ); - optionsForm->setFont( m_font ); + optionsForm->setFont( m_font ); switch ( m_addValues ) { case NO: optionsForm->noRadioButton->setChecked( TRUE ); @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ void ChartForm::optionsSetOptions() if ( optionsForm->exec() ) { setChartType( ChartType( optionsForm->chartTypeComboBox->currentItem()) ); - m_font = optionsForm->font(); + m_font = optionsForm->font(); if ( optionsForm->noRadioButton->isChecked() ) m_addValues = NO; else if ( optionsForm->yesRadioButton->isChecked() ) @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] ) ChartForm *cf = new ChartForm( filename ); app.setMainWidget( cf ); - cf->show(); + cf->show(); return app.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/canvas-example.html b/doc/html/canvas-example.html index 0c0726857..b33774f37 100644 --- a/doc/html/canvas-example.html +++ b/doc/html/canvas-example.html @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ void NodeItem::moveBy(double dx, double d EdgeItem *edge; while (( edge = it1.current() )) { ++it1; - edge->setToPoint( int(x()), int(y()) ); + edge->setToPoint( int(x()), int(y()) ); } TQPtrListIterator<EdgeItem> it2( outList ); while (( edge = it2.current() )) { @@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ void BouncyLogo::initSpeed() vy = yVelocity(); } - double nx = x() + vx; - double ny = y() + vy; + double nx = x() + vx; + double ny = y() + vy; if ( nx < 0 || nx >= canvas()->width() ) vx = -vx; @@ -423,9 +423,9 @@ void BouncyLogo::initSpeed() } } - if ( x()+vx < 0 || x()+vx >= canvas()->width() ) + if ( x()+vx < 0 || x()+vx >= canvas()->width() ) vx = 0; - if ( y()+vy < 0 || y()+vy >= canvas()->height() ) + if ( y()+vy < 0 || y()+vy >= canvas()->height() ) vy = 0; setVelocity(vx,vy); @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ void Main::newView() // Open a new view... have it delete when closed. Main *m = new Main(canvas, 0, 0, WDestructiveClose); tqApp->setMainWidget(m); - m->show(); + m->show(); tqApp->setMainWidget(0); } @@ -914,13 +914,13 @@ int main(int argc, char** argv) TQCanvas canvas(800,600); canvas.setAdvancePeriod(30); Main m(canvas); - m.resize(m.sizeHint()); - m.setCaption("TQt Example - Canvas"); - if ( TQApplication::desktop()->width() > m.width() + 10 - && TQApplication::desktop()->height() > m.height() +30 ) - m.show(); + m.resize(m.sizeHint()); + m.setCaption("TQt Example - Canvas"); + if ( TQApplication::desktop()->width() > m.width() + 10 + && TQApplication::desktop()->height() > m.height() +30 ) + m.show(); else - m.showMaximized(); + m.showMaximized(); TQObject::connect( tqApp, TQ_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()), tqApp, TQ_SLOT(quit()) ); diff --git a/doc/html/chart-canvasview-h.html b/doc/html/chart-canvasview-h.html index a27d89bf3..6075ff30f 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-canvasview-h.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-canvasview-h.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class CanvasView : public TQCanvasView TQ_OBJECT public: CanvasView( TQCanvas *canvas, ElementVector *elements, - TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = "canvas view", + TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = "canvas view", WFlags f = 0 ) : TQCanvasView( canvas, parent, name, f ), m_movingItem(0), m_elements( elements ) {} diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html index cbb61428c..35557c9a9 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/"; ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename ) : TQMainWindow( 0, 0, WDestructiveClose ) { - setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) ); + setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) ); TQAction *fileNewAction; TQAction *fileOpenAction; @@ -250,15 +250,15 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/"; connect( chartGroup, TQ_SIGNAL( selected(TQAction*) ), this, TQ_SLOT( updateChartType(TQAction*) ) ); - resize( windowWidth, windowHeight ); + resize( windowWidth, windowHeight ); if ( windowX != -1 || windowY != -1 ) - move( windowX, windowY ); + move( windowX, windowY ); m_canvas = new TQCanvas( this ); - m_canvas->resize( width(), height() ); + m_canvas->resize( width(), height() ); m_canvasView = new CanvasView( m_canvas, &m_elements, this ); setCentralWidget( m_canvasView ); - m_canvasView->show(); + m_canvasView->show(); if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) load( filename ); @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ChartForm::~ChartForm() void ChartForm::init() { - setCaption( "Chart" ); + setCaption( "Chart" ); m_filename = TQString::null; m_changed = FALSE; @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ void ChartForm::init() } } -void ChartForm::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ) +void ChartForm::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * ) { fileQuit(); } @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ void ChartForm::optionsSetOptions() { OptionsForm *optionsForm = new OptionsForm( this ); optionsForm->chartTypeComboBox->setCurrentItem( m_chartType ); - optionsForm->setFont( m_font ); + optionsForm->setFont( m_font ); switch ( m_addValues ) { case NO: optionsForm->noRadioButton->setChecked( TRUE ); @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ void ChartForm::optionsSetOptions() if ( optionsForm->exec() ) { setChartType( ChartType( optionsForm->chartTypeComboBox->currentItem()) ); - m_font = optionsForm->font(); + m_font = optionsForm->font(); if ( optionsForm->noRadioButton->isChecked() ) m_addValues = NO; else if ( optionsForm->yesRadioButton->isChecked() ) diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html index 146e490cd..9115c618e 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ void ChartForm::load( const TQString statusBar()->message( TQString( "Read %1 values from \'%2\'%3" ). arg( i ).arg( filename ).arg( bad ), 3000 ); - setCaption( TQString( "Chart -- %1" ).arg( filename ) ); + setCaption( TQString( "Chart -- %1" ).arg( filename ) ); updateRecentFiles( filename ); drawElements(); @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void ChartForm::fileSave() file.close(); - setCaption( TQString( "Chart -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) ); + setCaption( TQString( "Chart -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) ); statusBar()->message( TQString( "Saved \'%1\'" ).arg( m_filename ), 2000 ); m_changed = FALSE; } diff --git a/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html index 2c8de6504..43186e784 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] ) ChartForm *cf = new ChartForm( filename ); app.setMainWidget( cf ); - cf->show(); + cf->show(); return app.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html index 95cf4b372..c5e964054 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } #include "images/options_verticalbarchart.xpm" -OptionsForm::OptionsForm( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, +OptionsForm::OptionsForm( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, bool modal, WFlags f ) : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) { - setCaption( "Chart -- Options" ); - resize( 320, 290 ); + setCaption( "Chart -- Options" ); + resize( 320, 290 ); optionsFormLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 11, 6 ); @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } addValuesButtonGroup = new TQButtonGroup( "Show Values", addValuesFrame ); addValuesButtonGroup->setColumnLayout(0, TQt::Vertical ); - addValuesButtonGroup->layout()->setSpacing( 6 ); - addValuesButtonGroup->layout()->setMargin( 11 ); + addValuesButtonGroup->layout()->setSpacing( 6 ); + addValuesButtonGroup->layout()->setMargin( 11 ); addValuesButtonGroupLayout = new TQVBoxLayout( - addValuesButtonGroup->layout() ); + addValuesButtonGroup->layout() ); addValuesButtonGroupLayout->setAlignment( TQt::AlignTop ); noRadioButton = new TQRadioButton( "&No", addValuesButtonGroup ); @@ -152,11 +152,11 @@ void OptionsForm::chooseFont() bool ok; TQFont font = TQFontDialog::getFont( &ok, m_font, this ); if ( ok ) - setFont( font ); + setFont( font ); } -void OptionsForm::setFont( TQFont font ) +void OptionsForm::setFont( TQFont font ) { TQString label = font.family() + " " + TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt"; diff --git a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-h.html b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-h.html index b65f68cba..ebffe490a 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-h.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-h.html @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class OptionsForm : public TQDialog { TQ_OBJECT public: - OptionsForm( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = "options form", + OptionsForm( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = "options form", bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 ); ~OptionsForm() {} diff --git a/doc/html/chart-setdataform-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-setdataform-cpp.html index b90a42fdb..bc911fe24 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-setdataform-cpp.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-setdataform-cpp.html @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ const int MAX_PATTERNS = 14; SetDataForm::SetDataForm( ElementVector *elements, int decimalPlaces, - TQWidget* parent, const char* name, + TQWidget* parent, const char* name, bool modal, WFlags f ) : TQDialog( parent, name, modal, f ) @@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ const int MAX_PATTERNS = 14; m_elements = elements; m_decimalPlaces = decimalPlaces; - setCaption( "Chart -- Set Data" ); - resize( 540, 440 ); + setCaption( "Chart -- Set Data" ); + resize( 540, 440 ); tableButtonBox = new TQVBoxLayout( this, 11, 6, "table button box layout" ); @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ const int MAX_PATTERNS = 14; colorPushButton = new TQPushButton( this, "color button" ); colorPushButton->setText( "&Color..." ); - colorPushButton->setEnabled( FALSE ); + colorPushButton->setEnabled( FALSE ); buttonBox->addWidget( colorPushButton ); TQSpacerItem *spacer = new TQSpacerItem( 0, 0, TQSizePolicy::Expanding, @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ const int MAX_PATTERNS = 14; void SetDataForm::currentChanged( int, int col ) { - colorPushButton->setEnabled( col == 1 || col == 4 ); + colorPushButton->setEnabled( col == 1 || col == 4 ); } @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ void SetDataForm::valueChanged( int row, int col ) void SetDataForm::setColor() { setColor( table->currentRow(), table->currentColumn() ); - table->setFocus(); + table->setFocus(); } diff --git a/doc/html/chart-setdataform-h.html b/doc/html/chart-setdataform-h.html index 47a77b24b..25bdbae66 100644 --- a/doc/html/chart-setdataform-h.html +++ b/doc/html/chart-setdataform-h.html @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ class SetDataForm: public TQDialog TQ_OBJECT public: SetDataForm( ElementVector *elements, int decimalPlaces, - TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = "set data form", + TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = "set data form", bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = 0 ); ~SetDataForm() {} diff --git a/doc/html/checklists-example.html b/doc/html/checklists-example.html index 9b1afe830..9a58769e0 100644 --- a/doc/html/checklists-example.html +++ b/doc/html/checklists-example.html @@ -50,17 +50,17 @@ checkable items. #ifndef CHECKLISTS_H #define CHECKLISTS_H -#include <ntqwidget.h> +#include <tqwidget.h> class TQListView; class TQLabel; -class CheckLists : public TQWidget +class CheckLists : public TQWidget { TQ_OBJECT public: - CheckLists( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); + CheckLists( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 ); protected: TQListView *lv1, *lv2; @@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ protected slots: * Create all child widgets of the CheckList Widget */ -CheckLists::CheckLists( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) - : TQWidget( parent, name ) +CheckLists::CheckLists( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) + : TQWidget( parent, name ) { TQHBoxLayout *lay = new TQHBoxLayout( this ); lay->setMargin( 5 ); @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ protected slots: // create a pushbutton TQPushButton *copy1 = new TQPushButton( " -> ", this ); tmp->addWidget( copy1 ); - copy1->setMaximumWidth( copy1->sizeHint().width() ); + copy1->setMaximumWidth( copy1->sizeHint().width() ); // connect the TQ_SIGNAL clicked() of the pushbutton with the TQ_SLOT copy1to2() connect( copy1, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( copy1to2() ) ); @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ protected slots: // create another pushbutton... TQPushButton *copy2 = new TQPushButton( " -> ", this ); lay->addWidget( copy2 ); - copy2->setMaximumWidth( copy2->sizeHint().width() ); + copy2->setMaximumWidth( copy2->sizeHint().width() ); // ...and connect its clicked() TQ_SIGNAL to the copy2to3() TQ_SLOT connect( copy2, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( copy2to3() ) ); @@ -262,10 +262,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); CheckLists checklists; - checklists.resize( 650, 350 ); - checklists.setCaption( "TQt Example - CheckLists" ); + checklists.resize( 650, 350 ); + checklists.setCaption( "TQt Example - CheckLists" ); a.setMainWidget( &checklists ); - checklists.show(); + checklists.show(); return a.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/classchart.html b/doc/html/classchart.html index fa553bae4..d618b6627 100644 --- a/doc/html/classchart.html +++ b/doc/html/classchart.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - - + + @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + diff --git a/doc/html/classes.html b/doc/html/classes.html index 5830b8912..5d9558791 100644 --- a/doc/html/classes.html +++ b/doc/html/classes.html @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQSplitter -TQWidget +TQWidget TQCheckBox @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQSql -TQWidgetFactory +TQWidgetFactory TQCheckListItem @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQSqlCursor -TQWidgetItem +TQWidgetItem TQCheckTableItem @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. * TQSqlDatabase -TQWidgetPlugin +TQWidgetPlugin TQChildEvent @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. * TQSqlDriver -TQWidgetStack +TQWidgetStack TQClipboard diff --git a/doc/html/clientserver-example.html b/doc/html/clientserver-example.html index a0dc18ab1..f5623b341 100644 --- a/doc/html/clientserver-example.html +++ b/doc/html/clientserver-example.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv ) TQApplication app( argc, argv ); ServerInfo info; app.setMainWidget( &info ); - info.show(); + info.show(); return app.exec(); } @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv ) TQApplication app( argc, argv ); Client client( argc<2 ? "localhost" : argv[1], 4242 ); app.setMainWidget( &client ); - client.show(); + client.show(); return app.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/coordsys.html b/doc/html/coordsys.html index 1b497fa98..e6ed92ddf 100644 --- a/doc/html/coordsys.html +++ b/doc/html/coordsys.html @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

A paint device in TQt is a drawable 2D -surface. TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture and TQPrinter are all +surface. TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture and TQPrinter are all paint devices. A TQPainter is an object which can draw on such devices.

The default coordinate system of a paint device has its origin at the @@ -76,15 +76,15 @@ or two ints, for example TQPainter::drawPoin A single 2D vector. Internally, TQPoint and TQSize are the same, but a point is not the same as a size, so both classes exist. Again, most functions accept either a TQSize or two ints, for -example TQWidget::resize(). +example TQWidget::resize(). TQRect A 2D rectangle. Most functions accept either a TQRect or four -ints, for example TQWidget::setGeometry(). +ints, for example TQWidget::setGeometry(). TQRegion An arbitrary set of points, including all the normal set operations, e.g. TQRegion::intersect(), and also a less usual function to return a list of rectangles whose union is -equal to the region. TQRegion is used e.g. by TQPainter::setClipRegion(), TQWidget::repaint() and TQPaintEvent::region(). +equal to the region. TQRegion is used e.g. by TQPainter::setClipRegion(), TQWidget::repaint() and TQPaintEvent::region(). TQPainter The class that paints. It can paint on any device with the same code. There are differences between devices, TQPrinter::newPage() is a good example, but TQPainter works the @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ is what's usually called projection in 3D.)

The third step uses the viewport. The viewport too, describes the view boundaries, but in device coordinates. The viewport and the windows describe the same rectangle, but in different coordinate systems. -

On-screen, the default is the entire TQWidget or TQPixmap where +

On-screen, the default is the entire TQWidget or TQPixmap where you are drawing, which is usually appropriate. For printing this function is vital, since very few printers can print over the entire physical page. diff --git a/doc/html/cursor-example.html b/doc/html/cursor-example.html index 2403c27f3..0d7712e39 100644 --- a/doc/html/cursor-example.html +++ b/doc/html/cursor-example.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ static unsigned char cm_bits[] = { // cursor bitmap mask // The CursorView contains many labels with different cursors. // -class CursorView : public TQWidget // cursor view +class CursorView : public TQWidget // cursor view { public: CursorView(); @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ CursorView::CursorView() // construct view for ( int y=0; y<4; y++ ) { // create the small labels for ( int x=0; x<4; x++ ) { label = new TQLabel( this ); - label->setCursor( TQCursor( list[i].shape ) ); + label->setCursor( TQCursor( list[i].shape ) ); label->setText( list[i].name ); label->setAlignment( AlignCenter ); label->setMargin( 10 ); @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ CursorView::CursorView() // construct view label = new TQLabel( this ); - label->setCursor( TQCursor( list[i].shape ) ); + label->setCursor( TQCursor( list[i].shape ) ); label->setText( list[i].name ); label->setAlignment( AlignCenter ); label->setMargin( 10 ); @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CursorView::CursorView() // construct view TQCursor custom( cb, cm ); // create bitmap cursor label = new TQLabel( this ); // create the big label - label->setCursor( custom ); + label->setCursor( custom ); label->setText( "Custom bitmap cursor" ); label->setAlignment( AlignCenter ); label->setMargin( 10 ); @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) TQApplication a( argc, argv ); // application object CursorView v; // cursor view a.setMainWidget( &v ); - v.setCaption("TQt Example - Cursors"); - v.show(); + v.setCaption("TQt Example - Cursors"); + v.show(); return a.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/customlayout-example.html b/doc/html/customlayout-example.html index 2223b2237..e095c9ca8 100644 --- a/doc/html/customlayout-example.html +++ b/doc/html/customlayout-example.html @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ like card layouts, border layout and flow layouts. class SimpleFlow : public TQLayout { public: - SimpleFlow( TQWidget *parent, int border=0, int space=-1, + SimpleFlow( TQWidget *parent, int border=0, int space=-1, const char *name=0 ) : TQLayout( parent, border, space, name ), cached_width(0) {} @@ -256,11 +256,11 @@ int SimpleFlow::doLayout( const TQRect #include <ntqlayout.h> #include <ntqptrlist.h> -class BorderWidgetItem : public TQWidgetItem +class BorderWidgetItem : public TQWidgetItem { public: - BorderWidgetItem( TQWidget *w ) - : TQWidgetItem( w ) + BorderWidgetItem( TQWidget *w ) + : TQWidgetItem( w ) {} void setGeometry( const TQRect &r ) @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ public: SizeHint }; - BorderLayout( TQWidget *parent, int border = 0, int autoBorder = -1, + BorderLayout( TQWidget *parent, int border = 0, int autoBorder = -1, const char *name = 0 ) : TQLayout( parent, border, autoBorder, name ), cached( 0, 0 ), mcached( 0, 0 ), sizeDirty( TRUE ), msizeDirty( TRUE ) @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ public: void addItem( TQLayoutItem *item ); - void addWidget( TQWidget *widget, Position pos ); + void addWidget( TQWidget *widget, Position pos ); void add( TQLayoutItem *item, Position pos ); bool hasHeightForWidth() const; @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ BorderLayout::~BorderLayout() add( item, West ); } -void BorderLayout::addWidget( TQWidget *widget, Position pos ) +void BorderLayout::addWidget( TQWidget *widget, Position pos ) { add( new BorderWidgetItem( widget ), pos ); } @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ void BorderLayout::calcSize( SizeType st ) class CardLayout : public TQLayout { public: - CardLayout( TQWidget *parent, int dist ) + CardLayout( TQWidget *parent, int dist ) : TQLayout( parent, 0, dist ) {} CardLayout( TQLayout* parent, int dist) : TQLayout( parent, dist ) {} @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) { TQApplication a( argc, argv ); - TQWidget *f = new TQWidget; + TQWidget *f = new TQWidget; TQBoxLayout *gm = new TQVBoxLayout( f, 5 ); SimpleFlow *b1 = new SimpleFlow( gm ); @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) a.connect( qb, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), TQ_SLOT( quit() ) ); b1->add( qb ); - TQWidget *wid = new TQWidget( f ); + TQWidget *wid = new TQWidget( f ); BorderLayout *large = new BorderLayout( wid ); large->setSpacing( 5 ); @@ -790,36 +790,36 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) TQMultiLineEdit* m = new TQMultiLineEdit( wid ); m->setText( "Central\nWidget" ); large->addWidget( m, BorderLayout::Center ); - TQWidget *east1 = new TQPushButton( "East", wid ); + TQWidget *east1 = new TQPushButton( "East", wid ); large->addWidget( east1, BorderLayout::East ); - TQWidget *east2 = new TQPushButton( "East 2", wid ); + TQWidget *east2 = new TQPushButton( "East 2", wid ); large->addWidget( east2 , BorderLayout::East ); large->addWidget( new TQPushButton( "South", wid ), BorderLayout::South ); //Left-to-right tab order looks better: - TQWidget::setTabOrder( east2, east1 ); + TQWidget::setTabOrder( east2, east1 ); gm->addWidget( wid ); - wid = new TQWidget( f ); + wid = new TQWidget( f ); CardLayout *card = new CardLayout( wid, 10 ); - TQWidget *crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::red ); + TQWidget *crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::red ); card->add( crd ); - crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::green ); + crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::green ); card->add( crd ); - crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::blue ); + crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::blue ); card->add( crd ); - crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::white ); + crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::white ); card->add( crd ); - crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::black ); + crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::black ); card->add( crd ); - crd = new TQWidget( wid ); - crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::yellow ); + crd = new TQWidget( wid ); + crd->setBackgroundColor( TQt::yellow ); card->add( crd ); gm->addWidget( wid ); @@ -830,8 +830,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) s->setAlignment( TQt::AlignVCenter | TQt::AlignHCenter ); gm->addWidget( s ); a.setMainWidget( f ); - f->setCaption("TQt Example - Custom Layout"); - f->show(); + f->setCaption("TQt Example - Custom Layout"); + f->show(); int result = a.exec(); delete f; diff --git a/doc/html/customlayout.html b/doc/html/customlayout.html index 23b663e78..a9bcfc34c 100644 --- a/doc/html/customlayout.html +++ b/doc/html/customlayout.html @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ the layout. class CardLayout : public TQLayout { public: - CardLayout( TQWidget *parent, int dist ) + CardLayout( TQWidget *parent, int dist ) : TQLayout( parent, 0, dist ) {} CardLayout( TQLayout* parent, int dist) : TQLayout( parent, dist ) { } diff --git a/doc/html/dclock-example.html b/doc/html/dclock-example.html index b232d75c8..e162bc9f0 100644 --- a/doc/html/dclock-example.html +++ b/doc/html/dclock-example.html @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class DigitalClock : public TQLCDNumber { TQ_OBJECT public: - DigitalClock( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); + DigitalClock( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 ); protected: // event handlers void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * ); @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ private: // internal data // Constructs a DigitalClock widget with a parent and a name. // -DigitalClock::DigitalClock( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) +DigitalClock::DigitalClock( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) : TQLCDNumber( parent, name ) { showingColon = FALSE; @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ private: // internal data // Enters date mode when the left mouse button is pressed. // -void DigitalClock::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) +void DigitalClock::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e ) { if ( e->button() == TQMouseEvent::LeftButton ) // left button pressed showDate(); @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv ) { TQApplication a( argc, argv ); DigitalClock *clock = new DigitalClock; - clock->resize( 170, 80 ); + clock->resize( 170, 80 ); a.setMainWidget( clock ); - clock->setCaption("TQt Example - Digital Clock"); - clock->show(); + clock->setCaption("TQt Example - Digital Clock"); + clock->show(); return a.exec(); } diff --git a/doc/html/debug.html b/doc/html/debug.html index 75a0b0812..ac0220ee7 100644 --- a/doc/html/debug.html +++ b/doc/html/debug.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ that can help with debugging.

Option Result
-nograb -The application should never grab the mouse or the +The application should never grab the mouse or the keyboard. This option is set by default when the program is running in the gdb debugger under Linux.
-dograb diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-1.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-1.html index d41bfa228..61420ae7e 100644 --- a/doc/html/designer-manual-1.html +++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-1.html @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

  • Chapter two, Creating a Main Window Application, introduces TQt Designer and takes you step by step through the creation of a small but fully functional application. Along the way you will learn how to create a main window with menus, toolbars and a status bar. Most of the application's implementation will be covered, but the custom dialogs are deferred until chapter three. In the course of this chapter you will use the form and property editors to customize the application. You'll also learn how to use TQt's signals and slots mechanism and TQt Designer's built-in code editor to make the application functional. We will also explain how to use qmake to generate a Makefile so that you can compile and run the application.

  • In chapter three, Creating Dialogs, we will create the custom dialogs required by the main window application created in chapter two. In addition to demonstrating various ways of creating dialogs, you will also learn how to lay out forms using the layout tools.

  • Chapter four, The Designer Approach, provides information on the TQt Designer approach to developing applications, and explains some of the rationale behind TQt Designer.

    -

  • Chapter five, Subclassing and Dynamic Dialogs, will show you how to subclass a form; this allows you to clearly separate the user interface from the underlying code that implements its functionality. Additional information on qmake and uic is included in this chapter. This chapter will also explain how you can dynamically load dialogs from .ui files into your application using TQWidgetFactory and how to access the widgets and sub-widgets of these dialogs.

    +

  • Chapter five, Subclassing and Dynamic Dialogs, will show you how to subclass a form; this allows you to clearly separate the user interface from the underlying code that implements its functionality. Additional information on qmake and uic is included in this chapter. This chapter will also explain how you can dynamically load dialogs from .ui files into your application using TQWidgetFactory and how to access the widgets and sub-widgets of these dialogs.

  • Chapter six, Creating Custom Widgets, explains how you can create your own custom widgets. Both the simple method, that was introduced with the first version of TQt Designer, and the new more powerful method using plugins, are explained.

  • Chapter seven, Creating Database Applications introduces TQt's SQL classes and takes you through an example that demonstrates how to execute SQL queries and how to set up master-detail relationships, perform drilldown and handle foreign keys.

  • Chapter eight, Customizing and Integrating TQt Designer, focuses on TQt Designer itself, showing you how to customize Designer, how to integrate Designer with Visual Studio and how to create Makefiles.

    @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    • TQt Designer now features a start-up dialog for fast access to recently used files, etc. (It can be switched off if you don't want it.)

    • The signals and slots dialog has changed significantly. It is far easier to use and much faster for creating lots of connections in one go. You can still click and drag to create connections, but the new dialog is much quicker.

    • Widgets are now accessible using the Toolbox. (All the original toolbars are still available.) This provides the same easy access as toolbar buttons, and also shows the names of the widgets and takes up less space.

      -

    • TQWidgetStack is now available as a container widget. The new example demonstrates its use.

      +

    • TQWidgetStack is now available as a container widget. The new example demonstrates its use.

    • .ui.h files may now contain arbitrary C++, including const definitions, #includes, plain functions, etc.

    • When you select multiple-widgets their common properties are shown in the property editor and can be changed collectively.

    What's New in TQt Designer for TQt 3.2?

    diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-16.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-16.html index 2be199950..db2286702 100644 --- a/doc/html/designer-manual-16.html +++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-16.html @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    • [Prev: Reference: Windows] [Home]

    Reference: The .ui File Format

    TQt Designer stores forms in .ui files. These files use an XML format to represent form elements and their characteristics. This document provides an overview of the XML format used, and should provide enough information for developers to write their own .ui parsers so that they can read and modify .ui files programatically.

    -

    One way to parse a .ui file is to use TQt and the TQDomDocument class; this is how TQt Designer does it: see the uilib/ntqwidgetfactory.h and uilib/qwidgetfactory.cpp source files. For information on dynamically loading and running .ui files see Loading and Executing a Dynamic Dialog.

    +

    One way to parse a .ui file is to use TQt and the TQDomDocument class; this is how TQt Designer does it: see the uilib/tqwidgetfactory.h and uilib/tqwidgetfactory.cpp source files. For information on dynamically loading and running .ui files see Loading and Executing a Dynamic Dialog.

    The doctype of a .ui file is simply "UI", so the doctype tag is:

     <!DOCTYPE UI>
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    widget

    Widgets are used at multiple levels within a .ui file. The whole form itself is a widget, and it contains other widgets, usually within the context of layouts such as hboxes, vboxes and grids.

    -

    Below is an example of a complete .ui file. The form itself is a TQWidget with various non-default properties set. This widget contains a single hbox, which also has some non-default properties, and which contains a single TQTextBrowser widget.

    +

    Below is an example of a complete .ui file. The form itself is a TQWidget with various non-default properties set. This widget contains a single hbox, which also has some non-default properties, and which contains a single TQTextBrowser widget.

     <!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
 <class>WinIntroPage</class>
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

  • iconset - an iconset (see pixmap), e.g. <iconset>filenew</iconset>

  • number - an integer with an optional sign, e.g. <number>947</number>

    -

  • palette - a palette

    +

  • palette - a palette

  • pixmap - a pixmap, normally the name or "key" of the pixmap; the name is used if pixmaps are stored in the project, the key is used if a user defined function is used to access the pixmap. It is also possible for pixmaps to be included inline. Example: <pixmap>chair</pixmap>

  • point - a point, e.g. <point><x>15</x><y>95</y></point>

  • rect - a rectangle, e.g.

    diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html index c5fcbeef4..ec01038ff 100644 --- a/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html +++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    The Color Tool application

    The colortool application is a multiplatform application that allows users to create, edit and save lists of colors. Each color has a user defined name and an RGB (Red, Green, Blue) value.

    -

    This application presents the user with a view of a set of colors and their names. We will provide two views (using a TQWidgetStack) which the user can switch between. The tabular view will show each color as a small square followed by its name and hex value. It will also provide the option of an indicator to show whether or not the color is one of the 216 standard web colors. The iconic view will show each color as a circular color swatch with the name of the color beneath.

    +

    This application presents the user with a view of a set of colors and their names. We will provide two views (using a TQWidgetStack) which the user can switch between. The tabular view will show each color as a small square followed by its name and hex value. It will also provide the option of an indicator to show whether or not the color is one of the 216 standard web colors. The iconic view will show each color as a circular color swatch with the name of the color beneath.

    The application will read and write files in the format used by the X Consortium for the rgb.txt file. This will allow users to create their own color files and to load, edit and save rgb.txt format files.

    We will provide a simple search option so that users can quickly locate a color; this is particularly useful when hundreds or thousands of colors are shown. The search will be provided in a modeless dialog so that the user can conduct a search but still interact with the main form. We will also enable the user to add and delete colors, and to set some user options. To provide these facilities, we must create some modal dialogs.

    Finally, we must ensure that the application loads user options at start up and saves user options at termination. We will also include the view and the size and position of the main window with these options, so that the application will always start with the size, position and view it had when the user last used it.

    @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    Click the viewActionGroup action group in the Action Editor, and drag it to the View menu; drop it on this menu (when the horizontal red line appears beneath the View menu). Because we dragged the action group, all its actions (in our case the viewTableAction and viewIconsAction) are added to the relevant menu. We'll also make the view actions available on the toolbar. Click the viewActionGroup once again, and drag it to the toolbar; drop it the right of the separator at the far right of the toolbar, and drop it on the toolbar's edge. (Again, a vertical red line will indicate the position.)

    Don't forget that you can preview to see things in action with Ctrl+T, and to click File|Save (or press Ctrl+S) regularly! If you preview now you will find that if you click the view toolbar buttons and menu options that both the toolbar buttons and the menu items automatically stay in sync.

    Creating the Main Widget

    -

    Most main-window style applications consist of a menu bar, a toolbar, a status bar and a central widget. We've already created a menu bar and toolbar, and since we've created a TQMainWindow (via the main window wizard), we also have a status bar. Widgets commonly used as an application's main widget are TQListView (which provides a tree view), TQTable and TQTextEdit. Since we want to provide our users with two different views of the same data, we'll use a TQWidgetStack as our main widget. The TQWidgetStack has no visual representation of its own; you place one or more widgets on each TQWidgetStack "page", as if each page was a form in its own right, and then provide the user with some mechanism for switching between pages. (This is similar in principle to using a TQTabWidget.) We want to provide our users with two views: a tabular view that lists colors and their names, and an icon-based view that shows color swatches. In our example we only place a single widget on each TQWidgetStack page; but this merely reflects the application's design -- we could have placed any number of widgets on each page.

    +

    Most main-window style applications consist of a menu bar, a toolbar, a status bar and a central widget. We've already created a menu bar and toolbar, and since we've created a TQMainWindow (via the main window wizard), we also have a status bar. Widgets commonly used as an application's main widget are TQListView (which provides a tree view), TQTable and TQTextEdit. Since we want to provide our users with two different views of the same data, we'll use a TQWidgetStack as our main widget. The TQWidgetStack has no visual representation of its own; you place one or more widgets on each TQWidgetStack "page", as if each page was a form in its own right, and then provide the user with some mechanism for switching between pages. (This is similar in principle to using a TQTabWidget.) We want to provide our users with two views: a tabular view that lists colors and their names, and an icon-based view that shows color swatches. In our example we only place a single widget on each TQWidgetStack page; but this merely reflects the application's design -- we could have placed any number of widgets on each page.

    Click the Toolbox's Containers button, then click WidgetStack. Click approximately in the middle of the form to place the widget stack. Change the widget stack's name property to "colorWidgetStack".

    @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }

    clearData()

        void MainForm::clearData( bool fillWithDefaults )
     {
-        setCaption( "Color Tool" );
+        setCaption( "Color Tool" );
 
         m_colors.clear();
         m_comments.clear();
@@ -646,11 +646,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
             }
             file.close();
             m_filename = filename;
-            setCaption( TQString( "Color Tool -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) );
+            setCaption( TQString( "Color Tool -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) );
             statusBar()->message( TQString( "Loaded '%1'" ).
                                     arg( m_filename ), 3000 );
-            TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
-            m_icons_dirty = ! ( m_table_dirty = ( visible == tablePage ) );
+            TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
+            m_icons_dirty = ! ( m_table_dirty = ( visible == tablePage ) );
             populate();
             m_icons_dirty = ! ( m_table_dirty = ( visible != tablePage ) );
             m_changed = FALSE;
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
                             arg( it.key() ) << "\n";
             }
             file.close();
-            setCaption( TQString( "Color Tool -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) );
+            setCaption( TQString( "Color Tool -- %1" ).arg( m_filename ) );
             statusBar()->message( TQString( "Saved %1 colors to '%2'" ).
                                     arg( m_colors.count() ).
                                     arg( m_filename ), 3000 );
@@ -767,10 +767,10 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
 
        void MainForm::editCut()
     {
         TQString name;
-        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
+        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
         statusBar()->message( TQString( "Deleting '%1'" ).arg( name ) );
 
-        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
+        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
             int row = colorTable->currentRow();
             name = colorTable->text( row, 0 );
             colorTable->removeRow( colorTable->currentRow() );
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
                 colorTable->setCurrentCell( colorTable->numRows() - 1, 0 );
             m_icons_dirty = TRUE;
         }
-        else if ( visible == iconsPage && colorIconView->currentItem() ) {
+        else if ( visible == iconsPage && colorIconView->currentItem() ) {
             TQIconViewItem *item = colorIconView->currentItem();
             name = item->text();
             if ( colorIconView->count() == 1 )
@@ -811,13 +811,13 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
 
        void MainForm::editCopy()
     {
         TQString text;
-        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
+        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
 
-        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
+        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
             int row = colorTable->currentRow();
             text = colorTable->text( row, 0 );
         }
-        else if ( visible == iconsPage && colorIconView->currentItem() ) {
+        else if ( visible == iconsPage && colorIconView->currentItem() ) {
             TQIconViewItem *item = colorIconView->currentItem();
             text = item->text();
         }
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
index 9eeda54e7..2f50a2451 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
     {
         TQColor color = white;
         if ( ! m_colors.isEmpty() ) {
-            TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
-            if ( visible == tablePage )
+            TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
+            if ( visible == tablePage )
                 color = colorTable->text( colorTable->currentRow(),
                                           colorTable->currentColumn() );
             else
@@ -284,10 +284,10 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
         if ( text.isEmpty() )
             return;
         TQString ltext = text.lower();
-        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
+        TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
         bool found = FALSE;
 
-        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
+        if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
             int row = colorTable->currentRow();
             for ( int i = row + 1; i < colorTable->numRows(); ++i )
                 if ( colorTable->text( i, 0 ).lower().contains( ltext ) ) {
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
                 colorTable->setCurrentCell( row, 0 );
 
         }
-        else if ( visible == iconsPage ) {
+        else if ( visible == iconsPage ) {
             TQIconViewItem *start = colorIconView->currentItem();
             for ( TQIconViewItem *item = start->nextItem(); item; item = item->nextItem() )
                 if ( item->text().lower().contains( ltext ) ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-5.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-5.html
index d2f605fce..cc669704e 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-5.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-5.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The ui.h extension approach has one disadvantage compared to subclassing. The ui.h file only contains custom slot implementations, but the objects are still entirely constructed and destructed inside the generated form.cpp code. This leaves the user without the possibility of doing further form initializations or cleanups that you normally would do within the constructor and destructor functions of a C++ class.
    
 
    To work around this limitation, we created the init/destroy convention. If you add a slot Form::init() to your form, this slot will be called automatically at the end of the generated form constructor. Similarly, if you add a slot Form::destroy() to your form, the slot will automatically be invoked by the destructor before any form controls get deleted. (These slots should return void.) If you prefer to use your own editor you must still create these functions in TQt Designer; once created you can then write your implementation code either using TQt Designer's C++ editor plugin or using your own editor.
    
 
    Loading forms dynamically
    
-
    We extracted the part of TQt Designer that is responsible for loading and previewing a form into a library of its own, libtqui. A new class TQWidgetFactory makes it possible to load .ui files at runtime and instantiate forms from them.
    
+
    We extracted the part of TQt Designer that is responsible for loading and previewing a form into a library of its own, libtqui. A new class TQWidgetFactory makes it possible to load .ui files at runtime and instantiate forms from them.
    
 
    This dynamic approach keeps the GUI design and the code separate and is useful in environments where the GUI may have to change more often than the underlying application logic. Ultimately, you can provide users of your application the ability to modify the graphical user interface without the need for a complete C++ development environment.
    
 
    Since the .ui file is not compiled it cannot include any C++ code, (e.g. custom slot implementations). We provide a way of adding those implementations via a controlling TQObject subclass that you pass as receiver to the widget factory.
    
 
    This concept and its usage is explained in detail in the Subclassing and Dynamic Dialogs chapter.
    
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-6.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-6.html
index 50e109a61..8881aae6d 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-6.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-6.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
     {
         TQ_OBJECT
     public:
-        CreditForm( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
+        CreditForm( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0,
                     bool modal = FALSE, WFlags fl = 0 );
         ~CreditForm();
     public slots:
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
     #include <ntqspinbox.h>
     #include "creditform.h"
 
-    CreditForm::CreditForm( TQWidget* parent, const char* name,
+    CreditForm::CreditForm( TQWidget* parent, const char* name,
                             bool modal, WFlags fl )
         : CreditFormBase( parent, name, modal, fl )
     {
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ INCLUDEPATH += $(TQTDIR)/tools/designer/uilib
 
  • We'll now handle the signals and slots connections. Invoke the View and Edit Connections dialog and connect the credit dialog button's clicked() signal to a new creditDialog() custom slot (which is created by clicking the Edit Slots... button). Now connect the Quit button's clicked() signal to the dialog's accept() function.
    
 
    Save the form and call it mainform.ui. (Press Ctrl+S and enter the filename.) In the next section we'll write the code for loading and launching the dynamic dialog directly in TQt Designer.
    
 
    Loading and Executing a Dynamic Dialog
    
-
    We'll now add the code to invoke the credit dialog. Before we can do this we need to add the widget factory's header file to the form. Click the Source tab in the Object Hierarchy. Right click Includes (in Implementation), then click New. Type in '<ntqwidgetfactory.h>', then press Enter. Because we will need to access the spin box in the dynamic dialog we must add its header file. Right click Includes (in Implmentation), then click New. Type in '<ntqspinbox.h>', then press Enter.
    
+
    We'll now add the code to invoke the credit dialog. Before we can do this we need to add the widget factory's header file to the form. Click the Source tab in the Object Hierarchy. Right click Includes (in Implementation), then click New. Type in '<tqwidgetfactory.h>', then press Enter. Because we will need to access the spin box in the dynamic dialog we must add its header file. Right click Includes (in Implmentation), then click New. Type in '<ntqspinbox.h>', then press Enter.
    
 
    In our main form we created a slot called creditDialog(). We will implement this slot directly in TQt Designer and use it to load and execute the dynamic dialog. The code is taken from qt/tools/designer/examples/receiver1/mainform.ui.h which contains the C++ implementation of mainform.ui's slots.
    
 
        void MainForm::creditDialog()
     {
         TQDialog *creditForm = (TQDialog *)
-            TQWidgetFactory::create( "../credit/creditformbase.ui" );
+            TQWidgetFactory::create( "../credit/creditformbase.ui" );
         // Set up the dynamic dialog here
 
         if ( creditForm->exec() ) {
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ INCLUDEPATH += $(TQTDIR)/tools/designer/uilib
         delete creditForm;
     }
 
    
- 
    The create() function is a static TQWidgetFactory function. It loads the specified .ui file and returns a pointer to the toplevel TQWidget created from the .ui file. We have cast the pointer to TQDialog since we know that the creditformbase.ui file defines a TQDialog. After creating the dialog we exec() it. If the user clicked OK the dialog returns Accepted and we enter the body of the if statement. We want to know the amount of credit that the user selected. We call the child() function on the dialog passing it the name of the widget we're interested in. The child() function returns a pointer to the widget with the name we passed, or returns 0 if no widget of that name was found. In the example we call child() to get a pointer to the 'amountSpinBox'. If the pointer we get back is not 0 we set the rating text to the amount in the dialog's spin box. At the end we delete the dynamic dialog. Deleting the dialog ensures that we free up its resources as soon as it is no longer required.
    
+ 
    The create() function is a static TQWidgetFactory function. It loads the specified .ui file and returns a pointer to the toplevel TQWidget created from the .ui file. We have cast the pointer to TQDialog since we know that the creditformbase.ui file defines a TQDialog. After creating the dialog we exec() it. If the user clicked OK the dialog returns Accepted and we enter the body of the if statement. We want to know the amount of credit that the user selected. We call the child() function on the dialog passing it the name of the widget we're interested in. The child() function returns a pointer to the widget with the name we passed, or returns 0 if no widget of that name was found. In the example we call child() to get a pointer to the 'amountSpinBox'. If the pointer we get back is not 0 we set the rating text to the amount in the dialog's spin box. At the end we delete the dynamic dialog. Deleting the dialog ensures that we free up its resources as soon as it is no longer required.
    
 
    We used the child() to gain access to a widget within the dynamic dialog, passing it the name of the widget we were interested in. In some situations we might not know what a widget is called. We can access the first widget of a specified class by calling child() with a null widget name and a classname, e.g. child(0,"TQPushButton"). This will return a pointer to the first TQPushButton it finds (or 0 if there isn't one). If you want pointers to all the widgets of a given class you can call the TQObject::queryList() function, passing it the name of the class. It returns a TQObjectList pointer which points to every object in the dialog that is derived from the given class. See the online TQObject documentation for further details.
    
 
    Implementing Slots for Dynamic Dialogs
    
 
    There is one outstanding issue that we haven't addressed: the dynamic dialog does not have the behaviour of the original credit dialog because we have not implemented the setAmount() slot. We can implement slots for dynamic dialogs by creating a TQObject subclass. We then create an instance of this subclass and pass a pointer to it to the TQWidgetFactory::create() function which will connect the dynamic dialog's signals to the slots implemented in our subclass.
    
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ INCLUDEPATH += $(TQTDIR)/tools/designer/uilib
     {
         Receiver *receiver = new Receiver;
         TQDialog *creditForm = (TQDialog *)
-        TQWidgetFactory::create( "../credit/creditformbase.ui", receiver );
+        TQWidgetFactory::create( "../credit/creditformbase.ui", receiver );
         receiver->setParent( creditForm );
 
         // Set up the dynamic dialog here
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ private:
 
     Compiling vs Dynamically Loading Dialogs
    
 
    The differences between using a 'compiled in' .ui file and a dynamically loaded .ui file are these:
    
 
    • Dynamic dialogs cannot have any C++ code in the .ui file; any custom slots must be implemented via a TQObject subclass. Compiled dialogs can contain code either in the .ui file or in a subclass.
      
-
    • Dynamic dialogs will load slower because the .ui file must be read and a TQWidget instance instantiated based on the .ui file's parse tree. Compiled code will load much faster because no file reading or parsing is necessary. Note that the user may not notice any difference in speed since the difference may be mere fractions of a second.
      
+
    • Dynamic dialogs will load slower because the .ui file must be read and a TQWidget instance instantiated based on the .ui file's parse tree. Compiled code will load much faster because no file reading or parsing is necessary. Note that the user may not notice any difference in speed since the difference may be mere fractions of a second.
      
 
    • Dynamic dialogs allow you to change the .ui file independently of the code so long as none of the changes impact the code. This means that you can change the appearance of the form, e.g. move widgets and lay them out differently. If you want to change a compiled dialog you must change the .ui file and recompile. If you are building an application and want your customers to be able to customize aspects of the user interface you can give them a copy of TQt Designer (if your license permits this) and use dynamic dialogs.
      
 
    
 
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
index c11dfc11c..d4320d300 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    Coding the Custom Widget
    
 
    A custom widget may consist of one or more standard widgets placed together in a particular combination, or may be written from scratch. We will combine some TQPushButton widgets to form the basis of our custom widget.
    
 
    We'll look at the header file, qt/tools/designer/examples/vcr/vcr.h first.
    
-
        #include <ntqwidget.h>
+
        #include <tqwidget.h>
 
-    class Vcr : public TQWidget
+    class Vcr : public TQWidget
     {
         TQ_OBJECT
     public:
-        Vcr( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+        Vcr( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
         ~Vcr() {}
     signals:
         void rewind();
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
         void stop();
     };
 
    
- 
    We include ntqwidget.h since we'll be deriving our custom widget from TQWidget. We declare a constructor where the widget will be created and the four signals we want our widget to emit.
    
+ 
    We include tqwidget.h since we'll be deriving our custom widget from TQWidget. We declare a constructor where the widget will be created and the four signals we want our widget to emit.
    
 
    Note: Since we're using signals we must also include the TQ_OBJECT macro. This macro also ensures that information about the class is available via the Meta Object System and ensures that TQt Designer will display the correct information about the widget.
    
 
    The implementation is straightforward. The only function we implement is the constructor. The rest of the file consists of include statements and embedded .xpm images.
    
-
        Vcr::Vcr( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-        : TQWidget( parent, name )
+
        Vcr::Vcr( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+        : TQWidget( parent, name )
     {
         TQHBoxLayout *layout = new TQHBoxLayout( this );
         layout->setMargin( 0 );
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
     {
         TQApplication app( argc, argv );
         Vcr *vcr = new Vcr;
-        vcr->show();
+        vcr->show();
         return app.exec();
     }
 
    
@@ -120,16 +120,16 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
 
    If you've followed the manual up to this point you may well be able to create this custom widget yourself. If you're confident that you can make your own version of the widget, or have another widget that you want to turn into a plugin, skip ahead to Creating a Plugin. If you prefer to read how we created the widget then read on.
    
 
    Coding the Widget's Interface
    
 
    We will work step-by-step through the widget's header file, qt/tools/designer/examples/filechooser/widget/filechooser.h.
    
-
        #include <ntqwidget.h>
-    #include <ntqwidgetplugin.h>
+
        #include <tqwidget.h>
+    #include <tqwidgetplugin.h>
 
     class TQLineEdit;
     class TQPushButton;
 
    
- 
    Our widget will be derived from TQWidget so we include the ntqwidget.h header file. We also forward declare the two classes that our widget will be built from.
    
+ 
    Our widget will be derived from TQWidget so we include the tqwidget.h header file. We also forward declare the two classes that our widget will be built from.
    
 
    
  
    We include the TQ_OBJECT macro since this is required for classes that declare signals or slots. The TQ_ENUMS declaration is used to register the Mode enumeration. Our widget has two properties, mode, to store whether the user should select a File or a Directory and fileName which stores the file or directory they chose.
    
-
        class QT_WIDGET_PLUGIN_EXPORT FileChooser : public TQWidget
+
        class QT_WIDGET_PLUGIN_EXPORT FileChooser : public TQWidget
     {
         TQ_OBJECT
 
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
         TQ_PROPERTY( TQString fileName READ fileName WRITE setFileName )
 
     public:
-        FileChooser( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+        FileChooser( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
 
         enum Mode { File, Directory };
 
@@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
  
    A pointer to TQLineEdit and TQPushButton, as well as a Mode variable are held as private data.
    
 
    Coding the Implementation
    
 
    We will work step-by-step through the implementation which is in qt/tools/designer/examples/filechooser/widget/filechooser.cpp.
    
-
        FileChooser::FileChooser( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-        : TQWidget( parent, name ), md( File )
+
        FileChooser::FileChooser( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+        : TQWidget( parent, name ), md( File )
     {
 
    
- 
    The constructor passes the parent and name to its superclass, TQWidget, and also initializes the private mode data, md, to File mode.
    
+ 
    The constructor passes the parent and name to its superclass, TQWidget, and also initializes the private mode data, md, to File mode.
    
 
            TQHBoxLayout *layout = new TQHBoxLayout( this );
         layout->setMargin( 0 );
 
@@ -183,14 +183,14 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
                  this, TQ_SIGNAL( fileNameChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
         button = new TQPushButton( "...", this, "filechooser_button" );
-        button->setFixedWidth( button->fontMetrics().width( " ... " ) );
+        button->setFixedWidth( button->fontMetrics().width( " ... " ) );
         layout->addWidget( button );
 
         connect( button, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ),
                  this, TQ_SLOT( chooseFile() ) );
 
    
  
    We connect the lineEdit's textChanged() signal to the custom widget's fileNameChanged() signal. This ensures that if the user changes the text in the TQLineEdit this fact will be propagated via the custom widget's own signal. The button's clicked() signal is connected to the custom widget's chooseFile() slot which invokes the appropriate dialog for the user to choose their file or directory.
    
-
            setFocusProxy( lineEdit );
+
            setFocusProxy( lineEdit );
     }
 
    
  
    We set the lineEdit as the focus proxy for our custom widget. This means that when the widget is given focus the focus actually goes to the lineEdit.
    
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
     {
         TQApplication a( argc, argv );
         FileChooser *fc = new FileChooser;
-        fc->show();
+        fc->show();
         return a.exec();
     }
 
    
@@ -248,19 +248,19 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    We can create the makefile using qmake: qmake -o Makefile filechooser.pro, then we can make and run the harness to test our new widget. Once we're satisfied that the custom widget is robust and has the behaviour we require we can embed it into a plugin.
    
 
    Creating a Plugin
    
 
    TQt Plugins can be used to provide self-contained software components for TQt applications. TQt currently supports the creation of five kinds of plugins: codecs, image formats, database drivers, styles and custom widgets. In this section we will explain how to convert our filechooser custom widget into a TQt Designer custom widget plugin.
    
-
    A TQt Designer custom widget plugin is always derived from TQWidgetPlugin. The amout of code that needs to be written is minimal.
    
+
    A TQt Designer custom widget plugin is always derived from TQWidgetPlugin. The amout of code that needs to be written is minimal.
    
 
    To make your own plugin it is probably easiest to start by copying our example plugin.h and plugin.cpp files and changing 'CustomWidgetPlugin' to the name you wish to use for your widget plugin implementation class. Below we provide an introduction to the header file although it needs no changes beyond class renaming. The implementation file requires simple changes, mostly more class renaming; we will review each function in turn and explain what you need to do.
    
 
    The CustomWidgetPlugin Implementation
    
 
    We have called our header file plugin.h and we've called our plugin class CustomWidgetPlugin since we will be using our plugin class to wrap our custom widgets. We present the entire header file to give you an impression of the scope of the implementation required. Most of the functions require just a few lines of code.
    
-
        #include <ntqwidgetplugin.h>
+
        #include <tqwidgetplugin.h>
 
-    class CustomWidgetPlugin : public TQWidgetPlugin
+    class CustomWidgetPlugin : public TQWidgetPlugin
     {
     public:
         CustomWidgetPlugin();
 
         TQStringList keys() const;
-        TQWidget* create( const TQString &classname, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+        TQWidget* create( const TQString &classname, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
         TQString group( const TQString& ) const;
         TQIconSet iconSet( const TQString& ) const;
         TQString includeFile( const TQString& ) const;
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
  
    The constructor does not have to do anything. Simply copy ours with the class name you wish to use for your widget plugin implementation.
    
 
    No destructor is necessary.
    
 
    The keys function.
    
-
        TQStringList CustomWidgetPlugin::keys() const
+
        TQStringList CustomWidgetPlugin::keys() const
     {
         TQStringList list;
         list << "FileChooser";
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    
  
    For each widget class that you want to wrap in the plugin implementation you should supply a key by which the class can be identified. This key must be your class's name, so in our example we add a single key, 'FileChooser'.
    
 
    The create() function.
    
-
        TQWidget* CustomWidgetPlugin::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
+
        TQWidget* CustomWidgetPlugin::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
     {
         if ( key == "FileChooser" )
             return new FileChooser( parent, name );
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    
  
    In this function we create an instance of the requested class and return a TQWidget pointer to the newly created widget. Copy this function changing the class name and the feature name and create an instance of your widget just as we've done here. (See the TQt Plugin documentation for more information.)
    
 
    The includeFile() function.
    
-
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
+
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "filechooser.h";
@@ -307,33 +307,33 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    
  
    This function returns the name of the include file for the custom widget. Copy this function changing the class name, key and include filename to suit your own custom widget.
    
 
    The group(), iconSet(), toolTip() and whatsThis() functions.
    
-
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::group( const TQString& feature ) const
+
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::group( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "Input";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQIconSet CustomWidgetPlugin::iconSet( const TQString& ) const
+    TQIconSet CustomWidgetPlugin::iconSet( const TQString& ) const
     {
         return TQIconSet( TQPixmap( filechooser_pixmap ) );
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "filechooser.h";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::toolTip( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::toolTip( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "File Chooser Widget";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::whatsThis( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::whatsThis( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "A widget to choose a file or directory";
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
  
    We use the group() function to identify which TQt Designer toolbar group this custom widget should be part of. If we use a name that is not in use TQt Designer will create a new toolbar group with the given name. Copy this function, changing the class name, key and group name to suit your own widget plugin implementation.
    
 
    The iconSet() function returns the pixmap to use in the toolbar to represent the custom widget. The toolTip() function returns the tooltip text and the whatsThis() function returns the Whats This text. Copy each of these functions changing the class name, key and the string you return to suit your own widget plugin implementation.
    
 
    The isContainer() function.
    
-
        bool CustomWidgetPlugin::isContainer( const TQString& ) const
+
        bool CustomWidgetPlugin::isContainer( const TQString& ) const
     {
         return FALSE;
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/desktop-example.html b/doc/html/desktop-example.html
index f2595d5be..4f1d37b0d 100644
--- a/doc/html/desktop-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/desktop-example.html
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ static int velocity( int i )                    // change velocity
 
 void poly()
 {
-    TQWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();
-    d->setBackgroundColor( TQt::white );         // white desktop
+    TQWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();
+    d->setBackgroundColor( TQt::white );         // white desktop
 
     const int maxpoints = 5;
     const int maxcurves = 8;
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void poly()
     int tail = -maxcurves + 2;
     TQPointArray *a = new TQPointArray[ maxcurves ];
     TQPointArray *p;
-    TQRect r = d->rect();                        // desktop rectangle
+    TQRect r = d->rect();                        // desktop rectangle
 
     int i;
     for ( i=0; i<maxcurves; i++ )
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@ void rotate()
     pm = image;                                 // convert image to pixmap
     pm.setOptimization( TQPixmap::BestOptim );   // rotation will be faster
 
-    TQWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();       // w = desktop widget
+    TQWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();       // w = desktop widget
 
     for ( i=0; i<=360; i += 2 ) {
         TQWMatrix m;
         m.rotate( i );                          // rotate coordinate system
         TQPixmap rpm = pm.xForm( m );            // rpm = rotated pixmap
-        d->setBackgroundPixmap( rpm );          // set desktop pixmap
-        d->update();                            // repaint desktop
+        d->setBackgroundPixmap( rpm );          // set desktop pixmap
+        d->update();                            // repaint desktop
     }
 }
 
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void drawShadeText( TQPainter *p, int x, int y, co
 
 // NOTE: desktop drag/drop is experimental
 
-class DesktopWidget : public TQWidget, private TQDropSite
+class DesktopWidget : public TQWidget, private TQDropSite
 {
 public:
     DesktopWidget( const char *s, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ public:
     {
         TQPixmap pmp;
         if ( TQImageDrag::decode( e, pmp ) ) {
-            setBackgroundPixmap( pmp );
-            update();
+            setBackgroundPixmap( pmp );
+            update();
         }
     }
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 DesktopWidget::DesktopWidget( const char *s, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget( parent, name, WType_Desktop | WPaintDesktop),
+    : TQWidget( parent, name, WType_Desktop | WPaintDesktop),
         TQDropSite(this)
 {
     text = s;
@@ -276,21 +276,21 @@ DesktopWidget::~DesktopWidget()
     delete pm;
 }
 
-void DesktopWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void DesktopWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
-    TQColor c1 = backgroundColor();
+    TQColor c1 = backgroundColor();
     TQColor c2 = c1.light(104);
     TQColor c3 = c1.dark(106);
     if ( !pm ) {
         pm = new TQPixmap( 64, 64 );
         generateStone( pm, c1, c2, c3 );
-        setBackgroundPixmap( *pm );
-        update();
+        setBackgroundPixmap( *pm );
+        update();
     }
-    TQRect br = fontMetrics().boundingRect( text );
+    TQRect br = fontMetrics().boundingRect( text );
     TQPixmap offscreen( br.width(), br.height() );
-    int x = width()/2  - br.width()/2;
-    int y = height()/2 - br.height()/2;
+    int x = width()/2  - br.width()/2;
+    int y = height()/2 - br.height()/2;
     offscreen.fill( this, x, y );
     TQPainter p;
     p.begin( &offscreen );
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void DesktopWidget::paintEvent( update();
+    t->update();
     tqApp->exec();
     delete t;
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/dirview-example.html b/doc/html/dirview-example.html
index 1ffceb1e6..76c58739b 100644
--- a/doc/html/dirview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/dirview-example.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ class DirectoryView : public TQListView
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    DirectoryView( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, bool sdo = FALSE );
+    DirectoryView( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, bool sdo = FALSE );
     bool showDirsOnly() { return dirsOnly; }
 
 public slots:
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ TQString Directory::fullName()
  *
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-DirectoryView::DirectoryView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool sdo )
+DirectoryView::DirectoryView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, bool sdo )
     : TQListView( parent, name ), dirsOnly( sdo ), oldCurrent( 0 ),
       dropItem( 0 ), mousePressed( FALSE )
 {
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ TQString Directory::fullName()
     connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed( TQListViewItem * ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( slotFolderSelected( TQListViewItem * ) ) );
 
-    setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
+    setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
     viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
 
     connect( autoopen_timer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
@@ -729,11 +729,11 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
             root->setOpen( TRUE ); // be interesting
     }
 
-    mw.resize( 400, 400 );
-    mw.setCaption( "TQt Example - Directory Browser" );
+    mw.resize( 400, 400 );
+    mw.setCaption( "TQt Example - Directory Browser" );
     mw.setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE );
     a.setMainWidget( &mw );
-    mw.show();
+    mw.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/distributingntqt.html b/doc/html/distributingntqt.html
index 959996e44..de295124f 100644
--- a/doc/html/distributingntqt.html
+++ b/doc/html/distributingntqt.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ in the TQt library and can be changed as a part of the installation
 process (see the distributor-example.html Distributor example).
 
     
     Dynamic Dialogs 
 
    
-
     For dynamic dialogs if you use TQWidgetFactory, you need the following
+
     For dynamic dialogs if you use TQWidgetFactory, you need the following
 files for all platforms:
 
     
      
 
    •  The same files as used for dynamic TQt applications
diff --git a/doc/html/distributor-example.html b/doc/html/distributor-example.html
index 8a02555aa..41df83253 100644
--- a/doc/html/distributor-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/distributor-example.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ void Distributor::init()
     setFinishEnabled( verifyMods, TRUE );
 }
 
-void Distributor::showPage( TQWidget *page )
+void Distributor::showPage( TQWidget *page )
 {
     if ( page == selectLibrary ) {
         nextButton()->setDefault( TRUE );
diff --git a/doc/html/dnd.html b/doc/html/dnd.html
index f55293c3f..502f5a55a 100644
--- a/doc/html/dnd.html
+++ b/doc/html/dnd.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ sophistication): qt/examples/iconview/simple_dd, qt/examples/dragdr
 TQTextEdit widget source code.
 
       
       Dragging
 
      
-
       To start a drag, for example in a mouse motion event, create an object of the TQDragObject
+
       To start a drag, for example in a mouse motion event, create an object of the TQDragObject
 subclass appropriate for your media, such as TQTextDrag for text and
 TQImageDrag for images. Then call the drag() method. This is all you
 need for simple dragging of existing types.
@@ -86,19 +86,19 @@ references.
 
       
       Dropping
 
      
 
       To be able to receive media dropped on a widget, call
-setAcceptDrops(TRUE)
+setAcceptDrops(TRUE)
 for the widget (e.g. in its constructor), and override the
 event handler methods
-dragEnterEvent() and
-dropEvent().
+dragEnterEvent() and
+dropEvent().
 For more sophisticated applications overriding
-dragMoveEvent() and
-dragLeaveEvent() will also be
+dragMoveEvent() and
+dragLeaveEvent() will also be
 necessary.
 
       For example, to accept text and image drops:
 
       MyWidget::MyWidget(...) :
-    TQWidget(...)
+    TQWidget(...)
 {
     ...
     setAcceptDrops(TRUE);
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ void MyEditor::dropEvent(TQDropEvent* event)
 
       Some widgets are more specific than just a "yes" or "no" response when
 data is dragged onto them. For example, a CAD program might only
 accept drops of text onto text objects in the view. In these cases,
-the dragMoveEvent() is used and
+the dragMoveEvent() is used and
 an area is given for which the drag is accepted or ignored:
 
       void MyWidget::dragMoveEvent(TQDragMoveEvent* event)
diff --git a/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html b/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
index cb36f1d3f..228328253 100644
--- a/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ You can easily add you own drawing functions.
 **
 *****************************************************************************/
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 #include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include <ntqprinter.h>
 #include <ntqpushbutton.h>
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ DrawThing ourDrawFunctions[] = {
 
 
 
-class DrawView : public TQWidget
+class DrawView : public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ private:
 
 DrawView::DrawView()
 {
-    setCaption( "TQt Draw Demo Application" );
-    setBackgroundMode(PaletteBase);
+    setCaption( "TQt Draw Demo Application" );
+    setBackgroundMode(PaletteBase);
 
     // Create a button group to contain all buttons
     bgroup = new TQButtonGroup( this );
-    bgroup->resize( 200, 200 );
+    bgroup->resize( 200, 200 );
     connect( bgroup, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), TQ_SLOT(updateIt(int)) );
 
     // Calculate the size for the radio buttons
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ private:
     int maxheight = 10;
     int i;
     const char *n;
-    TQFontMetrics fm = bgroup->fontMetrics();
+    TQFontMetrics fm = bgroup->fontMetrics();
 
     // Find out the longest function description.
     // Here we make use of the last "0,0"-entry in the
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ private:
 
     for ( i=0; (n=ourDrawFunctions[i].name) != 0; i++ ) {
         TQRadioButton *rb = new TQRadioButton( n, bgroup );
-        rb->setGeometry( 10, i*30+10, maxwidth, 30 );
+        rb->setGeometry( 10, i*30+10, maxwidth, 30 );
 
         maxheight += 30;
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ private:
     maxwidth += 20;                             // add some margin, this results in the
                                                 // final width of bgroup
 
-    bgroup->resize( maxwidth, maxheight );      // resize bgroup to its final size
+    bgroup->resize( maxwidth, maxheight );      // resize bgroup to its final size
                                                 // when no printersupport is provided
 
 
@@ -257,16 +257,16 @@ private:
 
     // Create and setup the print button
     print = new TQPushButton( "Print...", bgroup );
-    print->resize( 80, 30 );
-    print->move( maxwidth/2 - print->width()/2, maxindex*30+20 );
+    print->resize( 80, 30 );
+    print->move( maxwidth/2 - print->width()/2, maxindex*30+20 );
     connect( print, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQ_SLOT(printIt()) );
 
     // Resize bgroup to its final size when printersupport is given.
-    bgroup->resize( maxwidth, print->y()+print->height()+10 );
+    bgroup->resize( maxwidth, print->y()+print->height()+10 );
 
 #endif
 
-    resize( 640,300 );
+    resize( 640,300 );
 }
 
 //
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ void DrawView::updateIt( int index )
 {
     if ( index < maxindex ) {
         drawindex = index;
-        update();
+        update();
     }
 }
 
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ void DrawView::printIt()
 // Called when the widget needs to be updated.
 //
 
-void DrawView::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void DrawView::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
     TQPainter paint( this );
     drawIt( &paint );
@@ -329,9 +329,9 @@ void DrawView::paintEvent( void DrawView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
+void DrawView::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
 {
-    bgroup->move( width()-bgroup->width(), 0 );
+    bgroup->move( width()-bgroup->width(), 0 );
 }
 
 
@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication app( argc, argv );
     DrawView   draw;
     app.setMainWidget( &draw );
-    draw.setCaption("TQt Example - Drawdemo");
-    draw.show();
+    draw.setCaption("TQt Example - Drawdemo");
+    draw.show();
     return app.exec();
 }
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/drawlines-example.html b/doc/html/drawlines-example.html
index c41b5349c..2b66bbb56 100644
--- a/doc/html/drawlines-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/drawlines-example.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ release the button, and watch the lines get drawn.
 **
 *****************************************************************************/
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 #include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include <ntqapplication.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -63,10 +63,10 @@ const int MAXCOLORS = 40;
 // ConnectWidget - draws connected lines
 //
 
-class ConnectWidget : public TQWidget
+class ConnectWidget : public TQWidget
 {
 public:
-    ConnectWidget( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    ConnectWidget( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
    ~ConnectWidget();
 protected:
     void        paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
@@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ private:
 // Constructs a ConnectWidget.
 //
 
-ConnectWidget::ConnectWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget( parent, name, WStaticContents )
+ConnectWidget::ConnectWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name, WStaticContents )
 {
-    setBackgroundColor( white );                // white background
+    setBackgroundColor( white );                // white background
     count = 0;
     down = FALSE;
     points = new TQPoint[MAXPOINTS];
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ ConnectWidget::~ConnectWidget()
 // Handles paint events for the connect widget.
 //
 
-void ConnectWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void ConnectWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
     TQPainter paint( this );
     for ( int i=0; i<count-1; i++ ) {           // connect all points
@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ ConnectWidget::~ConnectWidget()
 // Handles mouse press events for the connect widget.
 //
 
-void ConnectWidget::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
+void ConnectWidget::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
 {
     down = TRUE;
     count = 0;                                  // start recording points
-    erase();                                    // erase widget contents
+    erase();                                    // erase widget contents
 }
 
 
@@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ ConnectWidget::~ConnectWidget()
 // Handles mouse release events for the connect widget.
 //
 
-void ConnectWidget::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
+void ConnectWidget::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
 {
     down = FALSE;                               // done recording points
-    update();                                   // draw the lines
+    update();                                   // draw the lines
 }
 
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ConnectWidget::~ConnectWidget()
 // Handles mouse move events for the connect widget.
 //
 
-void ConnectWidget::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+void ConnectWidget::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
 {
     if ( down && count < MAXPOINTS ) {
         TQPainter paint( this );
@@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
     ConnectWidget connect;
 #ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA   // for TQt/Embedded minimal build
-    connect.setCaption( "TQt Example - Draw lines");
+    connect.setCaption( "TQt Example - Draw lines");
 #endif
     a.setMainWidget( &connect );
-    connect.show();
+    connect.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/emb-charinput.html b/doc/html/emb-charinput.html
index 6380d5a51..7214e0dee 100644
--- a/doc/html/emb-charinput.html
+++ b/doc/html/emb-charinput.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ specify characters with the pointer device.
 server would then just send the key events back to the input widget.
 One way to make sure that the input widget never takes focus is to set
 the WStyle_Customize and WStyle_Tool widget flags in
-the TQWidget constructor.
+the TQWidget constructor.
 
       The TQtopia
 environment contains various input widgets such as
 Handwriting Recognition and Virtual Keyboard.
diff --git a/doc/html/emb-features.html b/doc/html/emb-features.html
index d57983058..252fe36aa 100644
--- a/doc/html/emb-features.html
+++ b/doc/html/emb-features.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ translation (TQWMatrix)
  
   Widgets
  TQT_NO_WIDGETS
-Disabling this disables all widgets except TQWidget.
+Disabling this disables all widgets except TQWidget.
  
  TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
 HTML document viewing (TQTextView)
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ translation (TQWMatrix)
 TQT_NO_STYLE_MOTIF
   Dialogs
  TQT_NO_DIALOGS
-Disabling this disables all common dialogs TQWidget.
+Disabling this disables all common dialogs TQWidget.
 TQT_NO_WIDGETS
  TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
 The file selection dialog (TQFileDialog)
diff --git a/doc/html/emb-performance.html b/doc/html/emb-performance.html
index 27d7caaf1..ba9c60d74 100644
--- a/doc/html/emb-performance.html
+++ b/doc/html/emb-performance.html
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ requirements at the cost of other factors.
 
 
       The following guidelines will improve CPU performance:
 
        
-
      •  Create dialogs and widgets once, then TQWidget::hide() and
-TQWidget::show() them, rather than creating them and deleting
+
      •  Create dialogs and widgets once, then TQWidget::hide() and
+TQWidget::show() them, rather than creating them and deleting
 them every time they are needed.
 This will use a little more memory, but will be much faster.
 Try to create them the first time "lazily" to avoid slow
diff --git a/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html b/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html
index 668e11fe1..b891f4d1e 100644
--- a/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html
+++ b/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
         In TQt, an event is an object that inherits TQEvent. Events are
 delivered to objects that inherit TQObject through calling TQObject::event(). Event delivery means that an event has occurred, the
 TQEvent indicates precisely what, and the TQObject needs to respond. Most
-events are specific to TQWidget and its subclasses, but there are
+events are specific to TQWidget and its subclasses, but there are
 important events that aren't related to graphics, for example, socket
 activation, which is the event used by TQSocketNotifier for its
 work.
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ event delivery mechanisms are flexible. The documentation for
 TQApplication::notify() concisely tells the whole story, here we
 will explain enough for 99% of applications.
 
         The normal way for an event to be delivered is by calling a virtual
-function. For example, TQPaintEvent is delivered by calling TQWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for
+function. For example, TQPaintEvent is delivered by calling TQWidget::paintEvent(). This virtual function is responsible for
 reacting appropriately, normally by repainting the widget. If you
 do not perform all the necessary work in your implementation of the
 virtual function, you may need to call the base class's
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class's functionality, then you implement what you want and then call
 the base class.
 
         Occasionally there isn't such an event-specific function, or the
 event-specific function isn't sufficient. The most common example is
-tab key presses. Normally, those are interpreted by TQWidget to move
+tab key presses. Normally, those are interpreted by TQWidget to move
 the keyboard focus, but a few widgets need the tab key for themselves.
 
         These objects can reimplement TQObject::event(), the general event
 handler, and either do their event handling before or after the usual
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ handler that was called.
 
         postEvent() posts the event on a queue for later dispatch. The next
 time TQt's main event loop runs, it dispatches all posted events, with
 some optimization. For example, if there are several resize events,
-they are are compacted into one. The same applies to paint events: TQWidget::update() calls postEvent(), which minimizes flickering and
+they are are compacted into one. The same applies to paint events: TQWidget::update() calls postEvent(), which minimizes flickering and
 increases speed by avoiding multiple repaints.
 
         postEvent() is also often used during object initialization, since the
 posted event will typically be dispatched very soon after the
diff --git a/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html b/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
index 2c0c38785..b7a384dd5 100644
--- a/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
         
 
         This example demonstrates how to create an extension dialog.
 
         Essentially all that is necessary is to create a standard dialog
-and then create a TQWidget form to be used as the extension. See
+and then create a TQWidget form to be used as the extension. See
 the article in TQt
     Quarterly issue #3.
 
         
        
diff --git a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
index f21c94483..edce37490 100644
--- a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ class TQtFileIconDrag : public TQIconDrag
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    TQtFileIconDrag( TQWidget * dragSource, const char* name = 0 );
+    TQtFileIconDrag( TQWidget * dragSource, const char* name = 0 );
 
     const char* format( int i ) const;
     TQByteArray encodedData( const char* mime ) const;
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ static void cleanup()
  *
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-TQtFileIconDrag::TQtFileIconDrag( TQWidget * dragSource, const char* name )
+TQtFileIconDrag::TQtFileIconDrag( TQWidget * dragSource, const char* name )
     : TQIconDrag( dragSource, name )
 {
 }
@@ -900,13 +900,13 @@ void TQtFileIconView::itemDoubleClicked( void TQtFileIconView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+void TQtFileIconView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
 {
     if ( e->key() == Key_N &&
          ( e->state() & ControlButton ) )
         newDirectory();
     else
-        TQIconView::keyPressEvent( e );
+        TQIconView::keyPressEvent( e );
 }
 
 void TQtFileIconView::slotDropped( TQDropEvent *e, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem> & )
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ void TQtFileIconView::slotRightPressed( insertItem( "Sort &ascending", this, TQ_SLOT( sortAscending() ) );
         menu.insertItem( "Sort &descending", this, TQ_SLOT( sortDescending() ) );
 
-        menu.setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+        menu.setMouseTracking( TRUE );
         menu.exec( TQCursor::pos() );
     } else { // on item
         TQPopupMenu menu( this );
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ void TQtFileIconView::slotRightPressed( insertItem( "Rename Item" );
         int REMOVE_ITEM = menu.insertItem( "Remove Item" );
 
-        menu.setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+        menu.setMouseTracking( TRUE );
         int id = menu.exec( TQCursor::pos() );
 
         if ( id == -1 )
@@ -1191,9 +1191,9 @@ static const char* newfolder_xpm[] = {
     setup();
 }
 
-void FileMainWindow::show()
+void FileMainWindow::show()
 {
-    TQMainWindow::show();
+    TQMainWindow::show();
 }
 
 void FileMainWindow::setup()
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ void FileMainWindow::setup()
 
 void FileMainWindow::setPathCombo()
 {
-    TQString dir = caption();
+    TQString dir = caption();
     int i = 0;
     bool found = FALSE;
     for ( i = 0; i < pathCombo->count(); ++i ) {
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ void FileMainWindow::setPathCombo()
 
 void FileMainWindow::directoryChanged( const TQString &dir )
 {
-    setCaption( dir );
+    setCaption( dir );
     setPathCombo();
 }
 
@@ -1332,22 +1332,22 @@ void FileMainWindow::changePath( const FileMainWindow::enableUp()
 {
-    upButton->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    upButton->setEnabled( TRUE );
 }
 
 void FileMainWindow::disableUp()
 {
-    upButton->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    upButton->setEnabled( FALSE );
 }
 
 void FileMainWindow::enableMkdir()
 {
-    mkdirButton->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    mkdirButton->setEnabled( TRUE );
 }
 
 void FileMainWindow::disableMkdir()
 {
-    mkdirButton->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    mkdirButton->setEnabled( FALSE );
 }
 
    
 
@@ -1374,10 +1374,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
 
     FileMainWindow mw;
-    mw.resize( 680, 480 );
+    mw.resize( 680, 480 );
     a.setMainWidget( &mw );
     mw.fileView()->setDirectory( "/" );
-    mw.show();
+    mw.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/focus.html b/doc/html/focus.html
index ed04ba415..7ab9b64ef 100644
--- a/doc/html/focus.html
+++ b/doc/html/focus.html
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ other. The order in which Tab presses move from widget to widget is
 called the tab order.
 
     In TQt, this list is kept in the TQFocusData class. There is one
 TQFocusData object per window, and widgets automatically append
-themselves to the end of it when TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() is
-called with an appropriate TQWidget::FocusPolicy. You can customize
-the tab order using TQWidget::setTabOrder(). (If you don't, Tab
+themselves to the end of it when TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() is
+called with an appropriate TQWidget::FocusPolicy. You can customize
+the tab order using TQWidget::setTabOrder(). (If you don't, Tab
 generally moves focus in the order of widget construction.) TQt Designer provides a means of visually
 changing the tab order.
 
     Since pressing Tab is so common, most widgets that can have focus
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ focus to this field.
 
     Another exception to Tab support is text-entry widgets that must
 support the insertion of tabs; almost all text editors fall into this
 class. TQt treats Control+Tab as Tab and Control+Shift+Tab as
-Shift+Tab, and such widgets can reimplement TQWidget::event() and
-handle Tab before calling TQWidget::event() to get normal processing of
+Shift+Tab, and such widgets can reimplement TQWidget::event() and
+handle Tab before calling TQWidget::event() to get normal processing of
 all other keys. However, since some systems use Control+Tab for other
 purposes, and many users aren't aware of Control+Tab anyway, this
 isn't a complete solution.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ it move to the 'B' button?
 entry, and to avoid it for most widgets where a mouse click has a
 different effect. (For buttons, we also recommend adding a keyboard
 shortcut: TQButton and its subclasses make this very easy.)
-
     In TQt, only the TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects
+
     In TQt, only the TQWidget::setFocusPolicy() function affects
 click-to-focus.
 
     
     The user presses a keyboard shortcut.
 
    
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ the window should receive the focus.
 the last widget to have focus should regain it. TQt does this
 automatically.
 
     If focus has never been in this window before and you know where focus
-should start out, call TQWidget::setFocus() on the widget which
-should receive focus before you TQWidget::show() it. If you don't,
+should start out, call TQWidget::setFocus() on the widget which
+should receive focus before you TQWidget::show() it. If you don't,
 TQt will pick a suitable widget.
 
     
 
diff --git a/doc/html/forever-example.html b/doc/html/forever-example.html
index 2df6d7565..45dda206c 100644
--- a/doc/html/forever-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/forever-example.html
@@ -55,17 +55,17 @@ are drawn per second.
 #ifndef FOREVER_H
 #define FOREVER_H
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 
 
 const int numColors = 120;
 
 
-class Forever : public TQWidget
+class Forever : public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    Forever( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    Forever( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
 protected:
     void        paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
     void        timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * );
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ private:
 // Constructs a Forever widget.
 //
 
-Forever::Forever( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget( parent, name )
+Forever::Forever( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name )
 {
     for (int a=0; a<numColors; a++) {
         colors[a] = TQColor( rand()&255,
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void Forever::updateCaption()
     TQString s;
     s.sprintf( "TQt Example - Forever - %d rectangles/second", rectangles );
     rectangles = 0;
-    setCaption( s );
+    setCaption( s );
 }
 
 
@@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ void Forever::updateCaption()
 // Handles paint events for the Forever widget.
 //
 
-void Forever::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void Forever::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
     TQPainter paint( this );                     // painter object
-    int w = width();
-    int h = height();
+    int w = width();
+    int h = height();
     if(w <= 0 || h <= 0)
         return;
     paint.setPen( NoPen );                      // do not draw outline
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void Forever::updateCaption()
 void Forever::timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * )
 {
     for ( int i=0; i<100; i++ ) {
-        repaint( FALSE );                       // repaint, don't erase
+        repaint( FALSE );                       // repaint, don't erase
         rectangles++;
     }
 }
@@ -176,10 +176,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 {
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );               // create application object
     Forever always;                             // create widget
-    always.resize( 400, 250 );                  // start up with size 400x250
+    always.resize( 400, 250 );                  // start up with size 400x250
     a.setMainWidget( &always );                 // set as main widget
-    always.setCaption("TQt Example - Forever");
-    always.show();                              // show widget
+    always.setCaption("TQt Example - Forever");
+    always.show();                              // show widget
     return a.exec();                            // run event loop
 }
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/functions.html b/doc/html/functions.html
index 2a4680d5d..7ff410364 100644
--- a/doc/html/functions.html
+++ b/doc/html/functions.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ abort:
  TQEventLoop
  • aboutToHide:
  TQPopupMenu
  • aboutToQuit:
  TQApplication
  • aboutToShow:
- TQPopupMenu TQTabDialog TQWidgetStack
  • absFilePath:
+ TQPopupMenu TQTabDialog TQWidgetStack
  • absFilePath:
  TQDir TQFileInfo
  • absPath:
  TQDir
  • accel:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • accept:
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ abort:
  TQDropEvent
  • acceptCallback:
  TQMotifDialog
  • acceptDrop:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • acceptDrops:
- TQWidget
  • accum:
+ TQWidget
  • accum:
  TQGLFormat
  • action:
  TQDropEvent
  • activate:
  TQAction TQCheckListItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSignal
  • activateItemAt:
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ abort:
  TQTabBar TQTabDialog TQTabWidget
  • addTo:
  TQAction TQActionGroup
  • addToolButton:
  TQFileDialog
  • addWidget:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQStatusBar TQWidgetStack
  • addWidgetFactory:
- TQWidgetFactory
  • addWidgets:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQStatusBar TQWidgetStack
  • addWidgetFactory:
+ TQWidgetFactory
  • addWidgets:
  TQFileDialog
  • addYears:
  TQDate TQDateTime
  • addedTo:
  TQAction
  • address:
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ abort:
  TQIconView
  • adjustPos:
  TQSplitter
  • adjustRow:
  TQTable
  • adjustSize:
- TQMessageBox TQSimpleRichText TQWidget
  • advance:
+ TQMessageBox TQSimpleRichText TQWidget
  • advance:
  TQCanvas TQCanvasItem TQCanvasSprite
  • afterSeek:
  TQSqlQuery
  • alignment:
  TQGroupBox TQLabel TQLayoutItem TQLineEdit TQMultiLineEdit TQStyleSheetItem TQTableItem TQTextEdit
  • alignmentRect:
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ abort:
  TQAsciiDict TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQIconFactory TQIntDict TQNetworkProtocol TQPtrCollection TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector
  • autoEdit:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • autoFormatting:
  TQTextEdit
  • autoMask:
- TQWidget
  • autoRaise:
+ TQWidget
  • autoRaise:
  TQToolButton
  • autoRepeat:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • autoReset:
  TQProgressDialog
  • autoUnload:
@@ -247,17 +247,17 @@ back:
  TQValueList TQValueVector TQWizard
  • backButton:
  TQWizard
  • background:
  TQColorGroup
  • backgroundBrush:
- TQWidget
  • backgroundColor:
+ TQWidget
  • backgroundColor:
  TQCanvas TQMovie TQPainter
  • backgroundMode:
- TQPainter TQWidget
  • backgroundOrigin:
- TQWidget
  • backgroundPixmap:
+ TQPainter TQWidget
  • backgroundOrigin:
+ TQWidget
  • backgroundPixmap:
  TQCanvas
  • backspace:
  TQLineEdit TQMultiLineEdit
  • backward:
  TQTextBrowser
  • backwardAvailable:
  TQTextBrowser
  • base:
  TQColorGroup TQScreen
  • baseName:
  TQFileInfo
  • baseSize:
- TQWidget
  • beep:
+ TQWidget
  • beep:
  TQApplication
  • beforeDelete:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • beforeInsert:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • beforeSeek:
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ c:
  TQRegExp
  • capStyle:
  TQPen
  • capacity:
  TQString TQValueVector
  • caption:
- TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • capturedTexts:
+ TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • capturedTexts:
  TQRegExp
  • cascade:
  TQWorkspace
  • caseSensitive:
  TQRegExp
  • cast:
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ c:
  TQStyleOption
  • checkOverflow:
  TQLCDNumber
  • child:
  TQChildEvent TQObject
  • childAt:
- TQWidget
  • childCount:
+ TQWidget
  • childCount:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQListView TQListViewItem
  • childEvent:
  TQMainWindow TQObject TQSplitter
  • childNodes:
  TQDomNode
  • childX:
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ c:
  TQScrollView
  • children:
  TQObject
  • childrenCollapsible:
  TQSplitter
  • childrenRect:
- TQWidget
  • childrenRegion:
- TQWidget
  • chooseContext:
+ TQWidget
  • childrenRegion:
+ TQWidget
  • chooseContext:
  TQGLContext
  • chooseMacVisual:
  TQGLContext
  • choosePixelFormat:
  TQGLContext
  • chooseVisual:
@@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ c:
  TQTable
  • clearEdit:
  TQComboBox
  • clearEntries:
  TQUrlOperator
  • clearFocus:
- TQWidget
  • clearGenerated:
+ TQWidget
  • clearGenerated:
  TQIconSet
  • clearMask:
- TQWidget
  • clearModified:
+ TQWidget
  • clearModified:
  TQLineEdit
  • clearOperationQueue:
  TQNetworkProtocol
  • clearParagraphBackground:
  TQTextEdit
  • clearPendingCommands:
@@ -416,21 +416,21 @@ c:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQTable
  • clearValidator:
  TQComboBox TQLineEdit
  • clearValues:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataView TQSqlForm TQSqlRecord
  • clearWFlags:
- TQWidget
  • clicked:
+ TQWidget
  • clicked:
  TQButton TQButtonGroup TQCheckBox TQHeader TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQTable TQTextEdit TQWhatsThis
  • client:
  TQWSWindow
  • clientSite:
  TQAxBindable
  • clientWindows:
  TQWSServer
  • clipRegion:
- TQPainter TQWidget
  • clipboard:
+ TQPainter TQWidget
  • clipboard:
  TQApplication
  • clipper:
  TQScrollView
  • cloneNode:
  TQDomNode
  • close:
- TQFile TQFtp TQIODevice TQSocket TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver TQWSDecoration TQWidget
  • closeActiveWindow:
+ TQFile TQFtp TQIODevice TQSocket TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver TQWSDecoration TQWidget
  • closeActiveWindow:
  TQWorkspace
  • closeAllWindows:
  TQApplication TQWorkspace
  • closeAssistant:
  TQAssistantClient
  • closeConnection:
  TQHttp
  • closeEvent:
- TQWidget
  • closeKeyboard:
+ TQWidget
  • closeKeyboard:
  TQWSServer
  • closeMode:
  TQDockWindow
  • closeMouse:
  TQWSServer
  • closeStdin:
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ c:
  TQCanvasItem
  • collisions:
  TQCanvas TQCanvasItem
  • color:
  TQBrush TQCanvasText TQColorGroup TQImage TQPalette TQPen TQStyleOption TQStyleSheetItem TQTextEdit
  • colorGroup:
- TQWidget
  • colorMode:
+ TQWidget
  • colorMode:
  TQPrinter
  • colorNames:
  TQColor
  • colorSpec:
  TQApplication
  • colorTable:
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ c:
  TQNetworkProtocol TQUrlOperator
  • constBegin:
  TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector
  • constEnd:
  TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector
  • constPolish:
- TQWidget
  • constref:
+ TQWidget
  • constref:
  TQString
  • consume:
  TQContextMenuEvent
  • contains:
  TQCString TQDomNamedNodeMap TQIconViewItem TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegion TQSqlDatabase TQSqlRecord TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTranslator TQValueList
  • containsRef:
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ c:
  TQScrollView
  • contentsY:
  TQScrollView
  • context:
  TQGLWidget TQSimpleRichText TQTextEdit TQTranslatorMessage
  • contextMenuEvent:
- TQWidget
  • contextMenuRequested:
+ TQWidget
  • contextMenuRequested:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQTable
  • contexts:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • control:
  TQAxBase
  • controlAt:
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ c:
  TQMacMime
  • country:
  TQLocale
  • countryToString:
  TQLocale
  • create:
- TQAxFactory TQGLContext TQGfxDriverFactory TQGfxDriverPlugin TQImage TQKbdDriverFactory TQKbdDriverPlugin TQMouseDriverFactory TQMouseDriverPlugin TQNPlugin TQSqlDriverPlugin TQStyleFactory TQStylePlugin TQWidget TQWidgetFactory TQWidgetPlugin
  • createAggregate:
+ TQAxFactory TQGLContext TQGfxDriverFactory TQGfxDriverPlugin TQImage TQKbdDriverFactory TQKbdDriverPlugin TQMouseDriverFactory TQMouseDriverPlugin TQNPlugin TQSqlDriverPlugin TQStyleFactory TQStylePlugin TQWidget TQWidgetFactory TQWidgetPlugin
  • createAggregate:
  TQAxBindable
  • createAlphaMask:
  TQImage
  • createAttribute:
  TQDomDocument
  • createAttributeNS:
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ c:
  TQSqlDriver
  • createTextNode:
  TQDomDocument
  • createUuid:
  TQUuid
  • createWidget:
- TQWidgetFactory
  • created:
+ TQWidgetFactory
  • created:
  TQFileInfo
  • createdDirectory:
  TQNetworkProtocol TQUrlOperator
  • creator:
  TQPrinter
  • critical:
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ c:
  TQTime
  • currentValueText:
  TQSpinBox
  • currentVerticalAlignmentChanged:
  TQTextEdit
  • cursor:
- TQWidget
  • cursorBackward:
+ TQWidget
  • cursorBackward:
  TQLineEdit
  • cursorChanged:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • cursorDown:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • cursorFlashTime:
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ c:
  TQColorDialog
  • customCount:
  TQColorDialog
  • customEvent:
  TQObject
  • customWhatsThis:
- TQWidget
  • customize:
+ TQWidget
  • customize:
  TQMainWindow
  • cut:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • 
 dark:
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ dark:
  TQMetaProperty
  • desktop:
  TQApplication
  • desktopSettingsAware:
  TQApplication
  • destroy:
- TQWidget
  • destroyAllocContext:
+ TQWidget
  • destroyAllocContext:
  TQColor
  • destroyed:
  TQObject
  • det:
  TQWMatrix
  • detach:
@@ -782,13 +782,13 @@ dark:
  TQScrollView
  • dragCopy:
  TQDragObject
  • dragEnabled:
  TQIconViewItem TQLineEdit TQListViewItem TQTable
  • dragEnterEvent:
- TQWidget
  • dragEntered:
+ TQWidget
  • dragEntered:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • dragLeaveEvent:
- TQWidget
  • dragLeft:
+ TQWidget
  • dragLeft:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • dragLink:
  TQDragObject
  • dragMove:
  TQDragObject
  • dragMoveEvent:
- TQWidget
  • dragObject:
+ TQWidget
  • dragObject:
  TQIconView TQListView TQTable
  • draggingSlider:
  TQScrollBar
  • draw:
  TQCanvasItem TQCanvasPolygonalItem TQCanvasSprite TQCanvasText TQSimpleRichText
  • drawArc:
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ dark:
  TQPainter
  • drawRubber:
  TQIconView
  • drawShape:
  TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasPolygon TQCanvasPolygonalItem TQCanvasRectangle
  • drawText:
- TQPainter TQWidget
  • drawTiledPixmap:
+ TQPainter TQWidget
  • drawTiledPixmap:
  TQPainter
  • drawWinFocusRect:
  TQPainter
  • driver:
  TQSqlDatabase TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult
  • driverName:
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ dark:
  TQSqlDatabase
  • drives:
  TQDir
  • dropEnabled:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • dropEvent:
- TQWidget
  • dropped:
+ TQWidget
  • dropped:
  TQIconView TQIconViewItem TQListView TQListViewItem TQTable
  • dumpObjectInfo:
  TQObject
  • dumpObjectTree:
  TQObject
  • duplicate:
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ echoMode:
  TQWSServer
  • enableRewind:
  TQDataSource TQIODeviceSource
  • enabled:
  TQToolTipGroup
  • enabledChange:
- TQWidget
  • encode:
+ TQWidget
  • encode:
  TQUrl
  • encodeName:
  TQFile
  • encodedData:
  TQDropEvent TQIconDrag TQMimeSource TQStoredDrag
  • encodedPathAndQuery:
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ echoMode:
  TQIconView TQListView
  • ensureVisible:
  TQScrollView
  • enterAllocContext:
  TQColor
  • enterEvent:
- TQWidget
  • enterInstance:
+ TQWidget
  • enterInstance:
  TQNPWidget
  • enterLoop:
  TQEventLoop
  • enterWhatsThisMode:
  TQWhatsThis
  • entered:
@@ -902,9 +902,9 @@ echoMode:
  TQDataSink
  • eor:
  TQRegion
  • equal:
  TQUrlInfo
  • erase:
- TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidget
  • eraseColor:
- TQWidget
  • erasePixmap:
- TQWidget
  • eraseRect:
+ TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidget
  • eraseColor:
+ TQWidget
  • erasePixmap:
+ TQWidget
  • eraseRect:
  TQPainter
  • erased:
  TQPaintEvent
  • error:
  TQAssistantClient TQAxScript TQAxScriptManager TQFtp TQHttp TQSocket TQSocketDevice TQStyleSheet TQXmlErrorHandler
  • errorCode:
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ echoMode:
  TQXmlReader
  • errorString:
  TQFile TQFtp TQHttp TQRegExp TQXmlContentHandler TQXmlDTDHandler TQXmlDeclHandler TQXmlEntityResolver TQXmlErrorHandler TQXmlLexicalHandler
  • escape:
  TQRegExp TQStyleSheet
  • event:
- TQObject TQWidget
  • eventFilter:
+ TQObject TQWidget
  • eventFilter:
  TQListView TQObject TQScrollView TQSpinBox
  • eventLoop:
  TQApplication
  • eventsID:
  TQAxFactory
  • exactMatch:
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ echoMode:
  TQTableSelection
  • expanded:
  TQListView
  • expandedTo:
  TQSize
  • expanding:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSizePolicy TQSpacerItem TQWidgetItem
  • exposeToSuperClass:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSizePolicy TQSpacerItem TQWidgetItem
  • exposeToSuperClass:
  TQAxFactory
  • extension:
  TQDialog TQFileInfo
  • externalEntityDecl:
  TQXmlDeclHandler
  • 
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ falseText:
  TQPainter
  • filter:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable TQDir TQSqlCursor TQWSInputMethod
  • filterSelected:
  TQFileDialog
  • find:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQWidget
  • findFirstVisibleItem:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQWidget
  • findFirstVisibleItem:
  TQIconView
  • findIndex:
  TQValueList
  • findItem:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQMenuData
  • findKey:
@@ -989,28 +989,28 @@ falseText:
  TQMacMime
  • flush:
  TQApplication TQFile TQIODevice TQPainter TQSocket
  • flushX:
  TQApplication
  • focusData:
- TQWidget
  • focusInEvent:
- TQWidget
  • focusNextPrevChild:
- TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • focusOutEvent:
- TQWidget
  • focusPolicy:
- TQWidget
  • focusProxy:
- TQWidget
  • focusRectPolicy:
+ TQWidget
  • focusInEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • focusNextPrevChild:
+ TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • focusOutEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • focusPolicy:
+ TQWidget
  • focusProxy:
+ TQWidget
  • focusRectPolicy:
  TQMacStyle
  • focusStyle:
  TQTable
  • focusWidget:
- TQApplication TQFocusData TQWidget
  • font:
- TQApplication TQCanvasText TQFontDatabase TQPainter TQToolTip TQWidget
  • fontChange:
- TQWidget
  • fontFamily:
+ TQApplication TQFocusData TQWidget
  • font:
+ TQApplication TQCanvasText TQFontDatabase TQPainter TQToolTip TQWidget
  • fontChange:
+ TQWidget
  • fontFamily:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • fontInfo:
- TQPainter TQWidget
  • fontItalic:
+ TQPainter TQWidget
  • fontItalic:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • fontMetrics:
- TQApplication TQPainter TQWidget
  • fontSize:
+ TQApplication TQPainter TQWidget
  • fontSize:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • fontStrikeOut:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • fontUnderline:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • fontWeight:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • forceShow:
  TQProgressDialog
  • foreground:
  TQColorGroup
  • foregroundColor:
- TQWidget
  • form:
+ TQWidget
  • form:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataView
  • format:
  TQDropEvent TQGLContext TQGLWidget TQImageDecoder TQImageIO TQMimeSource
  • formatName:
  TQImageDecoder TQImageFormatType
  • formatValue:
@@ -1022,14 +1022,14 @@ falseText:
  TQFrame
  • frameCount:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • frameDone:
  TQImageConsumer
  • frameGeometry:
- TQWidget
  • frameImage:
+ TQWidget
  • frameImage:
  TQMovie
  • frameNumber:
  TQMovie
  • framePixmap:
  TQMovie
  • frameRect:
  TQFrame
  • frameShadow:
  TQFrame TQStyleOption
  • frameShape:
  TQFrame TQStyleOption
  • frameSize:
- TQWidget
  • frameStyle:
+ TQWidget
  • frameStyle:
  TQFrame
  • frameWidth:
  TQFrame
  • free:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • fromAscii:
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ gamma:
  TQImageIO
  • generateDocumentation:
  TQAxBase
  • generateFontDisplayLists:
  TQGLContext
  • geometry:
- TQLayoutItem TQWidget
  • get:
+ TQLayoutItem TQWidget
  • get:
  TQFontManager TQFtp TQHttp TQUrlOperator
  • getColor:
  TQColorDialog
  • getCursorPosition:
  TQTextEdit
  • getDouble:
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ gamma:
  TQNPInstance
  • getValidRect:
  TQMovie
  • getVersionInfo:
  TQNPlugin
  • getWFlags:
- TQWidget
  • getch:
+ TQWidget
  • getch:
  TQFile TQIODevice TQSocket
  • glDraw:
  TQGLWidget
  • glInit:
  TQGLWidget
  • globalPos:
@@ -1097,8 +1097,8 @@ gamma:
  TQContextMenuEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • gotFocus:
  TQFocusEvent
  • grabFrameBuffer:
  TQGLWidget
  • grabKeyboard:
- TQWidget
  • grabMouse:
- TQWidget
  • grabWidget:
+ TQWidget
  • grabMouse:
+ TQWidget
  • grabWidget:
  TQPixmap
  • grabWindow:
  TQPixmap
  • greaterThan:
  TQUrlInfo
  • green:
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ gamma:
  TQGridView
  • gridX:
  TQIconView
  • gridY:
  TQIconView
  • group:
- TQButton TQCheckBox TQFileInfo TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSettings TQToolTip TQUrlInfo TQWidgetPlugin
  • groupId:
+ TQButton TQCheckBox TQFileInfo TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSettings TQToolTip TQUrlInfo TQWidgetPlugin
  • groupId:
  TQFileInfo
  • guiThreadAwake:
  TQApplication
  • 
 hScrollBarMode:
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ hScrollBarMode:
  TQTabDialog
  • hasDockWindow:
  TQDockArea TQMainWindow
  • hasFeature:
  TQDomImplementation TQSqlDriver TQXmlReader
  • hasFocus:
- TQWidget
  • hasGlobalMouseTracking:
+ TQWidget
  • hasGlobalMouseTracking:
  TQApplication
  • hasHeightForWidth:
  TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayoutItem TQSizePolicy
  • hasHelpButton:
  TQTabDialog
  • hasHost:
@@ -1142,8 +1142,8 @@ hScrollBarMode:
  TQHttpHeader
  • hasLocalData:
  TQThreadStorage
  • hasMarkedText:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • hasMouse:
- TQWidget
  • hasMouseTracking:
- TQWidget
  • hasOkButton:
+ TQWidget
  • hasMouseTracking:
+ TQWidget
  • hasOkButton:
  TQTabDialog
  • hasOnlyLocalFileSystem:
  TQNetworkProtocol
  • hasOpenGL:
  TQGLFormat
  • hasOpenGLOverlays:
@@ -1169,8 +1169,8 @@ hScrollBarMode:
  TQListView
  • headerSection:
  TQStyleOption
  • headerWidth:
  TQHeader
  • height:
- TQCanvas TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasRectangle TQCanvasSprite TQDirectPainter TQFontMetrics TQIconViewItem TQImage TQListBoxItem TQListBoxPixmap TQListBoxText TQListViewItem TQPaintDeviceMetrics TQPixmap TQRect TQScreen TQSimpleRichText TQSize TQWidget
  • heightForWidth:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayoutItem TQMenuBar TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • heightMM:
+ TQCanvas TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasRectangle TQCanvasSprite TQDirectPainter TQFontMetrics TQIconViewItem TQImage TQListBoxItem TQListBoxPixmap TQListBoxText TQListViewItem TQPaintDeviceMetrics TQPixmap TQRect TQScreen TQSimpleRichText TQSize TQWidget
  • heightForWidth:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayoutItem TQMenuBar TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • heightMM:
  TQPaintDeviceMetrics
  • help:
  TQWizard
  • helpButton:
  TQWizard
  • helpButtonPressed:
@@ -1178,9 +1178,9 @@ hScrollBarMode:
  TQWizard
  • heuristicContentMatch:
  TQTextCodec
  • heuristicNameMatch:
  TQTextCodec
  • hide:
- TQCanvasItem TQMenuBar TQToolTip TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • hideColumn:
+ TQCanvasItem TQMenuBar TQToolTip TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • hideColumn:
  TQListView TQTable
  • hideEvent:
- TQScrollBar TQWidget
  • hideOrShow:
+ TQScrollBar TQWidget
  • hideOrShow:
  TQStatusBar
  • hideRow:
  TQTable
  • highPriority:
  TQObject
  • highlight:
@@ -1205,22 +1205,22 @@ hScrollBarMode:
  TQCursor
  • hour:
  TQTime
  • 
 icon:
- TQMessageBox TQWidget
  • iconPixmap:
+ TQMessageBox TQWidget
  • iconPixmap:
  TQMessageBox
  • iconProvider:
  TQFileDialog
  • iconSet:
- TQAction TQHeader TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQTab TQToolButton TQWidgetPlugin
  • iconSize:
+ TQAction TQHeader TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQTab TQToolButton TQWidgetPlugin
  • iconSize:
  TQIconSet
  • iconText:
- TQWidget
  • iconView:
+ TQWidget
  • iconView:
  TQIconViewItem
  • id:
- TQButtonGroup TQWidgetStack
  • idAfter:
+ TQButtonGroup TQWidgetStack
  • idAfter:
  TQSplitter
  • idAt:
  TQMenuData TQPopupMenu
  • identifier:
  TQTab
  • ignorableWhitespace:
  TQXmlContentHandler
  • ignore:
  TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDragMoveEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • imComposeEvent:
- TQWidget
  • imEndEvent:
- TQWidget
  • imStartEvent:
- TQWidget
  • image:
+ TQWidget
  • imEndEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • imStartEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • image:
  TQCanvasPixmapArray TQCanvasSprite TQClipboard TQImageDecoder TQImageIO
  • imageAdvanced:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • imageFormat:
  TQImage TQImageIO TQPixmap
  • implementation:
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ icon:
  TQSimpleRichText
  • inWhatsThisMode:
  TQWhatsThis
  • inactive:
  TQPalette
  • includeFile:
- TQWidgetPlugin
  • indent:
+ TQWidgetPlugin
  • indent:
  TQLabel
  • index:
  TQIconView TQIconViewItem TQListBox TQSqlCursor TQXmlAttributes
  • indexChange:
  TQHeader
  • indexOf:
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ icon:
  TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • isActionAccepted:
  TQDropEvent
  • isActive:
  TQAccessible TQCanvasItem TQPainter TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQTableSelection TQTimer
  • isActiveWindow:
- TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • isAnchor:
+ TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • isAnchor:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • isAsynchronous:
  TQIODevice
  • isAttr:
  TQDomAttr TQDomNode
  • isAutoRepeat:
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ icon:
  TQIODevice
  • isComment:
  TQDomComment TQDomNode
  • isConsumed:
  TQContextMenuEvent
  • isContainer:
- TQWidgetPlugin
  • isContentsPreviewEnabled:
+ TQWidgetPlugin
  • isContentsPreviewEnabled:
  TQFileDialog
  • isCopyOf:
  TQFont TQPalette
  • isCurrent:
  TQListBoxItem
  • isCursorVisible:
@@ -1342,8 +1342,8 @@ icon:
  TQPushButton TQStyleOption
  • isDefaultUp:
  TQMenuBar
  • isDescending:
  TQSqlIndex
  • isDesktop:
- TQWidget
  • isDialog:
- TQWidget
  • isDigit:
+ TQWidget
  • isDialog:
+ TQWidget
  • isDigit:
  TQChar
  • isDir:
  TQFileInfo TQUrlInfo TQUrlOperator
  • isDirectAccess:
  TQIODevice
  • isDockEnabled:
@@ -1359,9 +1359,9 @@ icon:
  TQTable
  • isEffectEnabled:
  TQApplication
  • isElement:
  TQDomElement TQDomNode
  • isEmpty:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
- TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQWidget
  • isEnabledTo:
- TQWidget
  • isEntity:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
+ TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQWidget
  • isEnabledTo:
+ TQWidget
  • isEntity:
  TQDomEntity TQDomNode
  • isEntityReference:
  TQDomEntityReference TQDomNode
  • isEnumType:
  TQMetaProperty
  • isExclusive:
@@ -1374,14 +1374,14 @@ icon:
  TQSound
  • isFixedPitch:
  TQFontDatabase
  • isFlat:
  TQGroupBox TQPushButton
  • isFocusEnabled:
- TQWidget
  • isForwardOnly:
+ TQWidget
  • isForwardOnly:
  TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult
  • isFullScreen:
- TQWidget
  • isFullyObscured:
+ TQWidget
  • isFullyObscured:
  TQWSWindow
  • isGenerated:
  TQIconSet TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlRecord
  • isGloballyEnabled:
  TQToolTip
  • isGrayscale:
  TQImage
  • isHidden:
- TQFileInfo TQWidget
  • isHorizontalSliderPressed:
+ TQFileInfo TQWidget
  • isHorizontalSliderPressed:
  TQScrollView
  • isHorizontallyStretchable:
  TQDockWindow
  • isIPv4Address:
  TQHostAddress
  • isIPv6Address:
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ icon:
  TQWMatrix
  • isInactive:
  TQIODevice
  • isInfoPreviewEnabled:
  TQFileDialog
  • isInputMethodEnabled:
- TQWidget
  • isInterlaced:
+ TQWidget
  • isInterlaced:
  TQScreen
  • isInvertible:
  TQWMatrix
  • isItemActive:
  TQMenuData
  • isItemChecked:
@@ -1401,9 +1401,9 @@ icon:
  TQLibrary
  • isLocalFile:
  TQUrl
  • isMark:
  TQChar
  • isMaximized:
- TQWidget
  • isMinimized:
- TQWidget
  • isModal:
- TQDialog TQWidget
  • isModified:
+ TQWidget
  • isMinimized:
+ TQWidget
  • isModal:
+ TQDialog TQWidget
  • isModified:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • isMovingEnabled:
  TQDockWindow TQHeader
  • isNotation:
  TQDomNode TQDomNotation
  • isNull:
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ icon:
  TQTextEdit
  • isPartiallyObscured:
  TQWSWindow
  • isPhase2:
  TQSessionManager
  • isPopup:
- TQWidget
  • isPrint:
+ TQWidget
  • isPrint:
  TQChar
  • isPrintableData:
  TQDataStream
  • isProcessingInstruction:
  TQDomNode TQDomProcessingInstruction
  • isPunct:
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ icon:
  TQApplication
  • isSetType:
  TQMetaProperty
  • isSharing:
  TQGLContext TQGLWidget
  • isShown:
- TQWidget
  • isSizeGripEnabled:
+ TQWidget
  • isSizeGripEnabled:
  TQDialog TQStatusBar
  • isSmoothlyScalable:
  TQFontDatabase
  • isSpace:
  TQChar
  • isStretchEnabled:
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ icon:
  TQDomNode TQDomText
  • isToggleAction:
  TQAction
  • isToggleButton:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • isTopLevel:
- TQLayout TQWidget
  • isTransformed:
+ TQLayout TQWidget
  • isTransformed:
  TQScreen
  • isTranslated:
  TQIODevice
  • isTrim:
  TQSqlFieldInfo
  • isTrimmed:
@@ -1476,13 +1476,13 @@ icon:
  TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem
  • isUndoAvailable:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • isUndoRedoEnabled:
  TQTextEdit
  • isUpdatesEnabled:
- TQWidget
  • isValid:
+ TQWidget
  • isValid:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQAxScriptEngine TQCanvasPixmapArray TQCanvasPolygonalItem TQColor TQDate TQDateTime TQGLContext TQGLWidget TQHttpHeader TQRect TQRegExp TQSize TQSocketDevice TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQTime TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQVariant
  • isVerticalSliderPressed:
  TQScrollView
  • isVerticallyStretchable:
  TQDockWindow
  • isVirtualDesktop:
  TQDesktopWidget
  • isVisible:
- TQAction TQCanvasItem TQListViewItem TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • isVisibleTo:
- TQWidget
  • isWidgetType:
+ TQAction TQCanvasItem TQListViewItem TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • isVisibleTo:
+ TQWidget
  • isWidgetType:
  TQObject
  • isWorking:
  TQDns
  • isWritable:
  TQFileInfo TQIODevice TQUrlInfo
  • italic:
@@ -1516,13 +1516,13 @@ join:
 key:
  TQAccel TQFont TQIconViewItem TQKeyEvent TQListViewItem TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQTableItem
  • keyMap:
  TQWSServer
  • keyPressEvent:
- TQLineEdit TQTextBrowser TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • keyReleaseEvent:
- TQWidget
  • keyToValue:
+ TQLineEdit TQTextBrowser TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • keyReleaseEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • keyToValue:
  TQMetaProperty
  • keyboardFocusTab:
  TQTabBar
  • keyboardGrabber:
- TQWidget
  • keyboardHandler:
+ TQWidget
  • keyboardHandler:
  TQWSServer
  • keys:
- TQGfxDriverFactory TQGfxDriverPlugin TQHttpHeader TQImageFormatPlugin TQKbdDriverFactory TQKbdDriverPlugin TQMap TQMouseDriverFactory TQMouseDriverPlugin TQSqlDriverPlugin TQStyleFactory TQStylePlugin TQWidgetPlugin
  • keysToValue:
+ TQGfxDriverFactory TQGfxDriverPlugin TQHttpHeader TQImageFormatPlugin TQKbdDriverFactory TQKbdDriverPlugin TQMap TQMouseDriverFactory TQMouseDriverPlugin TQSqlDriverPlugin TQStyleFactory TQStylePlugin TQWidgetPlugin
  • keysToValue:
  TQMetaProperty
  • kill:
  TQProcess
  • killLine:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • killTimer:
@@ -1550,13 +1550,13 @@ label:
  TQProcess
  • layOutButtonRow:
  TQWizard
  • layOutTitleRow:
  TQWizard
  • layout:
- TQLayoutItem TQWidget
  • layoutChanged:
+ TQLayoutItem TQWidget
  • layoutChanged:
  TQTabBar
  • layoutTabs:
  TQTabBar
  • leading:
  TQFontMetrics
  • leapYear:
  TQDate
  • leaveAllocContext:
  TQColor
  • leaveEvent:
- TQWidget
  • leaveInstance:
+ TQWidget
  • leaveInstance:
  TQNPWidget
  • leaveWhatsThisMode:
  TQWhatsThis
  • left:
  TQCString TQRect TQString
  • leftBearing:
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ label:
  TQTextCodec
  • loadCharmapFile:
  TQTextCodec
  • loadFromData:
  TQImage TQPixmap
  • loadImages:
- TQWidgetFactory
  • local8Bit:
+ TQWidgetFactory
  • local8Bit:
  TQString
  • localData:
  TQThreadStorage
  • localFileToUri:
  TQUriDrag
  • localName:
@@ -1621,13 +1621,13 @@ label:
  TQSound
  • loopsRemaining:
  TQSound
  • lostFocus:
  TQFocusEvent TQLineEdit
  • lower:
- TQCString TQChar TQString TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • 
+ TQCString TQChar TQString TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • 
 m11:
  TQWMatrix
  • m12:
  TQWMatrix
  • m21:
  TQWMatrix
  • m22:
  TQWMatrix
  • macEvent:
- TQWidget
  • macEventFilter:
+ TQWidget
  • macEventFilter:
  TQApplication
  • mailServers:
  TQDns
  • mainWidget:
  TQApplication TQLayout
  • mainWindow:
@@ -1644,17 +1644,17 @@ m11:
  TQWSServer
  • manhattanLength:
  TQPoint
  • map:
  TQSignalMapper TQWMatrix
  • mapFrom:
- TQWidget
  • mapFromDevice:
+ TQWidget
  • mapFromDevice:
  TQScreen
  • mapFromGlobal:
- TQWidget
  • mapFromParent:
- TQWidget
  • mapRect:
+ TQWidget
  • mapFromParent:
+ TQWidget
  • mapRect:
  TQWMatrix
  • mapTextToValue:
  TQSpinBox
  • mapTo:
- TQWidget
  • mapToDevice:
+ TQWidget
  • mapToDevice:
  TQScreen
  • mapToGlobal:
- TQWidget
  • mapToIndex:
+ TQWidget
  • mapToIndex:
  TQHeader
  • mapToParent:
- TQWidget
  • mapToPolygon:
+ TQWidget
  • mapToPolygon:
  TQWMatrix
  • mapToRegion:
  TQWMatrix
  • mapToSection:
  TQHeader
  • mapValueToText:
@@ -1680,9 +1680,9 @@ m11:
  TQDateEdit TQDial TQRangeControl TQScrollBar TQSlider TQSpinBox TQTimeEdit
  • maxWidth:
  TQFontMetrics
  • maximize:
  TQWSDecoration
  • maximumHeight:
- TQWidget
  • maximumSize:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • maximumWidth:
- TQWidget
  • mayGrowHorizontally:
+ TQWidget
  • maximumSize:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • maximumWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • mayGrowHorizontally:
  TQSizePolicy
  • mayGrowVertically:
  TQSizePolicy
  • mayShrinkHorizontally:
  TQSizePolicy
  • mayShrinkVertically:
@@ -1703,10 +1703,10 @@ m11:
  TQTranslator
  • metaObject:
  TQAxFactory TQObject
  • method:
  TQHttpRequestHeader
  • metric:
- TQPicture TQPixmap TQWidget
  • mibEnum:
+ TQPicture TQPixmap TQWidget
  • mibEnum:
  TQEucJpCodec TQTextCodec
  • mibEnums:
  TQTextCodecPlugin
  • microFocusHint:
- TQWidget
  • mid:
+ TQWidget
  • mid:
  TQCString TQColorGroup TQString
  • midLineWidth:
  TQFrame TQStyleOption
  • midlight:
  TQColorGroup
  • mightBeRichText:
@@ -1721,10 +1721,10 @@ m11:
  TQRegExp
  • minimize:
  TQWSDecoration
  • minimumDuration:
  TQProgressDialog
  • minimumHeight:
- TQWidget
  • minimumSize:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • minimumSizeHint:
- TQLineEdit TQWidget
  • minimumWidth:
- TQWidget
  • minorVersion:
+ TQWidget
  • minimumSize:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • minimumSizeHint:
+ TQLineEdit TQWidget
  • minimumWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • minorVersion:
  TQHttpHeader TQHttpRequestHeader TQHttpResponseHeader
  • minute:
  TQTime
  • mirror:
  TQImage
  • mirrored:
@@ -1739,13 +1739,13 @@ m11:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView
  • mouseButtonPressed:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView
  • mouseChanged:
  TQWSMouseHandler
  • mouseDoubleClickEvent:
- TQWidget
  • mouseGrabber:
- TQWidget
  • mouseHandler:
+ TQWidget
  • mouseGrabber:
+ TQWidget
  • mouseHandler:
  TQWSServer
  • mouseMoveEvent:
- TQSizeGrip TQWidget
  • mousePressEvent:
- TQSizeGrip TQWidget
  • mouseReleaseEvent:
- TQWidget
  • move:
- TQCanvasItem TQCanvasSprite TQIconViewItem TQWidget
  • moveBottom:
+ TQSizeGrip TQWidget
  • mousePressEvent:
+ TQSizeGrip TQWidget
  • mouseReleaseEvent:
+ TQWidget
  • move:
+ TQCanvasItem TQCanvasSprite TQIconViewItem TQWidget
  • moveBottom:
  TQRect
  • moveBottomLeft:
  TQRect
  • moveBottomRight:
  TQRect
  • moveBy:
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ m11:
  TQScrollView
  • moveCursor:
  TQTextEdit
  • moveDockWindow:
  TQDockArea TQMainWindow
  • moveEvent:
- TQWidget
  • moveFocus:
+ TQWidget
  • moveFocus:
  TQButtonGroup
  • moveItem:
  TQListViewItem
  • moveLeft:
  TQRect
  • moveRight:
@@ -1921,9 +1921,9 @@ object:
  TQFont
  • overlinePos:
  TQFontMetrics
  • overrideCursor:
  TQApplication
  • ownCursor:
- TQWidget
  • ownFont:
- TQWidget
  • ownPalette:
- TQWidget
  • owner:
+ TQWidget
  • ownFont:
+ TQWidget
  • ownPalette:
+ TQWidget
  • owner:
  TQFileInfo TQUrlInfo
  • ownerDocument:
  TQDomNode
  • ownerElement:
  TQDomAttr
  • ownerId:
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ packImage:
  TQWSDecoration
  • paintCell:
  TQCheckListItem TQGridView TQListBox TQListViewItem TQTable
  • paintEmptyArea:
  TQGridView TQListView TQTable
  • paintEvent:
- TQButton TQFrame TQGLWidget TQSizeGrip TQStatusBar TQTabBar TQWidget
  • paintField:
+ TQButton TQFrame TQGLWidget TQSizeGrip TQStatusBar TQTabBar TQWidget
  • paintField:
  TQDataTable
  • paintFocus:
  TQCheckListItem TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem TQTable
  • paintGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • paintItem:
@@ -1954,11 +1954,11 @@ packImage:
  TQHeader
  • paintSectionLabel:
  TQHeader
  • paintingActive:
  TQPaintDevice
  • palette:
- TQApplication TQToolTip TQWidget
  • paletteBackgroundColor:
- TQWidget
  • paletteBackgroundPixmap:
- TQWidget
  • paletteChange:
- TQWidget
  • paletteForegroundColor:
- TQWidget
  • paper:
+ TQApplication TQToolTip TQWidget
  • paletteBackgroundColor:
+ TQWidget
  • paletteBackgroundPixmap:
+ TQWidget
  • paletteChange:
+ TQWidget
  • paletteForegroundColor:
+ TQWidget
  • paper:
  TQTextEdit
  • paperSource:
  TQPrinter
  • paragraphAt:
  TQTextEdit
  • paragraphBackgroundColor:
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ packImage:
  TQImageIO
  • parent:
  TQListViewItem TQObject
  • parentNode:
  TQDomNode
  • parentWidget:
- TQToolTip TQWidget
  • parse:
+ TQToolTip TQWidget
  • parse:
  TQUrl TQXmlReader TQXmlSimpleReader
  • parseContinue:
  TQXmlSimpleReader
  • password:
  TQSqlDatabase TQUrl
  • paste:
@@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@ packImage:
  TQFont
  • pointSizes:
  TQFontDatabase
  • points:
  TQCanvasPolygon
  • polish:
- TQApplication TQStyle TQWidget
  • polishPopupMenu:
+ TQApplication TQStyle TQWidget
  • polishPopupMenu:
  TQStyle
  • pop:
  TQPtrStack TQValueStack
  • popContext:
  TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • pop_back:
@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ packImage:
  TQComboBox TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQToolButton
  • popupDelay:
  TQToolButton
  • port:
  TQServerSocket TQSocket TQSocketDevice TQSqlDatabase TQUrl
  • pos:
- TQContextMenuEvent TQCursor TQDropEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQMoveEvent TQRegExp TQTabletEvent TQWSMouseHandler TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • position:
+ TQContextMenuEvent TQCursor TQDropEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQMoveEvent TQRegExp TQTabletEvent TQWSMouseHandler TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • position:
  TQSqlRecord
  • positionFromValue:
  TQRangeControl
  • post:
  TQHttp
  • postEvent:
@@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ tqAddPostRoutine:
  TQMessageBox
  • quit:
  TQApplication
  • qwsDecoration:
  TQApplication
  • qwsEvent:
- TQWidget
  • qwsEventFilter:
+ TQWidget
  • qwsEventFilter:
  TQApplication
  • qwsRenderToDisk:
  TQFont
  • qwsSetCustomColors:
  TQApplication
  • qwsSetDecoration:
@@ -2142,8 +2142,8 @@ rBottom:
  TQRect
  • rRight:
  TQRect
  • rTop:
  TQRect
  • raise:
- TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • raiseWidget:
- TQWidgetStack
  • rangeChange:
+ TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • raiseWidget:
+ TQWidgetStack
  • rangeChange:
  TQDial TQRangeControl TQSlider TQSpinBox
  • rasterOp:
  TQPainter
  • rawArg:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • rawCommand:
@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQDataView TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver
  • recordInfo:
  TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver
  • recordType:
  TQDns
  • rect:
- TQAccessibleInterface TQCanvas TQCanvasRectangle TQDirectPainter TQIconViewItem TQImage TQPaintEvent TQPixmap TQRect TQStyleOption TQTab TQWidget
  • rects:
+ TQAccessibleInterface TQCanvas TQCanvasRectangle TQDirectPainter TQIconViewItem TQImage TQPaintEvent TQPixmap TQRect TQStyleOption TQTab TQWidget
  • rects:
  TQRegion
  • red:
  TQColor
  • redirect:
  TQPainter
  • redo:
@@ -2207,8 +2207,8 @@ rBottom:
  TQDialog
  • rejectCallback:
  TQMotifDialog
  • release:
  TQSessionManager
  • releaseKeyboard:
- TQWidget
  • releaseMouse:
- TQWidget
  • released:
+ TQWidget
  • releaseMouse:
+ TQWidget
  • released:
  TQButton TQButtonGroup TQCheckBox TQHeader TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • reload:
  TQTextBrowser
  • remove:
  TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDict TQDir TQFile TQFtp TQIntCache TQIntDict TQLayout TQMap TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQSqlForm TQSqlPropertyMap TQSqlRecord TQString TQToolTip TQTranslator TQUrlOperator TQValueList TQWhatsThis
  • removeAttribute:
@@ -2252,14 +2252,14 @@ rBottom:
  TQTabBar
  • removeTranslator:
  TQApplication
  • removeValue:
  TQHttpHeader
  • removeWidget:
- TQStatusBar TQWidgetStack
  • removed:
+ TQStatusBar TQWidgetStack
  • removed:
  TQChildEvent TQNetworkProtocol TQUrlOperator
  • removedChannel:
  TQWSServer
  • rename:
  TQDir TQFtp TQIconViewItem TQUrlOperator
  • renameEnabled:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • renderPixmap:
  TQGLWidget
  • renderText:
  TQGLWidget
  • repaint:
- TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem TQSplashScreen TQWidget
  • repaintCell:
+ TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem TQSplashScreen TQWidget
  • repaintCell:
  TQGridView
  • repaintChanged:
  TQTextEdit
  • repaintContents:
  TQScrollView
  • repaintItem:
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQDial
  • repaintSelectedItems:
  TQIconView
  • repaintSelections:
  TQTable
  • reparent:
- TQWidget
  • replace:
+ TQWidget
  • replace:
  TQAsciiDict TQCString TQDict TQIntDict TQMap TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQString
  • replaceChild:
  TQDomNode
  • replaceData:
  TQDomCharacterData
  • reportError:
@@ -2284,15 +2284,15 @@ rBottom:
  TQString TQValueVector
  • reset:
  TQDataTable TQGLContext TQIODevice TQIconSet TQImage TQMetaProperty TQProgressBar TQProgressDialog TQSqlResult TQTextStream TQUrl TQWMatrix TQWSInputMethod TQXmlInputSource TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • resetGroup:
  TQSettings
  • resetInputContext:
- TQWidget
  • resetRawData:
+ TQWidget
  • resetRawData:
  TQMemArray
  • resetReason:
  TQFocusEvent
  • resetStatus:
  TQIODevice
  • resetXForm:
  TQPainter
  • resize:
- TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCString TQCanvas TQDict TQIntDict TQMemArray TQPixmap TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQValueVector TQWidget
  • resizeContents:
+ TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCString TQCanvas TQDict TQIntDict TQMemArray TQPixmap TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQValueVector TQWidget
  • resizeContents:
  TQScrollView
  • resizeData:
  TQTable
  • resizeEvent:
- TQFrame TQGLWidget TQListView TQWidget
  • resizeGL:
+ TQFrame TQGLWidget TQListView TQWidget
  • resizeGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • resizeMode:
  TQIconView TQLayout TQListView
  • resizeOverlayGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • resizePolicy:
@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ sRect:
  TQAxScriptManager
  • scriptSample:
  TQFontDatabase
  • scriptable:
  TQMetaProperty
  • scroll:
- TQWidget
  • scrollBarsEnabled:
+ TQWidget
  • scrollBarsEnabled:
  TQWorkspace
  • scrollBy:
  TQScrollView
  • scrollToAnchor:
  TQTextEdit
  • scrollToBottom:
@@ -2435,12 +2435,12 @@ sRect:
  TQScreen
  • setAccel:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • setAcceptDockWindow:
  TQDockArea
  • setAcceptDrops:
- TQWidget
  • setAccum:
+ TQWidget
  • setAccum:
  TQGLFormat
  • setAction:
  TQDropEvent
  • setActive:
  TQCanvasItem TQPalette TQSqlResult
  • setActiveItem:
  TQPopupMenu
  • setActiveWindow:
- TQWSWindow TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • setAddress:
+ TQWSWindow TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • setAddress:
  TQHostAddress
  • setAddressReusable:
  TQSocketDevice
  • setAdvancePeriod:
  TQCanvas
  • setAlignment:
@@ -2474,18 +2474,18 @@ sRect:
  TQAsciiDict TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQIconFactory TQIntDict TQNetworkProtocol TQPtrCollection TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector
  • setAutoEdit:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • setAutoFormatting:
  TQTextEdit
  • setAutoMask:
- TQWidget
  • setAutoRaise:
+ TQWidget
  • setAutoRaise:
  TQToolButton
  • setAutoRepeat:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • setAutoReset:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setAutoUnload:
  TQLibrary
  • setBackEnabled:
  TQWizard
  • setBackgroundColor:
  TQCanvas TQMovie TQPainter
  • setBackgroundMode:
- TQPainter TQWidget
  • setBackgroundOrigin:
- TQWidget
  • setBackgroundPixmap:
+ TQPainter TQWidget
  • setBackgroundOrigin:
+ TQWidget
  • setBackgroundPixmap:
  TQCanvas
  • setBar:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setBaseSize:
- TQWidget
  • setBinMode:
+ TQWidget
  • setBinMode:
  TQLCDNumber
  • setBit:
  TQBitArray
  • setBlocking:
  TQSocketDevice
  • setBold:
@@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ sRect:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setCanvas:
  TQCanvasItem TQCanvasView
  • setCapStyle:
  TQPen
  • setCaption:
- TQWidget
  • setCaseSensitive:
+ TQWidget
  • setCaseSensitive:
  TQRegExp
  • setCellContentFromEditor:
  TQTable
  • setCellHeight:
  TQGridView
  • setCellWidget:
@@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ sRect:
  TQCanvas
  • setCheckable:
  TQGroupBox TQPopupMenu
  • setChecked:
  TQCheckBox TQCheckTableItem TQGroupBox TQRadioButton
  • setChildGeometries:
- TQWidgetStack
  • setChildrenCollapsible:
+ TQWidgetStack
  • setChildrenCollapsible:
  TQSplitter
  • setClickEnabled:
  TQHeader
  • setClipRect:
  TQPainter
  • setClipRegion:
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ sRect:
  TQTabWidget
  • setCurrentTab:
  TQTabBar
  • setCurrentText:
  TQComboBox
  • setCursor:
- TQWidget
  • setCursorFlashTime:
+ TQWidget
  • setCursorFlashTime:
  TQApplication
  • setCursorName:
  TQSqlIndex
  • setCursorPosition:
  TQLineEdit TQMultiLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • setCursorVisible:
@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ sRect:
  TQGLFormat
  • setDirection:
  TQBoxLayout
  • setDirty:
  TQScreen
  • setDisabled:
- TQAction TQPalette TQWidget
  • setDiscardCommand:
+ TQAction TQPalette TQWidget
  • setDiscardCommand:
  TQSessionManager
  • setDisplay:
  TQTimeEdit
  • setDisplayMode:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • setDocName:
@@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ sRect:
  TQComboBox TQComboTableItem
  • setEdited:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • setEffectEnabled:
  TQApplication
  • setEnabled:
- TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQToolTipGroup TQWidget
  • setEncodedData:
+ TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQToolTipGroup TQWidget
  • setEncodedData:
  TQStoredDrag
  • setEncodedPathAndQuery:
  TQUrl
  • setEncoding:
  TQTextStream
  • setEncodingFunction:
@@ -2658,8 +2658,8 @@ sRect:
  TQXmlReader
  • setEntries:
  TQGLColormap
  • setEntry:
  TQGLColormap
  • setEraseColor:
- TQWidget
  • setErasePixmap:
- TQWidget
  • setError:
+ TQWidget
  • setErasePixmap:
+ TQWidget
  • setError:
  TQSocketDevice
  • setErrorCode:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • setErrorHandler:
  TQXmlReader
  • setErrorString:
@@ -2681,18 +2681,18 @@ sRect:
  TQWizard
  • setFixedExtentHeight:
  TQDockWindow
  • setFixedExtentWidth:
  TQDockWindow
  • setFixedHeight:
- TQWidget
  • setFixedPitch:
+ TQWidget
  • setFixedPitch:
  TQFont
  • setFixedSize:
- TQWidget
  • setFixedWidth:
- TQWidget
  • setFlags:
+ TQWidget
  • setFixedWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • setFlags:
  TQIODevice
  • setFlat:
  TQGroupBox TQPushButton
  • setFocus:
- TQAccessibleInterface TQWidget
  • setFocusPolicy:
- TQWidget
  • setFocusProxy:
- TQWidget
  • setFocusRectPolicy:
+ TQAccessibleInterface TQWidget
  • setFocusPolicy:
+ TQWidget
  • setFocusProxy:
+ TQWidget
  • setFocusRectPolicy:
  TQMacStyle
  • setFocusStyle:
  TQTable
  • setFont:
- TQApplication TQCanvasText TQComboBox TQCustomMenuItem TQLabel TQPainter TQTabDialog TQToolTip TQWSInputMethod TQWhatsThis TQWidget
  • setFontFamily:
+ TQApplication TQCanvasText TQComboBox TQCustomMenuItem TQLabel TQPainter TQTabDialog TQToolTip TQWSInputMethod TQWhatsThis TQWidget
  • setFontFamily:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • setFontItalic:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • setFontSize:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • setFontStrikeOut:
@@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ sRect:
  TQPrinter
  • setGamma:
  TQImageIO
  • setGenerated:
  TQSqlCursor TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlRecord
  • setGeometry:
- TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • setGlobalMouseTracking:
+ TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQSpacerItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • setGlobalMouseTracking:
  TQApplication
  • setGlobalStrut:
  TQApplication
  • setGloballyEnabled:
  TQToolTip
  • setGridX:
@@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@ sRect:
  TQTabDialog
  • setHelpEnabled:
  TQWizard
  • setHexMode:
  TQLCDNumber
  • setHidden:
- TQWidget
  • setHorData:
+ TQWidget
  • setHorData:
  TQSizePolicy
  • setHorStretch:
  TQSizePolicy
  • setHorizontallyStretchable:
  TQDockWindow
  • setHost:
@@ -2738,12 +2738,12 @@ sRect:
  TQTimeEdit
  • setHsv:
  TQColor
  • setIODevice:
  TQImageIO
  • setIcon:
- TQMessageBox TQWidget
  • setIconPixmap:
+ TQMessageBox TQWidget
  • setIconPixmap:
  TQMessageBox
  • setIconProvider:
  TQFileDialog
  • setIconSet:
  TQAction TQPushButton TQTab TQToolButton
  • setIconSize:
  TQIconSet
  • setIconText:
- TQWidget
  • setId:
+ TQWidget
  • setId:
  TQMenuData
  • setIdentifier:
  TQTab
  • setImage:
  TQCanvasPixmapArray TQClipboard TQImageDrag TQImageIO TQMimeSourceFactory
  • setInactive:
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ sRect:
  TQFileDialog
  • setInitialized:
  TQGLContext
  • setInputMask:
  TQLineEdit
  • setInputMethodEnabled:
- TQWidget
  • setInsertionPolicy:
+ TQWidget
  • setInsertionPolicy:
  TQComboBox
  • setInsideMargin:
  TQGroupBox
  • setInsideSpacing:
  TQGroupBox
  • setItalic:
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ sRect:
  TQIconView
  • setJoinStyle:
  TQPen
  • setKey:
  TQIconViewItem
  • setKeyCompression:
- TQWidget
  • setKeyboardFilter:
+ TQWidget
  • setKeyboardFilter:
  TQWSServer
  • setKeyboardHandler:
  TQWSServer
  • setLabel:
  TQDns TQHeader TQProgressDialog TQToolBar
  • setLabelText:
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ sRect:
  TQSignalMapper
  • setMargin:
  TQFrame TQLayout TQStyleSheetItem TQTabWidget
  • setMargins:
  TQPrinter TQScrollView
  • setMask:
- TQPixmap TQWidget
  • setMatchAllDirs:
+ TQPixmap TQWidget
  • setMatchAllDirs:
  TQDir
  • setMatrix:
  TQWMatrix
  • setMaxCost:
  TQAsciiCache TQCache TQIntCache
  • setMaxCount:
@@ -2815,28 +2815,28 @@ sRect:
  TQTextEdit
  • setMaxValue:
  TQDateEdit TQDial TQRangeControl TQScrollBar TQSlider TQSpinBox TQTimeEdit
  • setMaxWindowRect:
  TQWSServer
  • setMaximumHeight:
- TQWidget
  • setMaximumSize:
- TQWidget
  • setMaximumWidth:
- TQWidget
  • setMenuBar:
+ TQWidget
  • setMaximumSize:
+ TQWidget
  • setMaximumWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • setMenuBar:
  TQLayout
  • setMenuText:
  TQAction
  • setMicroFocus:
  TQWSInputMethod
  • setMicroFocusHint:
- TQWidget
  • setMidLineWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • setMidLineWidth:
  TQFrame
  • setMimeSourceFactory:
  TQTextEdit
  • setMinMax:
  TQPrinter
  • setMinValue:
  TQDateEdit TQDial TQRangeControl TQScrollBar TQSlider TQSpinBox TQTimeEdit
  • setMinimal:
  TQRegExp
  • setMinimumDuration:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setMinimumHeight:
- TQWidget
  • setMinimumSize:
- TQWidget
  • setMinimumWidth:
- TQWidget
  • setMinute:
+ TQWidget
  • setMinimumSize:
+ TQWidget
  • setMinimumWidth:
+ TQWidget
  • setMinute:
  TQTimeEdit
  • setModal:
  TQDialog
  • setMode:
  TQFileDialog TQIODevice TQLCDNumber TQScreen TQSqlCursor
  • setModified:
  TQTextEdit
  • setMonth:
  TQDateEdit
  • setMouseTracking:
- TQWidget
  • setMovie:
+ TQWidget
  • setMovie:
  TQLabel
  • setMovingEnabled:
  TQDockWindow TQHeader
  • setMultiLinesEnabled:
  TQListViewItem
  • setName:
@@ -2885,10 +2885,10 @@ sRect:
  TQPrinter
  • setPageSize:
  TQPrinter
  • setPageStep:
  TQDial TQScrollBar TQSlider
  • setPalette:
- TQApplication TQComboBox TQScrollBar TQSlider TQToolTip TQWidget
  • setPaletteBackgroundColor:
- TQWidget
  • setPaletteBackgroundPixmap:
- TQWidget
  • setPaletteForegroundColor:
- TQWidget
  • setPaper:
+ TQApplication TQComboBox TQScrollBar TQSlider TQToolTip TQWidget
  • setPaletteBackgroundColor:
+ TQWidget
  • setPaletteBackgroundPixmap:
+ TQWidget
  • setPaletteForegroundColor:
+ TQWidget
  • setPaper:
  TQTextEdit
  • setPaperSource:
  TQPrinter
  • setParagraphBackgroundColor:
  TQTextEdit
  • setParameters:
@@ -2995,12 +2995,12 @@ sRect:
  TQFileDialog
  • setShowSortIndicator:
  TQListView
  • setShowToolTips:
  TQIconView TQListView
  • setShown:
- TQWidget
  • setSize:
+ TQWidget
  • setSize:
  TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasRectangle TQDataTable TQImageConsumer TQRect TQUrlInfo
  • setSizeGripEnabled:
  TQDialog TQStatusBar
  • setSizeIncrement:
- TQWidget
  • setSizeLimit:
+ TQWidget
  • setSizeLimit:
  TQComboBox
  • setSizePolicy:
- TQWidget
  • setSizes:
+ TQWidget
  • setSizes:
  TQSplitter
  • setSmallDecimalPoint:
  TQLCDNumber
  • setSocket:
  TQServerSocket TQSocket TQSocketDevice
  • setSocketDevice:
@@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ sRect:
  TQToolBar
  • setStrikeOut:
  TQFont
  • setStringList:
  TQComboTableItem
  • setStyle:
- TQApplication TQBrush TQPen TQWidget
  • setStyleHint:
+ TQApplication TQBrush TQPen TQWidget
  • setStyleHint:
  TQFont
  • setStyleSheet:
  TQTextEdit
  • setStyleStrategy:
  TQFont
  • setSubtype:
@@ -3048,7 +3048,7 @@ sRect:
  TQTabBar TQTabDialog TQTabWidget
  • setTabIconSet:
  TQTabWidget
  • setTabLabel:
  TQTabWidget
  • setTabOrder:
- TQWidget
  • setTabPosition:
+ TQWidget
  • setTabPosition:
  TQTabWidget
  • setTabShape:
  TQTabWidget
  • setTabStopWidth:
  TQTextEdit
  • setTabStops:
@@ -3097,7 +3097,7 @@ sRect:
  TQUriDrag
  • setUpLayout:
  TQMainWindow
  • setUpdatePeriod:
  TQCanvas
  • setUpdatesEnabled:
- TQWidget
  • setUris:
+ TQWidget
  • setUris:
  TQUriDrag
  • setUrl:
  TQFileDialog TQNetworkProtocol
  • setUseHighlightColors:
  TQMotifStyle
  • setUser:
@@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ sRect:
  TQPainter
  • setViewport:
  TQPainter
  • setVisible:
  TQAction TQCanvasItem TQListViewItem
  • setWFlags:
- TQWidget
  • setWakeUpDelay:
+ TQWidget
  • setWakeUpDelay:
  TQToolTip
  • setWeight:
  TQFont
  • setWhatsThis:
  TQAccel TQAction TQMenuData TQPopupMenu
  • setWheelScrollLines:
@@ -3137,8 +3137,8 @@ sRect:
  TQCanvasPolygonalItem
  • setWindow:
  TQPainter
  • setWindowCreated:
  TQGLContext
  • setWindowOpacity:
- TQWidget
  • setWindowState:
- TQWidget
  • setWordWrap:
+ TQWidget
  • setWindowState:
+ TQWidget
  • setWordWrap:
  TQTableItem TQTextEdit
  • setWordWrapIconText:
  TQIconView
  • setWorkingDirectory:
  TQProcess
  • setWorldMatrix:
@@ -3164,17 +3164,17 @@ sRect:
  TQDate
  • shortMonthName:
  TQDate
  • shortcutKey:
  TQAccel
  • show:
- TQCanvasItem TQDialog TQMenuBar TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • showColumn:
+ TQCanvasItem TQDialog TQMenuBar TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • showColumn:
  TQTable
  • showDockMenu:
  TQMainWindow
  • showEvent:
- TQWidget
  • showExtension:
+ TQWidget
  • showExtension:
  TQDialog
  • showFullScreen:
- TQWidget
  • showGrid:
+ TQWidget
  • showGrid:
  TQTable
  • showHiddenFiles:
  TQFileDialog
  • showMaximized:
- TQWidget
  • showMinimized:
- TQWidget
  • showNormal:
- TQWidget
  • showPage:
+ TQWidget
  • showMinimized:
+ TQWidget
  • showNormal:
+ TQWidget
  • showPage:
  TQAssistantClient TQTabDialog TQTabWidget TQWizard
  • showRow:
  TQTable
  • showSortIndicator:
  TQListView
  • showTip:
@@ -3187,13 +3187,13 @@ sRect:
  TQTextCodec
  • simplifyWhiteSpace:
  TQCString TQString
  • singleShot:
  TQTimer
  • size:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQCanvas TQCanvasRectangle TQDict TQDirectPainter TQFile TQFileInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQIODevice TQIconViewItem TQImage TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPicture TQPixmap TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQRect TQResizeEvent TQSocket TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQUrlInfo TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidget
  • sizeChange:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQCanvas TQCanvasRectangle TQDict TQDirectPainter TQFile TQFileInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQIODevice TQIconViewItem TQImage TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPicture TQPixmap TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQRect TQResizeEvent TQSocket TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQUrlInfo TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidget
  • sizeChange:
  TQHeader
  • sizeFromContents:
  TQStyle
  • sizeHint:
- TQBoxLayout TQCanvasView TQCustomMenuItem TQGridLayout TQLayoutItem TQLineEdit TQProgressDialog TQSizeGrip TQSpacerItem TQTableItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • sizeIncrement:
- TQWidget
  • sizeLimit:
+ TQBoxLayout TQCanvasView TQCustomMenuItem TQGridLayout TQLayoutItem TQLineEdit TQProgressDialog TQSizeGrip TQSpacerItem TQTableItem TQWidget TQWidgetItem
  • sizeIncrement:
+ TQWidget
  • sizeLimit:
  TQComboBox
  • sizePolicy:
- TQWidget
  • sizes:
+ TQWidget
  • sizes:
  TQSplitter
  • skipWhiteSpace:
  TQTextStream
  • skippedEntity:
  TQXmlContentHandler
  • sleep:
@@ -3236,7 +3236,7 @@ sRect:
  TQCString TQString
  • sqlCursor:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • squeeze:
  TQString TQTranslator
  • stackUnder:
- TQWidget
  • standardIcon:
+ TQWidget
  • standardIcon:
  TQMessageBox
  • standardSizes:
  TQFontDatabase
  • start:
  TQNetworkProtocol TQProcess TQThread TQTime TQTimer TQUrlOperator
  • startCDATA:
@@ -3283,8 +3283,8 @@ sRect:
  TQFontMetrics
  • string:
  TQConstString
  • stripWhiteSpace:
  TQCString TQString
  • style:
- TQApplication TQBrush TQPen TQWidget
  • styleChange:
- TQWidget
  • styleHint:
+ TQApplication TQBrush TQPen TQWidget
  • styleChange:
+ TQWidget
  • styleHint:
  TQFont TQFontInfo TQStyle
  • stylePixmap:
  TQStyle
  • styleSheet:
  TQStyleSheetItem TQTextEdit
  • styleStrategy:
@@ -3308,7 +3308,7 @@ sRect:
  TQScreen
  • supportsMargin:
  TQLayout
  • supportsSelection:
  TQClipboard
  • supportsWidget:
- TQWidgetFactory
  • swapBuffers:
+ TQWidgetFactory
  • swapBuffers:
  TQGLContext TQGLWidget
  • swapCells:
  TQTable
  • swapColumns:
  TQTable
  • swapRGB:
@@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ tab:
  TQStyleOption
  • table:
  TQTableItem
  • tables:
  TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver
  • tabletEvent:
- TQWidget
  • tag:
+ TQWidget
  • tag:
  TQStyleSheet
  • tagName:
  TQDomElement
  • take:
  TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQCache TQDict TQIntCache TQIntDict TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector
  • takeCurrent:
@@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ tab:
  TQThread
  • testBit:
  TQBitArray
  • testOption:
  TQGLFormat
  • testWFlags:
- TQWidget
  • text:
+ TQWidget
  • text:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQAction TQButton TQCanvasText TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQClipboard TQColorGroup TQComboBox TQComboTableItem TQDataTable TQDomElement TQIMEvent TQIconViewItem TQImage TQKeyEvent TQLabel TQLineEdit TQListBox TQListBoxItem TQListViewItem TQMenuData TQMessageBox TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSpinBox TQSqlError TQTab TQTable TQTableItem TQTextEdit TQWhatsThis
  • textChanged:
  TQComboBox TQLineEdit TQSpinBox TQTextEdit
  • textCursor:
  TQTextEdit
  • textEdit:
@@ -3450,14 +3450,14 @@ tab:
  TQButton
  • toggled:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQGroupBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • toolBars:
  TQMainWindow
  • toolTip:
- TQAction TQTabBar TQWidgetPlugin
  • toolTipGroup:
+ TQAction TQTabBar TQWidgetPlugin
  • toolTipGroup:
  TQMainWindow
  • top:
  TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQPtrStack TQRect TQValueStack
  • topDock:
  TQMainWindow
  • topEdge:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • topItem:
  TQListBox
  • topLeft:
  TQRect
  • topLevelWidget:
- TQWidget
  • topLevelWidgets:
+ TQWidget
  • topLevelWidgets:
  TQApplication
  • topMargin:
  TQScrollView
  • topRight:
  TQRect
  • topRow:
@@ -3513,15 +3513,15 @@ ucs2:
  TQAxFactory
  • unregisterDecoderFactory:
  TQImageDecoder
  • unregisterSocketNotifier:
  TQEventLoop
  • unsetCursor:
- TQWidget
  • unsetDevice:
+ TQWidget
  • unsetDevice:
  TQDataStream TQTextStream
  • unsetFont:
- TQWidget
  • unsetPalette:
- TQWidget
  • unsetf:
+ TQWidget
  • unsetPalette:
+ TQWidget
  • unsetf:
  TQTextStream
  • unsqueeze:
  TQTranslator
  • unuseJavaClass:
  TQNPlugin
  • upRect:
  TQSpinBox
  • update:
- TQCanvas TQCanvasItem TQDataBrowser TQSqlCursor TQWidget
  • updateAccessibility:
+ TQCanvas TQCanvasItem TQDataBrowser TQSqlCursor TQWidget
  • updateAccessibility:
  TQAccessible
  • updateBoundary:
  TQDataBrowser
  • updateButtons:
  TQDateEdit
  • updateCell:
@@ -3530,10 +3530,10 @@ ucs2:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • updateDisplay:
  TQSpinBox
  • updateGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • updateGeometry:
- TQWidget
  • updateHeaderStates:
+ TQWidget
  • updateHeaderStates:
  TQTable
  • updateItem:
  TQListBox TQMenuData TQPopupMenu
  • updateMask:
- TQWidget
  • updateOverlayGL:
+ TQWidget
  • updateOverlayGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • updateScrollBars:
  TQScrollView
  • upper:
  TQCString TQChar TQString
  • uri:
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@ vScrollBarMode:
  TQScrollView
  • visibilityChanged:
  TQDockWindow
  • visibleHeight:
  TQScrollView
  • visibleWidget:
- TQWidgetStack
  • visibleWidth:
+ TQWidgetStack
  • visibleWidth:
  TQScrollView
  • visualRect:
  TQStyle
  • 
 wait:
@@ -3600,36 +3600,36 @@ wait:
  TQProgressDialog
  • weekNumber:
  TQDate
  • weight:
  TQFont TQFontDatabase TQFontInfo
  • whatsThis:
- TQAccel TQAction TQMainWindow TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQWidgetPlugin
  • whatsThisButton:
+ TQAccel TQAction TQMainWindow TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQWidgetPlugin
  • whatsThisButton:
  TQWhatsThis
  • wheelEvent:
- TQWidget
  • wheelScrollLines:
+ TQWidget
  • wheelScrollLines:
  TQApplication
  • whiteSpaceMode:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • widget:
- TQAxAggregated TQDockWindow TQLayoutItem TQNPInstance TQSqlForm TQStyleOption TQWidgetItem TQWidgetStack
  • widgetAt:
+ TQAxAggregated TQDockWindow TQLayoutItem TQNPInstance TQSqlForm TQStyleOption TQWidgetItem TQWidgetStack
  • widgetAt:
  TQApplication
  • widgetSizePolicy:
  TQMacStyle
  • widgetToField:
  TQSqlForm
  • widgets:
- TQWidgetFactory
  • width:
- TQCanvas TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasRectangle TQCanvasSprite TQDirectPainter TQFontMetrics TQIconViewItem TQImage TQListBoxItem TQListBoxPixmap TQListBoxText TQListViewItem TQPaintDeviceMetrics TQPen TQPixmap TQRect TQScreen TQSimpleRichText TQSize TQTextStream TQWidget
  • widthChanged:
+ TQWidgetFactory
  • width:
+ TQCanvas TQCanvasEllipse TQCanvasRectangle TQCanvasSprite TQDirectPainter TQFontMetrics TQIconViewItem TQImage TQListBoxItem TQListBoxPixmap TQListBoxText TQListViewItem TQPaintDeviceMetrics TQPen TQPixmap TQRect TQScreen TQSimpleRichText TQSize TQTextStream TQWidget
  • widthChanged:
  TQListViewItem
  • widthMM:
  TQPaintDeviceMetrics
  • widthUsed:
  TQSimpleRichText
  • wildcard:
  TQRegExp
  • winEvent:
- TQWidget
  • winEventFilter:
+ TQWidget
  • winEventFilter:
  TQApplication
  • winFocus:
  TQApplication
  • winId:
- TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • winPageSize:
+ TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • winPageSize:
  TQPrinter
  • winding:
  TQCanvasPolygonalItem
  • window:
  TQPainter
  • windowActivated:
  TQWorkspace
  • windowActivationChange:
- TQWidget
  • windowAt:
+ TQWidget
  • windowAt:
  TQWSServer
  • windowCreated:
  TQGLContext
  • windowEvent:
  TQWSServer
  • windowList:
  TQWorkspace
  • windowOpacity:
- TQWidget
  • windowState:
- TQWidget
  • wordWrap:
+ TQWidget
  • windowState:
+ TQWidget
  • wordWrap:
  TQTableItem TQTextEdit
  • wordWrapIconText:
  TQIconView
  • workingDirectory:
  TQProcess
  • worldMatrix:
@@ -3649,7 +3649,7 @@ wait:
  TQProcess
  • wroteToStdin:
  TQProcess
  • 
 x:
- TQCanvasItem TQContextMenuEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQPoint TQRect TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • x11AppCells:
+ TQCanvasItem TQContextMenuEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQPoint TQRect TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • x11AppCells:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11AppColormap:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11AppDefaultColormap:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11AppDefaultVisual:
@@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@ x:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11Depth:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11Display:
  TQMotif TQPaintDevice
  • x11Event:
- TQMotifWidget TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • x11EventFilter:
+ TQMotifWidget TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • x11EventFilter:
  TQApplication
  • x11ProcessEvent:
  TQApplication
  • x11Screen:
  TQPaintDevice
  • x11SetAppDpiX:
@@ -3681,7 +3681,7 @@ x:
  TQCanvasItem
  • xtWidget:
  TQXtWidget
  • 
 y:
- TQCanvasItem TQContextMenuEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQPoint TQRect TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • yOffset:
+ TQCanvasItem TQContextMenuEvent TQIconViewItem TQMouseEvent TQPoint TQRect TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent TQWidget
  • yOffset:
  TQDirectPainter
  • yTilt:
  TQTabletEvent
  • yVelocity:
  TQCanvasItem
  • year:
diff --git a/doc/html/geomanagement.html b/doc/html/geomanagement.html
index 00a9ae030..90482f0b8 100644
--- a/doc/html/geomanagement.html
+++ b/doc/html/geomanagement.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 TQVBoxLayoutLines up widgets vertically
 TQVButtonGroupOrganizes TQButton widgets in a vertical column
 TQVGroupBoxOrganizes a group of widgets in a vertical column
-TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget
+TQWidgetItemLayout item that represents a widget
 
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/geometry.html b/doc/html/geometry.html
index 12be7b982..5d7b62fb2 100644
--- a/doc/html/geometry.html
+++ b/doc/html/geometry.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
  
 
     Overview
 
    
-
     TQWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's
+
     TQWidget provides several functions that deal with a widget's
 geometry.  Some of these functions operate on the pure client area
 (i.e. the window excluding the window frame), others include the
 window frame. The differentiation is done in a way that covers the
diff --git a/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html b/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
index 8e17debec..e6b8e862b 100644
--- a/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ private slots:
 
 Graph::Graph( GraphModel& mdl ) :
     model(mdl),
-    style(Bar),
+    style(Bar),
     pieRotationTimer(0),
     pieRotation(0)
 {
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ private slots:
     }
     connect(stylemenu, TQ_SIGNAL(activated(int)),
         this, TQ_SLOT(setStyleFromMenu(int)));
-    setStyle(Pie);
+    setStyle(Pie);
 
     menubar->insertItem("Style", stylemenu);
     menubar->insertSeparator();
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Graph::~Graph()
 {
 }
 
-void Graph::setStyle(Style s)
+void Graph::setStyle(Style s)
 {
     if (style != s) {
         if (pieRotationTimer)
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Graph::~Graph()
         else
             pieRotationTimer = 0;
         stylemenu->setItemChecked(100+style, TRUE);
-        update();
+        update();
     }
 }
 
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ Graph::~Graph()
     pieRotation = ( pieRotation + 6 ) % 360; repaint(FALSE);
 }
 
-void Graph::setStyle(const char* stext)
+void Graph::setStyle(const char* stext)
 {
     for ( Style s = Pie; styleName[s]; s = Style(s+1) ) {
         if ( tqstricmp(stext,styleName[s])==0 ) {
-            setStyle(s);
+            setStyle(s);
             return;
         }
     }
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void Graph::setStyle(const char* stext)
 void Graph::paintError(const char* e)
 {
     TQPainter p(this);
-    int w = width();
+    int w = width();
     p.drawText(w/8, 0, w-w/4, height(), AlignCenter|WordBreak, e);
 }
 
@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ void Graph::paintBar(TQPaintEvent* event)
         if (rowdata[0].dbl > max) max = rowdata[0].dbl;
     }
 
-    const uint w = width();
-    const uint h = height();
+    const uint w = width();
+    const uint h = height();
 
     TQPainter p(this);
 
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void Graph::paintBar(TQPaintEvent* event)
         // More pixels than data
         int x = 0;
         int i = 0;
-        TQFontMetrics fm=fontMetrics();
+        TQFontMetrics fm=fontMetrics();
         int fh = fm.height();
 
         for (GraphModel::Datum* rowdata = data.first();
@@ -356,16 +356,16 @@ void Graph::paintPie(TQPaintEvent* event)
 
     int apos = (pieRotation-90)*16;
 
-    const int w = width();
-    const int h = height();
+    const int w = width();
+    const int h = height();
 
     const int xd = w - w/5;
     const int yd = h - h/5;
 
-    pm.resize(width(),height());
-    pm.fill(backgroundColor());
+    pm.resize(width(),height());
+    pm.fill(backgroundColor());
     TQPainter p(&pm);
-    p.setFont(font());
+    p.setFont(font());
 
     p.setClipRect(event->rect());
 
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ void Graph::paintWait(TQPaintEvent*)
     p.drawText(rect(), AlignCenter, "Loading...");
 }
 
-void Graph::paintEvent(TQPaintEvent* event)
+void Graph::paintEvent(TQPaintEvent* event)
 {
     if (!model.nCols()) {
         paintWait(event);
@@ -525,12 +525,12 @@ int Grapher::nCols() const
     //   FONTFAMILY and FONTSIZE choose the font
     //
     const char* style = arg("GRAPHSTYLE");
-    if ( style ) graph->setStyle(style);
+    if ( style ) graph->setStyle(style);
 
     const char* fontfamily = arg("FONTFAMILY");
     const char* fontsize = arg("FONTSIZE");
-    int ptsize = fontsize ? atoi(fontsize) : graph->font().pointSize();
-    if (fontfamily) graph->setFont(TQFont(fontfamily, ptsize));
+    int ptsize = fontsize ? atoi(fontsize) : graph->font().pointSize();
+    if (fontfamily) graph->setFont(TQFont(fontfamily, ptsize));
 
     connect(graph, TQ_SIGNAL(aboutPlugin()), this, TQ_SLOT(aboutPlugin()));
     connect(graph, TQ_SIGNAL(aboutData()), this, TQ_SLOT(aboutData()));
diff --git a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
index cf0b24f86..dacad6b8a 100644
--- a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
+++ b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ qglayoutiterator.h ntqlayout.h
 qlayoutiterator.h ntqlayout.h
 qlayoutitem.h ntqlayout.h
 qspaceritem.h ntqlayout.h
-qwidgetitem.h ntqlayout.h
+tqwidgetitem.h ntqlayout.h
 qgridlayout.h ntqlayout.h
 qboxlayout.h ntqlayout.h
 qhboxlayout.h ntqlayout.h
diff --git a/doc/html/headers.html b/doc/html/headers.html
index a68fd0b73..088d0eb47 100644
--- a/doc/html/headers.html
+++ b/doc/html/headers.html
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
  • ntqvgroupbox.h
 
  • ntqwaitcondition.h
 
  • ntqwhatsthis.h
-
  • ntqwidget.h
-
  • ntqwidgetfactory.h
-
  • ntqwidgetplugin.h
-
  • ntqwidgetstack.h
+
  • tqwidget.h
+
  • tqwidgetfactory.h
+
  • tqwidgetplugin.h
+
  • tqwidgetstack.h
 
  • ntqwindowdefs.h
 
  • ntqwindowsstyle.h
 
  • qwindowsystem_qws.h
diff --git a/doc/html/hello-example.html b/doc/html/hello-example.html
index 831e4a4fd..4410cb178 100644
--- a/doc/html/hello-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/hello-example.html
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ and in different colors.
 #ifndef HELLO_H
 #define HELLO_H
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 
 
-class Hello : public TQWidget
+class Hello : public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
@@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ private:
 */
 
 Hello::Hello( const char *text, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget(parent,name), t(text), b(0)
+    : TQWidget(parent,name), t(text), b(0)
 {
     TQTimer *timer = new TQTimer(this);
     connect( timer, TQ_SIGNAL(timeout()), TQ_SLOT(animate()) );
     timer->start( 40 );
 
-    resize( 260, 130 );
+    resize( 260, 130 );
 }
 
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ private:
 void Hello::animate()
 {
     b = (b + 1) & 15;
-    repaint( FALSE );
+    repaint( FALSE );
 }
 
 
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ void Hello::animate()
   the widget.
 */
 
-void Hello::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+void Hello::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
 {
-    if ( rect().contains( e->pos() ) )
+    if ( rect().contains( e->pos() ) )
         emit clicked();
 }
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ void Hello::animate()
   pixmap is then blt'ed to the screen.
 */
 
-void Hello::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void Hello::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
     static int sin_tbl[16] = {
         0, 38, 71, 92, 100, 92, 71, 38, 0, -38, -71, -92, -100, -92, -71, -38};
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ void Hello::paintEvent( TQFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
+    TQFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
     int w = fm.width(t) + 20;
     int h = fm.height() * 2;
-    int pmx = width()/2 - w/2;
-    int pmy = height()/2 - h/2;
+    int pmx = width()/2 - w/2;
+    int pmy = height()/2 - h/2;
 
     // 2: Create the pixmap and fill it with the widget's background
     TQPixmap pm( w, h );
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void Hello::paintEvent(     int y = h/2 + fm.descent();
     int i = 0;
     p.begin( &pm );
-    p.setFont( font() );
+    p.setFont( font() );
     while ( !t[i].isNull() ) {
         int i16 = (b+i) & 15;
         p.setPen( TQColor((15-i16)*16,255,255,TQColor::Hsv) );
@@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
         s = "Hello, World";
     Hello h( s );
 #ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA   // for TQt/Embedded minimal build
-    h.setCaption( "TQt says hello" );
+    h.setCaption( "TQt says hello" );
 #endif
     TQObject::connect( &h, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), &a, TQ_SLOT(quit()) );
-    h.setFont( TQFont("times",32,TQFont::Bold) );         // default font
-    h.setBackgroundColor( TQt::white );                  // default bg color
+    h.setFont( TQFont("times",32,TQFont::Bold) );         // default font
+    h.setBackgroundColor( TQt::white );                  // default bg color
     a.setMainWidget( &h );
-    h.show();
+    h.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
    • 
diff --git a/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html b/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
index 300b2499e..bbb45097f 100644
--- a/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ a TQTable as the central widget.
 TQHeader and TQTable by reimplementing maybeTip(). The 
 constructors differ from the TQToolTip constructor in having a 
 TQHeader and a TQTable respectively as the first parameter for 
-the constructor instead of a TQWidget. This is because 
+the constructor instead of a TQWidget. This is because 
 we want to ensure that only headers and tables can be 
 passed as arguments. A TQToolTipGroup can be provided as the
 second argument to show tooltips in, for example a statusbar.
@@ -147,16 +147,16 @@ in a tooltip and to provide text for the TQToolTipG
     {
         TQ_OBJECT
     public:
-        WhatsThis( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *watch = 0 );
+        WhatsThis( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *watch = 0 );
 
         bool clicked( const TQString &link );
-        TQWidget *parentWidget() const;
+        TQWidget *parentWidget() const;
 
     signals:
         void linkClicked( const TQString &link );
 
     private:
-        TQWidget *widget;
+        TQWidget *widget;
     };
 
    
 
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ and TableWhatsThis classes. (1)    WhatsThis::WhatsThis( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *watch )
+
        WhatsThis::WhatsThis( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *watch )
     : TQWhatsThis( watch ? watch : w ), widget( w )
     {
     }
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ one which receives the events. Normally this is the same widget,
 but some widgets, like TQTable, are more complex and have a 
 viewport() widget which receives the events. If such a widget
 is passed to the constructor it will propagate the parameter to 
-the TQWhatsThis constructor and store the TQWidget pointer itself 
+the TQWhatsThis constructor and store the TQWidget pointer itself 
 in it's member variable to allow easier use of the TQWidget API 
 later on.
 
        bool WhatsThis::clicked( const TQString &link )
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ so that the system path is used.
         menuBar()->insertItem( "&File", fileMenu );
         menuBar()->insertItem( "&Help", helpMenu );
 
-        int fileId = fileMenu->insertItem( "E&xit", this, TQ_SLOT(close()) );
+        int fileId = fileMenu->insertItem( "E&xit", this, TQ_SLOT(close()) );
 
         int helpId = helpMenu->insertItem( "Open Assistant", this, TQ_SLOT(assistantSlot()) );
 
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ in TQt Assistant.
     {
         TQApplication app( argc, argv );
         MainWindow main;
-        main.show();
+        main.show();
         app.setMainWidget( &main );
         return app.exec();
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html b/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
index 159d80315..9e7be2cd0 100644
--- a/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ private:
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 HelpWindow::HelpWindow( const TQString& home_, const TQString& _path,
-                        TQWidget* parent, const char *name )
+                        TQWidget* parent, const char *name )
     : TQMainWindow( parent, name, WDestructiveClose ),
       pathCombo( 0 )
 {
@@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ private:
     connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( highlighted( const TQString&) ),
              statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message( const TQString&)) );
 
-    resize( 640,700 );
+    resize( 640,700 );
 
     TQPopupMenu* file = new TQPopupMenu( this );
     file->insertItem( tr("&New Window"), this, TQ_SLOT( newWindow() ), CTRL+Key_N );
     file->insertItem( tr("&Open File"), this, TQ_SLOT( openFile() ), CTRL+Key_O );
     file->insertItem( tr("&Print"), this, TQ_SLOT( print() ), CTRL+Key_P );
     file->insertSeparator();
-    file->insertItem( tr("&Close"), this, TQ_SLOT( close() ), CTRL+Key_Q );
+    file->insertItem( tr("&Close"), this, TQ_SLOT( close() ), CTRL+Key_Q );
     file->insertItem( tr("E&xit"), tqApp, TQ_SLOT( closeAllWindows() ), CTRL+Key_X );
 
     // The same three icons are used twice each.
@@ -231,11 +231,11 @@ private:
     TQToolButton* button;
 
     button = new TQToolButton( icon_back, tr("Backward"), "", browser, TQ_SLOT(backward()), toolbar );
-    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( backwardAvailable(bool) ), button, TQ_SLOT( setEnabled(bool) ) );
-    button->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( backwardAvailable(bool) ), button, TQ_SLOT( setEnabled(bool) ) );
+    button->setEnabled( FALSE );
     button = new TQToolButton( icon_forward, tr("Forward"), "", browser, TQ_SLOT(forward()), toolbar );
-    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( forwardAvailable(bool) ), button, TQ_SLOT( setEnabled(bool) ) );
-    button->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( forwardAvailable(bool) ), button, TQ_SLOT( setEnabled(bool) ) );
+    button->setEnabled( FALSE );
     button = new TQToolButton( icon_home, tr("Home"), "", browser, TQ_SLOT(home()), toolbar );
 
     toolbar->addSeparator();
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ private:
     setDockEnabled( DockRight, FALSE );
 
     pathCombo->insertItem( home_ );
-    browser->setFocus();
+    browser->setFocus();
 
 }
 
@@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ void HelpWindow::setForwardAvailable( bool b)
 void HelpWindow::sourceChanged( const TQString& url )
 {
     if ( browser->documentTitle().isNull() )
-        setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + url );
+        setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + url );
     else
-        setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + browser->documentTitle() ) ;
+        setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + browser->documentTitle() ) ;
 
     if ( !url.isEmpty() && pathCombo ) {
         bool exists = FALSE;
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void HelpWindow::bookmChosen( int i )
 
 void HelpWindow::addBookmark()
 {
-    mBookmarks[ bookm->insertItem( caption() ) ] = browser->context();
+    mBookmarks[ bookm->insertItem( caption() ) ] = browser->context();
 }
 
    
 
@@ -455,12 +455,12 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
     }
 
     HelpWindow *help = new HelpWindow(home, ".", 0, "help viewer");
-    help->setCaption("TQt Example - Helpviewer");
+    help->setCaption("TQt Example - Helpviewer");
     if ( TQApplication::desktop()->width() > 400
          && TQApplication::desktop()->height() > 500 )
-        help->show();
+        help->show();
     else
-        help->showMaximized();
+        help->showMaximized();
 
     TQObject::connect( &a, TQ_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()),
                       &a, TQ_SLOT(quit()) );
diff --git a/doc/html/hierarchy.html b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
index 80a50dede..e3d464910 100644
--- a/doc/html/hierarchy.html
+++ b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQLayoutItem
 
 
  • TQLayoutIterator
 
  • TQLibrary
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQIntValidator
 
  • TQRegExpValidator
 
-
  • TQWidget
+
  • TQWidget
 
 
  • TQSplitter
 
  • TQToolBox
-
  • TQWidgetStack
+
  • TQWidgetStack
 
 
  • TQGLWidget
 
  • TQHeader
@@ -563,8 +563,8 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQValueVector
 
  • TQVariant
 
  • TQWaitCondition
-
  • TQWidgetFactory
-
  • TQWidgetPlugin
+
  • TQWidgetFactory
+
  • TQWidgetPlugin
 
  • TQWindowsMime
 
  • TQWMatrix
 
  • TQWSDecoration
diff --git a/doc/html/httpd-example.html b/doc/html/httpd-example.html
index 466f35b67..2bfbf5d8d 100644
--- a/doc/html/httpd-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/httpd-example.html
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
     TQApplication app( argc, argv );
     HttpInfo info;
     app.setMainWidget( &info );
-    info.show();
+    info.show();
     return app.exec();
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/i18n-example.html b/doc/html/i18n-example.html
index f1e56a39f..da9d1c7e5 100644
--- a/doc/html/i18n-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/i18n-example.html
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class MyWidget : public TQMainWindow
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    MyWidget( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name = 0 );
+    MyWidget( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name = 0 );
 
 signals:
     void closed();
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ private:
 
 #include "mywidget.h"
 
-MyWidget::MyWidget( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
+MyWidget::MyWidget( TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
         : TQMainWindow( parent, name )
 {
     TQVBox* central = new TQVBox(this);
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ private:
             TQAccel::stringToKey(tr("Ctrl+Q")) );
     menuBar()->insertItem( tr("&File"), file );
 
-    setCaption( tr( "Internationalization Example" ) );
+    setCaption( tr( "Internationalization Example" ) );
 
     TQString l;
     statusBar()->message( tr("Language: English") );
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ void MyWidget::initChoices(TQWidget* parent)
         lb->insertItem( tr( choices[i] ) );
 }
 
-void MyWidget::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* e)
+void MyWidget::closeEvent(TQCloseEvent* e)
 {
-    TQWidget::closeEvent(e);
+    TQWidget::closeEvent(e);
     emit closed();
 }
 
    • 
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ MyWidget* showLang(TQString lang)
     translator->load( lang, "." );
     tqApp->installTranslator( translator );
     MyWidget *m = new MyWidget;
-    m->setCaption("TQt Example - i18n - " + m->caption() );
+    m->setCaption("TQt Example - i18n - " + m->caption() );
     return m;
 }
 
@@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
 
                     if( w == 0 ) exit( 0 );
                     TQObject::connect(w, TQ_SIGNAL(closed()), tqApp, TQ_SLOT(quit()));
-                    w->setGeometry(x,y,197,356);
-                    w->show();
+                    w->setGeometry(x,y,197,356);
+                    w->show();
                     if ( tight ) {
                         x += 8;
                         y += 8;
@@ -313,10 +313,10 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
         }
     } else {
         TQString lang = argv[1];
-        TQWidget* m = showLang(lang);
+        TQWidget* m = showLang(lang);
         app.setMainWidget( m );
-        m->setCaption("TQt Example - i18n");
-        m->show();
+        m->setCaption("TQt Example - i18n");
+        m->show();
     }
 
 #ifdef USE_I18N_FONT
diff --git a/doc/html/i18n.html b/doc/html/i18n.html
index 75b00184e..ccd9b771f 100644
--- a/doc/html/i18n.html
+++ b/doc/html/i18n.html
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ void MyWidget::languageChange()
 }
 
    
  
-
     The default event handler for TQWidget subclasses responds to the
+
     The default event handler for TQWidget subclasses responds to the
 LanguageChange event, and will call this slot
 when necessary; other application components can also connect signals
 to this slot to force widgets to update themselves.
diff --git a/doc/html/iconview-example.html b/doc/html/iconview-example.html
index 3f7a20ba3..f3bb2c1f3 100644
--- a/doc/html/iconview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/iconview-example.html
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ class ListenDND : public TQObject
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    ListenDND( TQWidget *w )
+    ListenDND( TQWidget *w )
         : view( w )
     {}
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public slots:
     }
 
 protected:
-    TQWidget *view;
+    TQWidget *view;
 
 };
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
         item->setRenameEnabled( TRUE );
     }
 
-    qiconview.setCaption( "TQt Example - Iconview" );
+    qiconview.setCaption( "TQt Example - Iconview" );
 
     ListenDND listen_dnd( &qiconview );
     TQObject::connect( &qiconview, TQ_SIGNAL( dropped( TQDropEvent *, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem> & ) ),
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQObject::connect( &qiconview, TQ_SIGNAL( moved() ), &listen_dnd, TQ_SLOT( moved() ) );
 
     a.setMainWidget( &qiconview );
-    qiconview.show();
-    qiconview.resize( qiconview.sizeHint() );
+    qiconview.show();
+    qiconview.resize( qiconview.sizeHint() );
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
index 985145657..8dab1e73c 100644
--- a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
@@ -110,22 +110,22 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 // ListBox -- low level drag and drop
 
-DDListBox::DDListBox( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f ) :
+DDListBox::DDListBox( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f ) :
     TQListBox( parent, name, f )
 {
-    setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
+    setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
     dragging = FALSE;
 }
 
 
-void DDListBox::dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *evt )
+void DDListBox::dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *evt )
 {
     if ( TQTextDrag::canDecode( evt ) )
         evt->accept();
 }
 
 
-void DDListBox::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *evt )
+void DDListBox::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *evt )
 {
     TQString text;
 
@@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 }
 
 
-void DDListBox::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *evt )
+void DDListBox::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *evt )
 {
-    TQListBox::mousePressEvent( evt );
+    TQListBox::mousePressEvent( evt );
     dragging = TRUE;
 }
 
 
-void DDListBox::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
+void DDListBox::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * )
 {
     if ( dragging ) {
         TQDragObject *d = new TQTextDrag( currentText(), this );
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
     DDIconView *iv   = new DDIconView( split );
     (void)             new DDListBox( split );
     app.setMainWidget( split );
-    split->resize( 600, 400 );
-    split->show();
+    split->resize( 600, 400 );
+    split->show();
 
     // Set up the connection so that we can drop items into the icon view
     TQObject::connect(
diff --git a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
index b7218f5c0..d6476cb0b 100644
--- a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ class DDListBox : public TQListBox
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    DDListBox( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 );
+    DDListBox( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 );
     // Low-level drag and drop
     void dragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *evt );
     void dropEvent( TQDropEvent *evt );
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ class DDIconView : public TQIconView
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    DDIconView( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 ) :
+    DDIconView( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 ) :
         TQIconView( parent, name, f ) {}
     // High-level drag and drop
     TQDragObject *dragObject();
diff --git a/doc/html/index b/doc/html/index
index 9cdf8adcb..c886e40d2 100644
--- a/doc/html/index
+++ b/doc/html/index
@@ -7594,326 +7594,326 @@
 "QWheelEvent::state" qwheelevent.html#state
 "QWheelEvent::x" qwheelevent.html#x
 "QWheelEvent::y" qwheelevent.html#y
-"TQWidget" ntqwidget.html
-"TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin
-"TQWidget::FocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy
-"TQWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops
-"TQWidget::acceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop
-"TQWidget::adjustSize" ntqwidget.html#adjustSize
-"TQWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask
-"TQWidget::autoMask" ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop
-"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush
-"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop
-"TQWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode
-"TQWidget::backgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop
-"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin
-"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop
-"TQWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize
-"TQWidget::baseSize" ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop
-"TQWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption
-"TQWidget::caption" ntqwidget.html#caption-prop
-"TQWidget::childAt" ntqwidget.html#childAt
-"TQWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect
-"TQWidget::childrenRect" ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop
-"TQWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion
-"TQWidget::childrenRegion" ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop
-"TQWidget::clearFocus" ntqwidget.html#clearFocus
-"TQWidget::clearMask" ntqwidget.html#clearMask
-"TQWidget::clearWFlags" ntqwidget.html#clearWFlags
-"TQWidget::clipRegion" ntqwidget.html#clipRegion
-"TQWidget::close" ntqwidget.html#close
-"TQWidget::closeEvent" ntqwidget.html#closeEvent
-"TQWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup
-"TQWidget::colorGroup" ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop
-"TQWidget::constPolish" ntqwidget.html#constPolish
-"TQWidget::contextMenuEvent" ntqwidget.html#contextMenuEvent
-"TQWidget::create" ntqwidget.html#create
-"TQWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor
-"TQWidget::cursor" ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop
-"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis
-"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop
-"TQWidget::destroy" ntqwidget.html#destroy
-"TQWidget::dragEnterEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent
-"TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragLeaveEvent
-"TQWidget::dragMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent
-"TQWidget::drawText" ntqwidget.html#drawText
-"TQWidget::dropEvent" ntqwidget.html#dropEvent
-"TQWidget::enabled" ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop
-"TQWidget::enabledChange" ntqwidget.html#enabledChange
-"TQWidget::enterEvent" ntqwidget.html#enterEvent
-"TQWidget::erase" ntqwidget.html#erase
-"TQWidget::eraseColor" ntqwidget.html#eraseColor
-"TQWidget::erasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#erasePixmap
-"TQWidget::event" ntqwidget.html#event
-"TQWidget::find" ntqwidget.html#find
-"TQWidget::focus" ntqwidget.html#focus-prop
-"TQWidget::focusData" ntqwidget.html#focusData
-"TQWidget::focusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop
-"TQWidget::focusInEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent
-"TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild" ntqwidget.html#focusNextPrevChild
-"TQWidget::focusOutEvent" ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent
-"TQWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy
-"TQWidget::focusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop
-"TQWidget::focusProxy" ntqwidget.html#focusProxy
-"TQWidget::focusWidget" ntqwidget.html#focusWidget
-"TQWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font
-"TQWidget::font" ntqwidget.html#font-prop
-"TQWidget::fontChange" ntqwidget.html#fontChange
-"TQWidget::fontInfo" ntqwidget.html#fontInfo
-"TQWidget::fontMetrics" ntqwidget.html#fontMetrics
-"TQWidget::foregroundColor" ntqwidget.html#foregroundColor
-"TQWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry
-"TQWidget::frameGeometry" ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop
-"TQWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize
-"TQWidget::frameSize" ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop
-"TQWidget::fullScreen" ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop
-"TQWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry
-"TQWidget::geometry" ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop
-"TQWidget::getWFlags" ntqwidget.html#getWFlags
-"TQWidget::grabKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#grabKeyboard
-"TQWidget::grabMouse" ntqwidget.html#grabMouse
-"TQWidget::hasFocus" ntqwidget.html#hasFocus
-"TQWidget::hasMouse" ntqwidget.html#hasMouse
-"TQWidget::hasMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking
-"TQWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height
-"TQWidget::height" ntqwidget.html#height-prop
-"TQWidget::heightForWidth" ntqwidget.html#heightForWidth
-"TQWidget::hidden" ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop
-"TQWidget::hide" ntqwidget.html#hide
-"TQWidget::hideEvent" ntqwidget.html#hideEvent
-"TQWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon
-"TQWidget::icon" ntqwidget.html#icon-prop
-"TQWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText
-"TQWidget::iconText" ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop
-"TQWidget::imComposeEvent" ntqwidget.html#imComposeEvent
-"TQWidget::imEndEvent" ntqwidget.html#imEndEvent
-"TQWidget::imStartEvent" ntqwidget.html#imStartEvent
-"TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop
-"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow
-"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop
-"TQWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop
-"TQWidget::isDesktop" ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop
-"TQWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog
-"TQWidget::isDialog" ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop
-"TQWidget::isEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isEnabled
-"TQWidget::isEnabledTo" ntqwidget.html#isEnabledTo
-"TQWidget::isFocusEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled
-"TQWidget::isFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#isFullScreen
-"TQWidget::isHidden" ntqwidget.html#isHidden
-"TQWidget::isInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled
-"TQWidget::isMaximized" ntqwidget.html#isMaximized
-"TQWidget::isMinimized" ntqwidget.html#isMinimized
-"TQWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal
-"TQWidget::isModal" ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop
-"TQWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup
-"TQWidget::isPopup" ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop
-"TQWidget::isShown" ntqwidget.html#isShown
-"TQWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel
-"TQWidget::isTopLevel" ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop
-"TQWidget::isUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled
-"TQWidget::isVisible" ntqwidget.html#isVisible
-"TQWidget::isVisibleTo" ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo
-"TQWidget::keyPressEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent
-"TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent
-"TQWidget::keyboardGrabber" ntqwidget.html#keyboardGrabber
-"TQWidget::layout" ntqwidget.html#layout
-"TQWidget::leaveEvent" ntqwidget.html#leaveEvent
-"TQWidget::lower" ntqwidget.html#lower
-"TQWidget::macEvent" ntqwidget.html#macEvent
-"TQWidget::mapFrom" ntqwidget.html#mapFrom
-"TQWidget::mapFromGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapFromGlobal
-"TQWidget::mapFromParent" ntqwidget.html#mapFromParent
-"TQWidget::mapTo" ntqwidget.html#mapTo
-"TQWidget::mapToGlobal" ntqwidget.html#mapToGlobal
-"TQWidget::mapToParent" ntqwidget.html#mapToParent
-"TQWidget::maximized" ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop
-"TQWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight
-"TQWidget::maximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop
-"TQWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize
-"TQWidget::maximumSize" ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop
-"TQWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth
-"TQWidget::maximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop
-"TQWidget::metric" ntqwidget.html#metric
-"TQWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint
-"TQWidget::microFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop
-"TQWidget::minimized" ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop
-"TQWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight
-"TQWidget::minimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop
-"TQWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize
-"TQWidget::minimumSize" ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop
-"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint
-"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop
-"TQWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth
-"TQWidget::minimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop
-"TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseDoubleClickEvent
-"TQWidget::mouseGrabber" ntqwidget.html#mouseGrabber
-"TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent
-"TQWidget::mousePressEvent" ntqwidget.html#mousePressEvent
-"TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent" ntqwidget.html#mouseReleaseEvent
-"TQWidget::mouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop
-"TQWidget::move" ntqwidget.html#move
-"TQWidget::moveEvent" ntqwidget.html#moveEvent
-"TQWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor
-"TQWidget::ownCursor" ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop
-"TQWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont
-"TQWidget::ownFont" ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop
-"TQWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette
-"TQWidget::ownPalette" ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop
-"TQWidget::paintEvent" ntqwidget.html#paintEvent
-"TQWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette
-"TQWidget::palette" ntqwidget.html#palette-prop
-"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor
-"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop
-"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap
-"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop
-"TQWidget::paletteChange" ntqwidget.html#paletteChange
-"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor
-"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop
-"TQWidget::parentWidget" ntqwidget.html#parentWidget
-"TQWidget::polish" ntqwidget.html#polish
-"TQWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos
-"TQWidget::pos" ntqwidget.html#pos-prop
-"TQWidget::qwsEvent" ntqwidget.html#qwsEvent
-"TQWidget::raise" ntqwidget.html#raise
-"TQWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect
-"TQWidget::rect" ntqwidget.html#rect-prop
-"TQWidget::releaseKeyboard" ntqwidget.html#releaseKeyboard
-"TQWidget::releaseMouse" ntqwidget.html#releaseMouse
-"TQWidget::repaint" ntqwidget.html#repaint
-"TQWidget::reparent" ntqwidget.html#reparent
-"TQWidget::resetInputContext" ntqwidget.html#resetInputContext
-"TQWidget::resize" ntqwidget.html#resize
-"TQWidget::resizeEvent" ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent
-"TQWidget::scroll" ntqwidget.html#scroll
-"TQWidget::setAcceptDrops" ntqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops
-"TQWidget::setActiveWindow" ntqwidget.html#setActiveWindow
-"TQWidget::setAutoMask" ntqwidget.html#setAutoMask
-"TQWidget::setBackgroundEmpty" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundEmpty
-"TQWidget::setBackgroundMode" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode
-"TQWidget::setBackgroundOrigin" ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin
-"TQWidget::setBaseSize" ntqwidget.html#setBaseSize
-"TQWidget::setCaption" ntqwidget.html#setCaption
-"TQWidget::setCursor" ntqwidget.html#setCursor
-"TQWidget::setDisabled" ntqwidget.html#setDisabled
-"TQWidget::setEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setEnabled
-"TQWidget::setEraseColor" ntqwidget.html#setEraseColor
-"TQWidget::setErasePixmap" ntqwidget.html#setErasePixmap
-"TQWidget::setFixedHeight" ntqwidget.html#setFixedHeight
-"TQWidget::setFixedSize" ntqwidget.html#setFixedSize
-"TQWidget::setFixedWidth" ntqwidget.html#setFixedWidth
-"TQWidget::setFocus" ntqwidget.html#setFocus
-"TQWidget::setFocusPolicy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy
-"TQWidget::setFocusProxy" ntqwidget.html#setFocusProxy
-"TQWidget::setFont" ntqwidget.html#setFont
-"TQWidget::setGeometry" ntqwidget.html#setGeometry
-"TQWidget::setHidden" ntqwidget.html#setHidden
-"TQWidget::setIcon" ntqwidget.html#setIcon
-"TQWidget::setIconText" ntqwidget.html#setIconText
-"TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled
-"TQWidget::setKeyCompression" ntqwidget.html#setKeyCompression
-"TQWidget::setMask" ntqwidget.html#setMask
-"TQWidget::setMaximumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight
-"TQWidget::setMaximumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumSize
-"TQWidget::setMaximumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth
-"TQWidget::setMicroFocusHint" ntqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint
-"TQWidget::setMinimumHeight" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight
-"TQWidget::setMinimumSize" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumSize
-"TQWidget::setMinimumWidth" ntqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth
-"TQWidget::setMouseTracking" ntqwidget.html#setMouseTracking
-"TQWidget::setPalette" ntqwidget.html#setPalette
-"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor
-"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap
-"TQWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor" ntqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor
-"TQWidget::setShown" ntqwidget.html#setShown
-"TQWidget::setSizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement
-"TQWidget::setSizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#setSizePolicy
-"TQWidget::setStyle" ntqwidget.html#setStyle
-"TQWidget::setTabOrder" ntqwidget.html#setTabOrder
-"TQWidget::setUpdatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled
-"TQWidget::setWFlags" ntqwidget.html#setWFlags
-"TQWidget::setWindowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity
-"TQWidget::setWindowState" ntqwidget.html#setWindowState
-"TQWidget::show" ntqwidget.html#show
-"TQWidget::showEvent" ntqwidget.html#showEvent
-"TQWidget::showFullScreen" ntqwidget.html#showFullScreen
-"TQWidget::showMaximized" ntqwidget.html#showMaximized
-"TQWidget::showMinimized" ntqwidget.html#showMinimized
-"TQWidget::showNormal" ntqwidget.html#showNormal
-"TQWidget::shown" ntqwidget.html#shown-prop
-"TQWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size
-"TQWidget::size" ntqwidget.html#size-prop
-"TQWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint
-"TQWidget::sizeHint" ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop
-"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement
-"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop
-"TQWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy
-"TQWidget::sizePolicy" ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop
-"TQWidget::stackUnder" ntqwidget.html#stackUnder
-"TQWidget::style" ntqwidget.html#style
-"TQWidget::styleChange" ntqwidget.html#styleChange
-"TQWidget::tabletEvent" ntqwidget.html#tabletEvent
-"TQWidget::testWFlags" ntqwidget.html#testWFlags
-"TQWidget::topLevelWidget" ntqwidget.html#topLevelWidget
-"TQWidget::underMouse" ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop
-"TQWidget::unsetCursor" ntqwidget.html#unsetCursor
-"TQWidget::unsetFont" ntqwidget.html#unsetFont
-"TQWidget::unsetPalette" ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette
-"TQWidget::update" ntqwidget.html#update
-"TQWidget::updateGeometry" ntqwidget.html#updateGeometry
-"TQWidget::updateMask" ntqwidget.html#updateMask
-"TQWidget::updatesEnabled" ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop
-"TQWidget::visible" ntqwidget.html#visible-prop
-"TQWidget::wheelEvent" ntqwidget.html#wheelEvent
-"TQWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width
-"TQWidget::width" ntqwidget.html#width-prop
-"TQWidget::winEvent" ntqwidget.html#winEvent
-"TQWidget::winId" ntqwidget.html#winId
-"TQWidget::windowActivationChange" ntqwidget.html#windowActivationChange
-"TQWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity
-"TQWidget::windowOpacity" ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop
-"TQWidget::windowState" ntqwidget.html#windowState
-"TQWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x
-"TQWidget::x" ntqwidget.html#x-prop
-"TQWidget::x11Event" ntqwidget.html#x11Event
-"TQWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y
-"TQWidget::y" ntqwidget.html#y-prop
-"TQWidget::~TQWidget" ntqwidget.html#~TQWidget
-"QWidgetFactory" ntqwidgetfactory.html
-"QWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory" ntqwidgetfactory.html#addWidgetFactory
-"QWidgetFactory::create" ntqwidgetfactory.html#create
-"QWidgetFactory::createWidget" ntqwidgetfactory.html#createWidget
-"QWidgetFactory::loadImages" ntqwidgetfactory.html#loadImages
-"QWidgetFactory::supportsWidget" ntqwidgetfactory.html#supportsWidget
-"QWidgetFactory::widgets" ntqwidgetfactory.html#widgets
-"QWidgetFactory::~QWidgetFactory" ntqwidgetfactory.html#~QWidgetFactory
-"QWidgetItem" qwidgetitem.html
-"QWidgetItem::expanding" qwidgetitem.html#expanding
-"QWidgetItem::isEmpty" qwidgetitem.html#isEmpty
-"QWidgetItem::maximumSize" qwidgetitem.html#maximumSize
-"QWidgetItem::minimumSize" qwidgetitem.html#minimumSize
-"QWidgetItem::setGeometry" qwidgetitem.html#setGeometry
-"QWidgetItem::sizeHint" qwidgetitem.html#sizeHint
-"QWidgetItem::widget" qwidgetitem.html#widget
-"QWidgetPlugin" ntqwidgetplugin.html
-"QWidgetPlugin::create" ntqwidgetplugin.html#create
-"QWidgetPlugin::group" ntqwidgetplugin.html#group
-"QWidgetPlugin::iconSet" ntqwidgetplugin.html#iconSet
-"QWidgetPlugin::includeFile" ntqwidgetplugin.html#includeFile
-"QWidgetPlugin::isContainer" ntqwidgetplugin.html#isContainer
-"QWidgetPlugin::keys" ntqwidgetplugin.html#keys
-"QWidgetPlugin::toolTip" ntqwidgetplugin.html#toolTip
-"QWidgetPlugin::whatsThis" ntqwidgetplugin.html#whatsThis
-"QWidgetPlugin::~QWidgetPlugin" ntqwidgetplugin.html#~QWidgetPlugin
-"QWidgetStack" ntqwidgetstack.html
-"QWidgetStack::aboutToShow" ntqwidgetstack.html#aboutToShow
-"QWidgetStack::addWidget" ntqwidgetstack.html#addWidget
-"QWidgetStack::id" ntqwidgetstack.html#id
-"QWidgetStack::raiseWidget" ntqwidgetstack.html#raiseWidget
-"QWidgetStack::removeWidget" ntqwidgetstack.html#removeWidget
-"QWidgetStack::setChildGeometries" ntqwidgetstack.html#setChildGeometries
-"QWidgetStack::visibleWidget" ntqwidgetstack.html#visibleWidget
-"QWidgetStack::widget" ntqwidgetstack.html#widget
-"QWidgetStack::~QWidgetStack" ntqwidgetstack.html#~QWidgetStack
+"TQWidget" tqwidget.html
+"TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin" tqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin
+"TQWidget::FocusPolicy" tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy
+"TQWidget::acceptDrops" tqwidget.html#acceptDrops
+"TQWidget::acceptDrops" tqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop
+"TQWidget::adjustSize" tqwidget.html#adjustSize
+"TQWidget::autoMask" tqwidget.html#autoMask
+"TQWidget::autoMask" tqwidget.html#autoMask-prop
+"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" tqwidget.html#backgroundBrush
+"TQWidget::backgroundBrush" tqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop
+"TQWidget::backgroundMode" tqwidget.html#backgroundMode
+"TQWidget::backgroundMode" tqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop
+"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" tqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin
+"TQWidget::backgroundOrigin" tqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop
+"TQWidget::baseSize" tqwidget.html#baseSize
+"TQWidget::baseSize" tqwidget.html#baseSize-prop
+"TQWidget::caption" tqwidget.html#caption
+"TQWidget::caption" tqwidget.html#caption-prop
+"TQWidget::childAt" tqwidget.html#childAt
+"TQWidget::childrenRect" tqwidget.html#childrenRect
+"TQWidget::childrenRect" tqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop
+"TQWidget::childrenRegion" tqwidget.html#childrenRegion
+"TQWidget::childrenRegion" tqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop
+"TQWidget::clearFocus" tqwidget.html#clearFocus
+"TQWidget::clearMask" tqwidget.html#clearMask
+"TQWidget::clearWFlags" tqwidget.html#clearWFlags
+"TQWidget::clipRegion" tqwidget.html#clipRegion
+"TQWidget::close" tqwidget.html#close
+"TQWidget::closeEvent" tqwidget.html#closeEvent
+"TQWidget::colorGroup" tqwidget.html#colorGroup
+"TQWidget::colorGroup" tqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop
+"TQWidget::constPolish" tqwidget.html#constPolish
+"TQWidget::contextMenuEvent" tqwidget.html#contextMenuEvent
+"TQWidget::create" tqwidget.html#create
+"TQWidget::cursor" tqwidget.html#cursor
+"TQWidget::cursor" tqwidget.html#cursor-prop
+"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" tqwidget.html#customWhatsThis
+"TQWidget::customWhatsThis" tqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop
+"TQWidget::destroy" tqwidget.html#destroy
+"TQWidget::dragEnterEvent" tqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent
+"TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent" tqwidget.html#dragLeaveEvent
+"TQWidget::dragMoveEvent" tqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent
+"TQWidget::drawText" tqwidget.html#drawText
+"TQWidget::dropEvent" tqwidget.html#dropEvent
+"TQWidget::enabled" tqwidget.html#enabled-prop
+"TQWidget::enabledChange" tqwidget.html#enabledChange
+"TQWidget::enterEvent" tqwidget.html#enterEvent
+"TQWidget::erase" tqwidget.html#erase
+"TQWidget::eraseColor" tqwidget.html#eraseColor
+"TQWidget::erasePixmap" tqwidget.html#erasePixmap
+"TQWidget::event" tqwidget.html#event
+"TQWidget::find" tqwidget.html#find
+"TQWidget::focus" tqwidget.html#focus-prop
+"TQWidget::focusData" tqwidget.html#focusData
+"TQWidget::focusEnabled" tqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop
+"TQWidget::focusInEvent" tqwidget.html#focusInEvent
+"TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild" tqwidget.html#focusNextPrevChild
+"TQWidget::focusOutEvent" tqwidget.html#focusOutEvent
+"TQWidget::focusPolicy" tqwidget.html#focusPolicy
+"TQWidget::focusPolicy" tqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop
+"TQWidget::focusProxy" tqwidget.html#focusProxy
+"TQWidget::focusWidget" tqwidget.html#focusWidget
+"TQWidget::font" tqwidget.html#font
+"TQWidget::font" tqwidget.html#font-prop
+"TQWidget::fontChange" tqwidget.html#fontChange
+"TQWidget::fontInfo" tqwidget.html#fontInfo
+"TQWidget::fontMetrics" tqwidget.html#fontMetrics
+"TQWidget::foregroundColor" tqwidget.html#foregroundColor
+"TQWidget::frameGeometry" tqwidget.html#frameGeometry
+"TQWidget::frameGeometry" tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop
+"TQWidget::frameSize" tqwidget.html#frameSize
+"TQWidget::frameSize" tqwidget.html#frameSize-prop
+"TQWidget::fullScreen" tqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop
+"TQWidget::geometry" tqwidget.html#geometry
+"TQWidget::geometry" tqwidget.html#geometry-prop
+"TQWidget::getWFlags" tqwidget.html#getWFlags
+"TQWidget::grabKeyboard" tqwidget.html#grabKeyboard
+"TQWidget::grabMouse" tqwidget.html#grabMouse
+"TQWidget::hasFocus" tqwidget.html#hasFocus
+"TQWidget::hasMouse" tqwidget.html#hasMouse
+"TQWidget::hasMouseTracking" tqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking
+"TQWidget::height" tqwidget.html#height
+"TQWidget::height" tqwidget.html#height-prop
+"TQWidget::heightForWidth" tqwidget.html#heightForWidth
+"TQWidget::hidden" tqwidget.html#hidden-prop
+"TQWidget::hide" tqwidget.html#hide
+"TQWidget::hideEvent" tqwidget.html#hideEvent
+"TQWidget::icon" tqwidget.html#icon
+"TQWidget::icon" tqwidget.html#icon-prop
+"TQWidget::iconText" tqwidget.html#iconText
+"TQWidget::iconText" tqwidget.html#iconText-prop
+"TQWidget::imComposeEvent" tqwidget.html#imComposeEvent
+"TQWidget::imEndEvent" tqwidget.html#imEndEvent
+"TQWidget::imStartEvent" tqwidget.html#imStartEvent
+"TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled" tqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop
+"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" tqwidget.html#isActiveWindow
+"TQWidget::isActiveWindow" tqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop
+"TQWidget::isDesktop" tqwidget.html#isDesktop
+"TQWidget::isDesktop" tqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop
+"TQWidget::isDialog" tqwidget.html#isDialog
+"TQWidget::isDialog" tqwidget.html#isDialog-prop
+"TQWidget::isEnabled" tqwidget.html#isEnabled
+"TQWidget::isEnabledTo" tqwidget.html#isEnabledTo
+"TQWidget::isFocusEnabled" tqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled
+"TQWidget::isFullScreen" tqwidget.html#isFullScreen
+"TQWidget::isHidden" tqwidget.html#isHidden
+"TQWidget::isInputMethodEnabled" tqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled
+"TQWidget::isMaximized" tqwidget.html#isMaximized
+"TQWidget::isMinimized" tqwidget.html#isMinimized
+"TQWidget::isModal" tqwidget.html#isModal
+"TQWidget::isModal" tqwidget.html#isModal-prop
+"TQWidget::isPopup" tqwidget.html#isPopup
+"TQWidget::isPopup" tqwidget.html#isPopup-prop
+"TQWidget::isShown" tqwidget.html#isShown
+"TQWidget::isTopLevel" tqwidget.html#isTopLevel
+"TQWidget::isTopLevel" tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop
+"TQWidget::isUpdatesEnabled" tqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled
+"TQWidget::isVisible" tqwidget.html#isVisible
+"TQWidget::isVisibleTo" tqwidget.html#isVisibleTo
+"TQWidget::keyPressEvent" tqwidget.html#keyPressEvent
+"TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent" tqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent
+"TQWidget::keyboardGrabber" tqwidget.html#keyboardGrabber
+"TQWidget::layout" tqwidget.html#layout
+"TQWidget::leaveEvent" tqwidget.html#leaveEvent
+"TQWidget::lower" tqwidget.html#lower
+"TQWidget::macEvent" tqwidget.html#macEvent
+"TQWidget::mapFrom" tqwidget.html#mapFrom
+"TQWidget::mapFromGlobal" tqwidget.html#mapFromGlobal
+"TQWidget::mapFromParent" tqwidget.html#mapFromParent
+"TQWidget::mapTo" tqwidget.html#mapTo
+"TQWidget::mapToGlobal" tqwidget.html#mapToGlobal
+"TQWidget::mapToParent" tqwidget.html#mapToParent
+"TQWidget::maximized" tqwidget.html#maximized-prop
+"TQWidget::maximumHeight" tqwidget.html#maximumHeight
+"TQWidget::maximumHeight" tqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop
+"TQWidget::maximumSize" tqwidget.html#maximumSize
+"TQWidget::maximumSize" tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop
+"TQWidget::maximumWidth" tqwidget.html#maximumWidth
+"TQWidget::maximumWidth" tqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop
+"TQWidget::metric" tqwidget.html#metric
+"TQWidget::microFocusHint" tqwidget.html#microFocusHint
+"TQWidget::microFocusHint" tqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop
+"TQWidget::minimized" tqwidget.html#minimized-prop
+"TQWidget::minimumHeight" tqwidget.html#minimumHeight
+"TQWidget::minimumHeight" tqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop
+"TQWidget::minimumSize" tqwidget.html#minimumSize
+"TQWidget::minimumSize" tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop
+"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint
+"TQWidget::minimumSizeHint" tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop
+"TQWidget::minimumWidth" tqwidget.html#minimumWidth
+"TQWidget::minimumWidth" tqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop
+"TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent" tqwidget.html#mouseDoubleClickEvent
+"TQWidget::mouseGrabber" tqwidget.html#mouseGrabber
+"TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent" tqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent
+"TQWidget::mousePressEvent" tqwidget.html#mousePressEvent
+"TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent" tqwidget.html#mouseReleaseEvent
+"TQWidget::mouseTracking" tqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop
+"TQWidget::move" tqwidget.html#move
+"TQWidget::moveEvent" tqwidget.html#moveEvent
+"TQWidget::ownCursor" tqwidget.html#ownCursor
+"TQWidget::ownCursor" tqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop
+"TQWidget::ownFont" tqwidget.html#ownFont
+"TQWidget::ownFont" tqwidget.html#ownFont-prop
+"TQWidget::ownPalette" tqwidget.html#ownPalette
+"TQWidget::ownPalette" tqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop
+"TQWidget::paintEvent" tqwidget.html#paintEvent
+"TQWidget::palette" tqwidget.html#palette
+"TQWidget::palette" tqwidget.html#palette-prop
+"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor
+"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor" tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop
+"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap
+"TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap" tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop
+"TQWidget::paletteChange" tqwidget.html#paletteChange
+"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor
+"TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor" tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop
+"TQWidget::parentWidget" tqwidget.html#parentWidget
+"TQWidget::polish" tqwidget.html#polish
+"TQWidget::pos" tqwidget.html#pos
+"TQWidget::pos" tqwidget.html#pos-prop
+"TQWidget::qwsEvent" tqwidget.html#qwsEvent
+"TQWidget::raise" tqwidget.html#raise
+"TQWidget::rect" tqwidget.html#rect
+"TQWidget::rect" tqwidget.html#rect-prop
+"TQWidget::releaseKeyboard" tqwidget.html#releaseKeyboard
+"TQWidget::releaseMouse" tqwidget.html#releaseMouse
+"TQWidget::repaint" tqwidget.html#repaint
+"TQWidget::reparent" tqwidget.html#reparent
+"TQWidget::resetInputContext" tqwidget.html#resetInputContext
+"TQWidget::resize" tqwidget.html#resize
+"TQWidget::resizeEvent" tqwidget.html#resizeEvent
+"TQWidget::scroll" tqwidget.html#scroll
+"TQWidget::setAcceptDrops" tqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops
+"TQWidget::setActiveWindow" tqwidget.html#setActiveWindow
+"TQWidget::setAutoMask" tqwidget.html#setAutoMask
+"TQWidget::setBackgroundEmpty" tqwidget.html#setBackgroundEmpty
+"TQWidget::setBackgroundMode" tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode
+"TQWidget::setBackgroundOrigin" tqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin
+"TQWidget::setBaseSize" tqwidget.html#setBaseSize
+"TQWidget::setCaption" tqwidget.html#setCaption
+"TQWidget::setCursor" tqwidget.html#setCursor
+"TQWidget::setDisabled" tqwidget.html#setDisabled
+"TQWidget::setEnabled" tqwidget.html#setEnabled
+"TQWidget::setEraseColor" tqwidget.html#setEraseColor
+"TQWidget::setErasePixmap" tqwidget.html#setErasePixmap
+"TQWidget::setFixedHeight" tqwidget.html#setFixedHeight
+"TQWidget::setFixedSize" tqwidget.html#setFixedSize
+"TQWidget::setFixedWidth" tqwidget.html#setFixedWidth
+"TQWidget::setFocus" tqwidget.html#setFocus
+"TQWidget::setFocusPolicy" tqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy
+"TQWidget::setFocusProxy" tqwidget.html#setFocusProxy
+"TQWidget::setFont" tqwidget.html#setFont
+"TQWidget::setGeometry" tqwidget.html#setGeometry
+"TQWidget::setHidden" tqwidget.html#setHidden
+"TQWidget::setIcon" tqwidget.html#setIcon
+"TQWidget::setIconText" tqwidget.html#setIconText
+"TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled" tqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled
+"TQWidget::setKeyCompression" tqwidget.html#setKeyCompression
+"TQWidget::setMask" tqwidget.html#setMask
+"TQWidget::setMaximumHeight" tqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight
+"TQWidget::setMaximumSize" tqwidget.html#setMaximumSize
+"TQWidget::setMaximumWidth" tqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth
+"TQWidget::setMicroFocusHint" tqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint
+"TQWidget::setMinimumHeight" tqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight
+"TQWidget::setMinimumSize" tqwidget.html#setMinimumSize
+"TQWidget::setMinimumWidth" tqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth
+"TQWidget::setMouseTracking" tqwidget.html#setMouseTracking
+"TQWidget::setPalette" tqwidget.html#setPalette
+"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor" tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor
+"TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap" tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap
+"TQWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor" tqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor
+"TQWidget::setShown" tqwidget.html#setShown
+"TQWidget::setSizeIncrement" tqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement
+"TQWidget::setSizePolicy" tqwidget.html#setSizePolicy
+"TQWidget::setStyle" tqwidget.html#setStyle
+"TQWidget::setTabOrder" tqwidget.html#setTabOrder
+"TQWidget::setUpdatesEnabled" tqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled
+"TQWidget::setWFlags" tqwidget.html#setWFlags
+"TQWidget::setWindowOpacity" tqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity
+"TQWidget::setWindowState" tqwidget.html#setWindowState
+"TQWidget::show" tqwidget.html#show
+"TQWidget::showEvent" tqwidget.html#showEvent
+"TQWidget::showFullScreen" tqwidget.html#showFullScreen
+"TQWidget::showMaximized" tqwidget.html#showMaximized
+"TQWidget::showMinimized" tqwidget.html#showMinimized
+"TQWidget::showNormal" tqwidget.html#showNormal
+"TQWidget::shown" tqwidget.html#shown-prop
+"TQWidget::size" tqwidget.html#size
+"TQWidget::size" tqwidget.html#size-prop
+"TQWidget::sizeHint" tqwidget.html#sizeHint
+"TQWidget::sizeHint" tqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop
+"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement
+"TQWidget::sizeIncrement" tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop
+"TQWidget::sizePolicy" tqwidget.html#sizePolicy
+"TQWidget::sizePolicy" tqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop
+"TQWidget::stackUnder" tqwidget.html#stackUnder
+"TQWidget::style" tqwidget.html#style
+"TQWidget::styleChange" tqwidget.html#styleChange
+"TQWidget::tabletEvent" tqwidget.html#tabletEvent
+"TQWidget::testWFlags" tqwidget.html#testWFlags
+"TQWidget::topLevelWidget" tqwidget.html#topLevelWidget
+"TQWidget::underMouse" tqwidget.html#underMouse-prop
+"TQWidget::unsetCursor" tqwidget.html#unsetCursor
+"TQWidget::unsetFont" tqwidget.html#unsetFont
+"TQWidget::unsetPalette" tqwidget.html#unsetPalette
+"TQWidget::update" tqwidget.html#update
+"TQWidget::updateGeometry" tqwidget.html#updateGeometry
+"TQWidget::updateMask" tqwidget.html#updateMask
+"TQWidget::updatesEnabled" tqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop
+"TQWidget::visible" tqwidget.html#visible-prop
+"TQWidget::wheelEvent" tqwidget.html#wheelEvent
+"TQWidget::width" tqwidget.html#width
+"TQWidget::width" tqwidget.html#width-prop
+"TQWidget::winEvent" tqwidget.html#winEvent
+"TQWidget::winId" tqwidget.html#winId
+"TQWidget::windowActivationChange" tqwidget.html#windowActivationChange
+"TQWidget::windowOpacity" tqwidget.html#windowOpacity
+"TQWidget::windowOpacity" tqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop
+"TQWidget::windowState" tqwidget.html#windowState
+"TQWidget::x" tqwidget.html#x
+"TQWidget::x" tqwidget.html#x-prop
+"TQWidget::x11Event" tqwidget.html#x11Event
+"TQWidget::y" tqwidget.html#y
+"TQWidget::y" tqwidget.html#y-prop
+"TQWidget::~TQWidget" tqwidget.html#~TQWidget
+"TQWidgetFactory" tqwidgetfactory.html
+"TQWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory" tqwidgetfactory.html#addWidgetFactory
+"TQWidgetFactory::create" tqwidgetfactory.html#create
+"TQWidgetFactory::createWidget" tqwidgetfactory.html#createWidget
+"TQWidgetFactory::loadImages" tqwidgetfactory.html#loadImages
+"TQWidgetFactory::supportsWidget" tqwidgetfactory.html#supportsWidget
+"TQWidgetFactory::widgets" tqwidgetfactory.html#widgets
+"TQWidgetFactory::~TQWidgetFactory" tqwidgetfactory.html#~TQWidgetFactory
+"TQWidgetItem" tqwidgetitem.html
+"TQWidgetItem::expanding" tqwidgetitem.html#expanding
+"TQWidgetItem::isEmpty" tqwidgetitem.html#isEmpty
+"TQWidgetItem::maximumSize" tqwidgetitem.html#maximumSize
+"TQWidgetItem::minimumSize" tqwidgetitem.html#minimumSize
+"TQWidgetItem::setGeometry" tqwidgetitem.html#setGeometry
+"TQWidgetItem::sizeHint" tqwidgetitem.html#sizeHint
+"TQWidgetItem::widget" tqwidgetitem.html#widget
+"TQWidgetPlugin" tqwidgetplugin.html
+"TQWidgetPlugin::create" tqwidgetplugin.html#create
+"TQWidgetPlugin::group" tqwidgetplugin.html#group
+"TQWidgetPlugin::iconSet" tqwidgetplugin.html#iconSet
+"TQWidgetPlugin::includeFile" tqwidgetplugin.html#includeFile
+"TQWidgetPlugin::isContainer" tqwidgetplugin.html#isContainer
+"TQWidgetPlugin::keys" tqwidgetplugin.html#keys
+"TQWidgetPlugin::toolTip" tqwidgetplugin.html#toolTip
+"TQWidgetPlugin::whatsThis" tqwidgetplugin.html#whatsThis
+"TQWidgetPlugin::~TQWidgetPlugin" tqwidgetplugin.html#~TQWidgetPlugin
+"TQWidgetStack" tqwidgetstack.html
+"TQWidgetStack::aboutToShow" tqwidgetstack.html#aboutToShow
+"TQWidgetStack::addWidget" tqwidgetstack.html#addWidget
+"TQWidgetStack::id" tqwidgetstack.html#id
+"TQWidgetStack::raiseWidget" tqwidgetstack.html#raiseWidget
+"TQWidgetStack::removeWidget" tqwidgetstack.html#removeWidget
+"TQWidgetStack::setChildGeometries" tqwidgetstack.html#setChildGeometries
+"TQWidgetStack::visibleWidget" tqwidgetstack.html#visibleWidget
+"TQWidgetStack::widget" tqwidgetstack.html#widget
+"TQWidgetStack::~TQWidgetStack" tqwidgetstack.html#~TQWidgetStack
 "QWindowsMime" qwindowsmime.html
 "QWindowsMime::all" qwindowsmime.html#all
 "QWindowsMime::canConvert" qwindowsmime.html#canConvert
diff --git a/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html b/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
index 12f80ee41..7583e2a5e 100644
--- a/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
+++ b/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ dynamic creation of widgets directly from XML user interface
 description files (*.ui files) at runtime. This eliminates the need of
 recompiling your application when the GUI changes, and could be used
 to enable your customers to do their own customizations. Technically,
-the feature is provided by a new class, TQWidgetFactory in the
+the feature is provided by a new class, TQWidgetFactory in the
 TQResource library.
 
     
     TQt Linguist
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/layout-example.html b/doc/html/layout-example.html
index 99519f00f..218a8fe94 100644
--- a/doc/html/layout-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/layout-example.html
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ classes, TQGridLayout, 
 #include <ntqmenubar.h>
 #include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 
-class ExampleWidget : public TQWidget
+class ExampleWidget : public TQWidget
 {
 public:
-    ExampleWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ExampleWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
     ~ExampleWidget();
 };
 
-ExampleWidget::ExampleWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget( parent, name )
+ExampleWidget::ExampleWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name )
 {
     // Make the top-level layout; a vertical box to contain all widgets
     // and sub-layouts.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ public:
     // This widget will use all horizontal space, and have a fixed height.
 
     // we should have made a subclass and implemented sizePolicy there...
-    sb->setFixedHeight( sb->sizeHint().height() );
+    sb->setFixedHeight( sb->sizeHint().height() );
 
     sb->setAlignment( AlignVCenter | AlignLeft );
     topLayout->addWidget( sb );
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     ExampleWidget f;
     a.setMainWidget(&f);
-    f.setCaption("TQt Example - Layouts");
-    f.show();
+    f.setCaption("TQt Example - Layouts");
+    f.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/layout.html b/doc/html/layout.html
index 7fd76c805..89f656558 100644
--- a/doc/html/layout.html
+++ b/doc/html/layout.html
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ layouts and which generates the C++ layout code for you.
 layout widgets: TQHBox, TQVBox and TQGrid. A layout widget
 automatically lays out its child widgets in the order they are
 constructed. To create more complex layouts, you can nest layout
-widgets inside each other. (Note that TQWidget does not have a
+widgets inside each other. (Note that TQWidget does not have a
 layout by default, you must add one if you want to lay out widgets
-inside a TQWidget.)
+inside a TQWidget.)
 
     
      
 
    •  A TQHBox lays out its child widgets in a horizontal row, left to right.
 
       
      Horizontal box with five child widgets
       
@@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ resized.
 
    
  
 
     You can adjust the layout to some extent by calling
-TQWidget::setMinimumSize() or TQWidget::setFixedSize() on the child widgets.
+TQWidget::setMinimumSize() or TQWidget::setFixedSize() on the child widgets.
 
     
     Adding Widgets to a Layout
 
    
 
     When you add widgets to a layout the layout process works as follows:
 
      
 
    1.  All the widgets will initially be allocated an amount of space in
-accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy(). 
+accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy(). 
 
    2.  If any of the widgets have stretch factors set, with a value
 greater than zero, then they are allocated space in proportion to
 their stretch factor. 
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ determining factor.)
 
 
       Widgets are normally created without any stretch factor set. When they
 are laid out in a layout the widgets are given a share of space in
-accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint
+accordance with their TQWidget::sizePolicy() or their minimum size hint
 whichever is the greater. Stretch factors are used to change how much
 space widgets are given in proportion to one another.
 
       If we have three widgets laid out using a TQHBox with no stretch
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ stretch, and placement.
 
       The following code makes a grid like the one above, with a couple of
 improvements:
 
      -    TQWidget *main = new TQWidget;
+    TQWidget *main = new TQWidget;
 
     // make a 1x1 grid; it will auto-expand
     TQGridLayout *grid = new TQGridLayout( main, 1, 1 );
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ improvements:
 
       You can insert layouts inside a layout by giving the parent layout as
 a parameter in the constructor.
 
      -    TQWidget *main = new TQWidget;
+    TQWidget *main = new TQWidget;
     TQLineEdit *field = new TQLineEdit( main );
     TQPushButton *ok = new TQPushButton( "OK", main );
     TQPushButton *cancel = new TQPushButton( "Cancel", main );
@@ -196,19 +196,19 @@ in-depth description.
 
       When you make your own widget class, you should also communicate its
 layout properties. If the widget has a TQLayout, this is already taken
 care of. If the widget does not have any child widgets, or uses manual
-layout, you should reimplement the following TQWidget member functions:
+layout, you should reimplement the following TQWidget member functions:
 
       
      
-
       Call TQWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size
+
       Call TQWidget::updateGeometry() whenever the size hint, minimum size
 hint or size policy changes. This will cause a layout recalculation.
 Multiple calls to updateGeometry() will only cause one recalculation.
 
       If the preferred height of your widget depends on its actual width
 (e.g. a label with automatic word-breaking), set the hasHeightForWidth() flag in
-sizePolicy(), and reimplement TQWidget::heightForWidth().
+sizePolicy(), and reimplement TQWidget::heightForWidth().
 
       Even if you implement heightForWidth(), it is still necessary to
 provide a good sizeHint(). The sizeHint() provides the preferred width
 of the widget, and it is used by TQLayout subclasses that do not
@@ -219,11 +219,11 @@ requirements to your new widget.
 
       
       Manual Layout
 
      
 
       If you are making a one-of-a-kind special layout, you can also make a
-custom widget as described above. Reimplement TQWidget::resizeEvent()
-to calculate the required distribution of sizes and call setGeometry() on each child.
+custom widget as described above. Reimplement TQWidget::resizeEvent()
+to calculate the required distribution of sizes and call setGeometry() on each child.
 
       The widget will get an event with type
 LayoutHint when the layout needs to be recalculated. Reimplement
-TQWidget::event() to be notified of LayoutHint events.
+TQWidget::event() to be notified of LayoutHint events.
 
       
       Layout Issues
 
      
 
       The use of rich text in a label widget can introduce some problems to
diff --git a/doc/html/life-example.html b/doc/html/life-example.html
index 1f2464e17..2c54b9f75 100644
--- a/doc/html/life-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/life-example.html
@@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ private:
     SCALE = s;
 
     maxi = maxj = 50;
-    setMinimumSize( MINSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER,
+    setMinimumSize( MINSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER,
                    MINSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER );
-    setMaximumSize( MAXSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER,
+    setMaximumSize( MAXSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER,
                    MAXSIZE * SCALE + 2 * BORDER );
-    setSizeIncrement( SCALE, SCALE);
+    setSizeIncrement( SCALE, SCALE);
 
     clear();
-    resize( maxi * SCALE + 2 * BORDER , maxj * SCALE + 2 * BORDER );
+    resize( maxi * SCALE + 2 * BORDER , maxj * SCALE + 2 * BORDER );
 
 }
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ void LifeWidget::clear()
             for ( int j = 0; j < MAXSIZE + 2; j++ )
                 cells[t][i][j] = FALSE;
 
-    repaint();
+    repaint();
 }
 
 
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void LifeWidget::setPoint( int i, int j )
     if ( i < 1 || i > maxi || j < 1 || j > maxi )
         return;
     cells[current][i][j] = TRUE;
-    repaint( index2pos(i), index2pos(j), SCALE, SCALE, FALSE );
+    repaint( index2pos(i), index2pos(j), SCALE, SCALE, FALSE );
 }
 
 
@@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ void LifeWidget::mouseHandle( const T
 }
 
 
-void LifeWidget::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+void LifeWidget::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
 {
     mouseHandle( e->pos() );
 }
 
 
-void LifeWidget::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+void LifeWidget::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
 {
     if ( e->button() == TQMouseEvent::LeftButton )
         mouseHandle( e->pos() );
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ void LifeWidget::nextGeneration()
         }
     }
     current = !current;
-    repaint( FALSE );           // repaint without erase
+    repaint( FALSE );           // repaint without erase
 }
 
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ void LifeWidget::nextGeneration()
                 qDrawShadePanel( &paint, index2pos( i ), index2pos( j ),
                                  SCALE - 1, SCALE - 1, colorGroup() );
             else if ( cells[!current][i][j] )
-                erase(index2pos( i ), index2pos( j ), SCALE - 1, SCALE - 1);
+                erase(index2pos( i ), index2pos( j ), SCALE - 1, SCALE - 1);
         }
     }
     drawFrame( &paint );
@@ -279,8 +279,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     LifeDialog *life = new LifeDialog( scale );
     a.setMainWidget( life );
-    life->setCaption("TQt Example - Life");
-    life->show();
+    life->setCaption("TQt Example - Life");
+    life->show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
index d2f5b7434..be92b16cf 100644
--- a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class LineEdits : public TQGroupBox
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    LineEdits( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    LineEdits( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
 protected:
     TQLineEdit *lined1, *lined2, *lined3, *lined4, *lined5;
@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ protected slots:
  * Creates child widgets of the LineEdits widget
  */
 
-LineEdits::LineEdits( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+LineEdits::LineEdits( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQGroupBox( 0, Horizontal, "Line edits", parent, name )
 {
     setMargin( 10 );
 
-    TQVBoxLayout* box = new TQVBoxLayout( layout() );
+    TQVBoxLayout* box = new TQVBoxLayout( layout() );
 
     TQHBoxLayout *row1 = new TQHBoxLayout( box );
     row1->setMargin( 5 );
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ protected slots:
     box->addWidget( lined5 );
 
     // give the first LineEdit the focus at the beginning
-    lined1->setFocus();
+    lined1->setFocus();
 }
 
 /*
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotEchoChanged( int i )
         break;
     }
 
-    lined1->setFocus();
+    lined1->setFocus();
 }
 
 /*
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotValidatorChanged( int i )
     }
 
     lined2->setText( "" );
-    lined2->setFocus();
+    lined2->setFocus();
 }
 
 
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotAlignmentChanged( int i )
         break;
     }
 
-    lined3->setFocus();
+    lined3->setFocus();
 }
 
 /*
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotInputMaskChanged( int i )
         lined4->setInputMask( ">AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA;#" );
         break;
     }
-    lined4->setFocus();
+    lined4->setFocus();
 }
 
 /*
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotReadOnlyChanged( int i )
         break;
     }
 
-    lined5->setFocus();
+    lined5->setFocus();
 }
 
 
      
@@ -374,9 +374,9 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
 
     LineEdits lineedits;
-    lineedits.setCaption( "TQt Example - Lineedits" );
+    lineedits.setCaption( "TQt Example - Lineedits" );
     a.setMainWidget( &lineedits );
-    lineedits.show();
+    lineedits.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/linguist-manual-4.html b/doc/html/linguist-manual-4.html
index 7c4009ae9..d1cb45ed0 100644
--- a/doc/html/linguist-manual-4.html
+++ b/doc/html/linguist-manual-4.html
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQPushButton hello( TQPushButton::tr("Hello world!"), 0 );
 
     app.setMainWidget( &hello );
-    hello.show();
+    hello.show();
     return app.exec();
 }
 
      
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ TRANSLATIONS    = tt2_fr.ts \
 
    
  
    Run lupdate; it should produce two identical message files tt2_fr.ts and tt2_nl.ts. These files will contain all the source texts marked for translation with tr() calls and their contexts.
    
 
    Line by Line Walk-through
    
-
    In arrowpad.h we define the ArrowPad subclass which is a subclass of TQWidget. In the Tutorial 2 Screenshot, English version, above, the central widget with the four buttons is an ArrowPad.
    
+
    In arrowpad.h we define the ArrowPad subclass which is a subclass of TQWidget. In the Tutorial 2 Screenshot, English version, above, the central widget with the four buttons is an ArrowPad.
    
 
        class ArrowPad : public TQGrid
 
    
  
    When lupdate is run it not only extracts the source texts but it also groups them into contexts. A context is the name of the class in which the source text appears. Thus, in this example, "ArrowPad" is a context: it is the context of the texts in the ArrowPad class. The TQ_OBJECT macro defines tr(x) in ArrowPad like this
    
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ TRANSLATIONS    = tt3_pt.ts
     {
         TQ_OBJECT
 
    
- 
    PrintPanel is a TQWidget. It needs the TQ_OBJECT macro for tr() to work properly.
    
+ 
    PrintPanel is a TQWidget. It needs the TQ_OBJECT macro for tr() to work properly.
    
 
    The implementation file is printpanel.cpp.
    
 
        /*
         TQLabel *lab = new TQLabel( tr("<b>TROLL PRINT</b>"), this );
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ TRANSLATIONS    = tt3_pt.ts
 
    
  
    Notice the two occurrences of tr("Enabled") and of tr("Disabled") in PrintPanel. Since both "Enabled"s and "Disabled"s appear in the same context TQt Linguist will only display one occurrence of each and will use the same translations for the duplicates that it doesn't display. Whilst this is a useful timesaver, in some languages, such as Portuguese, the second occurrence requires a separate translation. We will see how TQt Linguist can be made to display all the occurrences for separate translation shortly.
    
 
    The header file for MainWindow, mainwindow.h, contains no surprises. In the implementation, mainwindow.cpp, we have some user-visible source texts that must be marked for translation.
    
-
            setCaption( tr("Troll Print 1.0") );
+
            setCaption( tr("Troll Print 1.0") );
 
    
  
    We must translate the window's caption.
    
 
            file->insertItem( tr("E&xit"), tqApp, TQ_SLOT(quit()),
diff --git a/doc/html/listbox-example.html b/doc/html/listbox-example.html
index 4e9ea2919..6d74e7da6 100644
--- a/doc/html/listbox-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listbox-example.html
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ class TQSpinBox;
 class TQListBox;
 class TQButtonGroup;
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 
 
-class ListBoxDemo: public TQWidget
+class ListBoxDemo: public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ private:
 
 
 ListBoxDemo::ListBoxDemo()
-    : TQWidget( 0, 0 )
+    : TQWidget( 0, 0 )
 {
     TQGridLayout * g = new TQGridLayout( this, 2, 2, 6 );
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ private:
 
     l = new TQListBox( this );
     g->addWidget( l, 1, 1 );
-    l->setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::StrongFocus );
+    l->setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::StrongFocus );
 
     TQVBoxLayout * v = new TQVBoxLayout;
     g->addLayout( v, 1, 0 );
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ private:
     h->addSpacing( 100 );
     h->addWidget( new TQLabel( "Rows:", this ) );
     rows = new TQSpinBox( this );
-    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
     h->addWidget( rows );
 
     v->addSpacing( 12 );
@@ -227,32 +227,32 @@ ListBoxDemo::~ListBoxDemo()
 
 void ListBoxDemo::setNumRows()
 {
-    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
-    rows->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    rows->setEnabled( TRUE );
     l->setRowMode( rows->value() );
 }
 
 
 void ListBoxDemo::setNumCols()
 {
-    columns->setEnabled( TRUE );
-    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    columns->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
     l->setColumnMode( columns->value() );
 }
 
 
 void ListBoxDemo::setRowsByHeight()
 {
-    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
-    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
     l->setRowMode( TQListBox::FitToHeight );
 }
 
 
 void ListBoxDemo::setColsByWidth()
 {
-    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
-    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    columns->setEnabled( FALSE );
+    rows->setEnabled( FALSE );
     l->setColumnMode( TQListBox::FitToWidth );
 }
 
@@ -305,9 +305,9 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
 
     ListBoxDemo t;
-    t.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listbox" );
+    t.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listbox" );
     a.setMainWidget( &t );
-    t.show();
+    t.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html b/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
index e51fc7cc2..3c41545a7 100644
--- a/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ class ListBoxCombo : public TQVBox
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    ListBoxCombo( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ListBoxCombo( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
 protected:
     TQListBox *lb1, *lb2;
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ protected:
  * Creates child widgets of the ListBoxCombo widget
  */
 
-ListBoxCombo::ListBoxCombo( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+ListBoxCombo::ListBoxCombo( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQVBox( parent, name )
 {
     setMargin( 5 );
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ protected:
     // Create a non-editable Combobox and a label below...
     TQComboBox *cb1 = new TQComboBox( FALSE, box1 );
     label1 = new TQLabel( "Current Item: Combobox Item 0", box1 );
-    label1->setMaximumHeight( label1->sizeHint().height() * 2 );
+    label1->setMaximumHeight( label1->sizeHint().height() * 2 );
     label1->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken );
 
     //...and insert 50 items into the Combobox
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ protected:
     // Create an editable Combobox and a label below...
     TQComboBox *cb2 = new TQComboBox( TRUE, box2 );
     label2 = new TQLabel( "Current Item: Combobox Item 0", box2 );
-    label2->setMaximumHeight( label2->sizeHint().height() * 2 );
+    label2->setMaximumHeight( label2->sizeHint().height() * 2 );
     label2->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken );
 
     // ... and insert 50 items into the Combobox
@@ -288,10 +288,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
 
     ListBoxCombo listboxcombo;
-    listboxcombo.resize( 400, 270 );
-    listboxcombo.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listboxes and Comboboxes" );
+    listboxcombo.resize( 400, 270 );
+    listboxcombo.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listboxes and Comboboxes" );
     a.setMainWidget( &listboxcombo );
-    listboxcombo.show();
+    listboxcombo.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/listviews-example.html b/doc/html/listviews-example.html
index 255012333..8e4d19c64 100644
--- a/doc/html/listviews-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listviews-example.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ class ListViews : public TQSplitter
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    ListViews( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ListViews( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
     ~ListViews()
     {}
 
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ void FolderListItem::insertSubFolders( const ListViews::ListViews( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+ListViews::ListViews( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQSplitter( TQt::Horizontal, parent, name )
 {
     lstFolders.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void FolderListItem::insertSubFolders( const TQLabel( vsplitter );
     message->setAlignment( TQt::AlignTop );
-    message->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
+    message->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
 
     connect( folders, TQ_SIGNAL( selectionChanged( TQListViewItem* ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( slotFolderChanged( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
@@ -492,10 +492,10 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
 
     ListViews listViews;
-    listViews.resize( 640, 480 );
-    listViews.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listview" );
+    listViews.resize( 640, 480 );
+    listViews.setCaption( "TQt Example - Listview" );
     a.setMainWidget( &listViews );
-    listViews.show();
+    listViews.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/mac-differences.html b/doc/html/mac-differences.html
index f905eeb99..bdaa3ce28 100644
--- a/doc/html/mac-differences.html
+++ b/doc/html/mac-differences.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ automatically included in the make builds.
 
     If a static build fails with the following error messages during the
 designer make phase:
 
     
    -TQWidget::sizeHint() const referenced from libtqui expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib
+TQWidget::sizeHint() const referenced from libtqui expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib
 non-virtual thunk [nv:-40] to TQWidget::metric(int) const referenced from libtqui
  expected to be defined in @executable_path/../Frameworks/libtqt-mt.3.dylib
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/mainclasses.html b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
index 28dc551e3..907dd7ee3 100644
--- a/doc/html/mainclasses.html
+++ b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQTabWidget
 
-TQWidget
+TQWidget
 
 
 TQDialog
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQTextBrowser
 
-TQWidgetStack
+TQWidgetStack
 
 
 TQDict
diff --git a/doc/html/mdi-example.html b/doc/html/mdi-example.html
index 681eebc78..7abea925d 100644
--- a/doc/html/mdi-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/mdi-example.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ class MDIWindow: public TQMainWindow
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    MDIWindow( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, int wflags );
+    MDIWindow( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, int wflags );
     ~MDIWindow();
 
     void load( const TQString& fn );
@@ -273,13 +273,13 @@ MDIWindow* ApplicationWindow::newDoc()
 {
     MDIWindow* w = new MDIWindow( ws, 0, WDestructiveClose );
     connect( w, TQ_SIGNAL( message(const TQString&, int) ), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message(const TQString&, int )) );
-    w->setCaption("unnamed document");
-    w->setIcon( TQPixmap("document.xpm") );
+    w->setCaption("unnamed document");
+    w->setIcon( TQPixmap("document.xpm") );
     // show the very first window in maximized mode
     if ( ws->windowList().isEmpty() )
-        w->showMaximized();
+        w->showMaximized();
     else
-        w->show();
+        w->show();
     return w;
 }
 
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ void ApplicationWindow::closeWindow()
 {
     MDIWindow* m = (MDIWindow*)ws->activeWindow();
     if ( m )
-        m->close();
+        m->close();
 }
 
 void ApplicationWindow::about()
@@ -364,10 +364,10 @@ void ApplicationWindow::windowsMenuAboutToShow()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::windowsMenuActivated( int id )
 {
-    TQWidget* w = ws->windowList().at( id );
+    TQWidget* w = ws->windowList().at( id );
     if ( w )
-        w->showNormal();
-    w->setFocus();
+        w->showNormal();
+    w->setFocus();
 }
 
 void ApplicationWindow::tileHorizontal()
@@ -380,40 +380,40 @@ void ApplicationWindow::tileHorizontal()
     if (ws->activeWindow())
         ws->activeWindow()->showNormal();
 
-    int heightForEach = ws->height() / windows.count();
+    int heightForEach = ws->height() / windows.count();
     int y = 0;
     for ( int i = 0; i < int(windows.count()); ++i ) {
-        TQWidget *window = windows.at(i);
-        int preferredHeight = window->minimumHeight()+window->parentWidget()->baseSize().height();
+        TQWidget *window = windows.at(i);
+        int preferredHeight = window->minimumHeight()+window->parentWidget()->baseSize().height();
         int actHeight = TQMAX(heightForEach, preferredHeight);
 
-        window->parentWidget()->setGeometry( 0, y, ws->width(), actHeight );
+        window->parentWidget()->setGeometry( 0, y, ws->width(), actHeight );
         y += actHeight;
     }
 }
 
-void ApplicationWindow::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e )
+void ApplicationWindow::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e )
 {
     TQWidgetList windows = ws->windowList();
     if ( windows.count() ) {
         for ( int i = 0; i < int(windows.count()); ++i ) {
-            TQWidget *window = windows.at( i );
-            if ( !window->close() ) {
+            TQWidget *window = windows.at( i );
+            if ( !window->close() ) {
                 e->ignore();
                 return;
             }
         }
     }
 
-    TQMainWindow::closeEvent( e );
+    TQMainWindow::closeEvent( e );
 }
 
-MDIWindow::MDIWindow( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, int wflags )
+MDIWindow::MDIWindow( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, int wflags )
     : TQMainWindow( parent, name, wflags )
 {
     mmovie = 0;
     medit = new TQTextEdit( this );
-    setFocusProxy( medit );
+    setFocusProxy( medit );
     setCentralWidget( medit );
 }
 
@@ -422,11 +422,11 @@ MDIWindow::~MDIWindow()
     delete mmovie;
 }
 
-void MDIWindow::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e )
+void MDIWindow::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e )
 {
     if ( medit->isModified() ) {
         switch( TQMessageBox::warning( this, "Save Changes",
-            tr("Save changes to %1?").arg( caption() ),
+            tr("Save changes to %1?").arg( caption() ),
             tr("Yes"), tr("No"), tr("Cancel") ) ) {
         case 0:
             {
@@ -457,17 +457,17 @@ void MDIWindow::load( const TQString
         return;
 
     if(fn.contains(".gif")) {
-        TQWidget * tmp=new TQWidget(this);
-        setFocusProxy(tmp);
+        TQWidget * tmp=new TQWidget(this);
+        setFocusProxy(tmp);
         setCentralWidget(tmp);
-        medit->hide();
+        medit->hide();
         delete medit;
         TQMovie * qm=new TQMovie(fn);
 #ifdef TQ_WS_QWS // temporary speed-test hack
         qm->setDisplayWidget(tmp);
 #endif
-        tmp->setBackgroundMode(TQWidget::NoBackground);
-        tmp->show();
+        tmp->setBackgroundMode(TQWidget::NoBackground);
+        tmp->show();
         mmovie=qm;
     } else {
         mmovie = 0;
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ void MDIWindow::load( const TQString
 
 
     }
-    setCaption( filename );
+    setCaption( filename );
     emit message( TQString("Loaded document %1").arg(filename), 2000 );
 }
 
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void MDIWindow::save()
     t << text;
     f.close();
 
-    setCaption( filename );
+    setCaption( filename );
 
     emit message( TQString( "File %1 saved" ).arg( filename ), 2000 );
 }
@@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv ) {
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
     ApplicationWindow * mw = new ApplicationWindow();
     a.setMainWidget(mw);
-    mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Multiple Documents Interface (MDI)" );
-    mw->show();
+    mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Multiple Documents Interface (MDI)" );
+    mw->show();
     a.connect( &a, TQ_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()), &a, TQ_SLOT(quit()) );
     int res = a.exec();
     return res;
diff --git a/doc/html/menu-example.html b/doc/html/menu-example.html
index 139306dc6..505140ca6 100644
--- a/doc/html/menu-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/menu-example.html
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@ context menu.
 #ifndef MENU_H
 #define MENU_H
 
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 #include <ntqmenubar.h>
 #include <ntqlabel.h>
 
 
-class MenuExample : public TQWidget
+class MenuExample : public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    MenuExample( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+    MenuExample( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
 
 public slots:
     void open();
@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-MenuExample::MenuExample( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQWidget( parent, name )
+MenuExample::MenuExample( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name )
 {
     TQPixmap p1( p1_xpm );
     TQPixmap p2( p2_xpm );
@@ -254,17 +254,17 @@ private:
     TQPopupMenu* options = new TQPopupMenu( this );
     TQ_CHECK_PTR( options );
     options->insertTearOffHandle();
-    options->setCaption("Options");
+    options->setCaption("Options");
     options->insertItem( "&Normal Font", this, TQ_SLOT(normal()) );
     options->insertSeparator();
 
-    options->polish(); // adjust system settings
-    TQFont f = options->font();
+    options->polish(); // adjust system settings
+    TQFont f = options->font();
     f.setBold( TRUE );
     boldID = options->insertItem( new MyMenuItem( "Bold", f ) );
     options->setAccel( CTRL+Key_B, boldID );
     options->connectItem( boldID, this, TQ_SLOT(bold()) );
-    f = font();
+    f = font();
     f.setUnderline( TRUE );
     underlineID = options->insertItem( new MyMenuItem( "Underline", f ) );
     options->setAccel( CTRL+Key_U, underlineID );
@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ private:
     msg->setText( "A context menu is available.\n"
                   "Invoke it by right-clicking or by"
                   " pressing the 'context' button." );
-    msg->setGeometry( 0, height() - 60, width(), 60 );
+    msg->setGeometry( 0, height() - 60, width(), 60 );
     msg->setAlignment( AlignCenter );
 
     label = new TQLabel( this );
     TQ_CHECK_PTR( label );
-    label->setGeometry( 20, rect().center().y()-20, width()-40, 40 );
+    label->setGeometry( 20, rect().center().y()-20, width()-40, 40 );
     label->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Raised );
     label->setLineWidth( 1 );
     label->setAlignment( AlignCenter );
@@ -309,12 +309,12 @@ private:
     connect( this,  TQ_SIGNAL(explain(const TQString&)),
              label, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
 
-    setMinimumSize( 100, 80 );
-    setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::ClickFocus );
+    setMinimumSize( 100, 80 );
+    setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::ClickFocus );
 }
 
 
-void MenuExample::contextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent * )
+void MenuExample::contextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent * )
 {
     TQPopupMenu* contextMenu = new TQPopupMenu( this );
     TQ_CHECK_PTR( contextMenu );
@@ -443,9 +443,9 @@ void MenuExample::printerSetup()
 }
 
 
-void MenuExample::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
+void MenuExample::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
 {
-    label->setGeometry( 20, rect().center().y()-20, width()-40, 40 );
+    label->setGeometry( 20, rect().center().y()-20, width()-40, 40 );
 }
 
 
@@ -453,9 +453,9 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
 {
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
     MenuExample m;
-    m.setCaption("TQt Examples - Menus");
+    m.setCaption("TQt Examples - Menus");
     a.setMainWidget( &m );
-    m.show();
+    m.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-customwidget-example.html b/doc/html/motif-customwidget-example.html
index a33f39db6..9f414f838 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-customwidget-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-customwidget-example.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     MainWindow mainwindow;
     app.setMainWidget( &mainwindow );
-    mainwindow.show();
+    mainwindow.show();
 
     return app.exec();
 }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     setCentralWidget( customwidget );
 
-    resize( 400, 600 );
+    resize( 400, 600 );
 }
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-dialog-example.html b/doc/html/motif-dialog-example.html
index cfb9703bb..167df23fe 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-dialog-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-dialog-example.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     MainWindow *mainwindow = new MainWindow;
     app.setMainWidget( mainwindow );
-    mainwindow->show();
+    mainwindow->show();
 
     return app.exec();
 }
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static void qtDialogCallback( Widget, XtPointer client_data, XtPointer )
 static void quitCallback( Widget, XtPointer client_data, XtPointer )
 {
     MainWindow *mw = (MainWindow *) client_data;
-    mw->close();
+    mw->close();
 }
 
 
@@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ static void quitCallback( Widget, XtPointer client_data, XtPointer )
                    XmNheight, 300,
                    NULL );
 
-    setCaption( tr("TQMotif Dialog Example") );
+    setCaption( tr("TQMotif Dialog Example") );
 
 }
 
 void MainWindow::showMotifDialog()
 {
     TQMotifDialog dialog( this, "custom dialog", TRUE );
-    dialog.setCaption( tr("Custom Motif Dialog") );
+    dialog.setCaption( tr("Custom Motif Dialog") );
 
     Widget form = XmCreateForm( dialog.shell(), "custom motif dialog", NULL, 0 );
 
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-extension.html b/doc/html/motif-extension.html
index 19d0af80d..c75f6fb8d 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-extension.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-extension.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ versions of TQt.
 
     The TQt Motif Extension consists of the following classes:
 
     
      
 
    •  TQMotif - Provides the basis of the TQt Motif Extension.
-
    •  TQMotifWidget - Provides the TQWidget API for Motif widgets.
+
    •  TQMotifWidget - Provides the TQWidget API for Motif widgets.
 
    •  TQMotifDialog - Provides the TQDialog API for Motif dialogs.
 
    •  TQXtWidget - The Xt/Motif integration widget from the previous
 Xt/Motif extension.  This class is unsupported and has many known
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-6.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-6.html
index abc558802..8d4821c08 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-6.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-6.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Each slot implementation is a single line calling the related callback
 function. The code is not very interesting and would just take up
 space, so we've omitted it.
 
       There are four exceptions to the above.  The Open(), Save(), EditPage() and DeletePage() callbacks accept a pointer to the
-toplevel TQWidget as argument 2 (the client_data argument).  For
+toplevel TQWidget as argument 2 (the client_data argument).  For
 these four functions, we pass this as the second argument, which is
 a toplevel MainWindow derived from TQMainWindow.
 
       
       Replacing the Main Window
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
index c87c11471..886c3c91f 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ and code will need to be modified or rewritten.  New code must be
 written in a way that maintains compatibility with previous versions
 of our application.
 
       
    
-
     
  •  We can write a new TQWidget subclass that is identical to the XmNotebook widget class.
+
     
  •  We can write a new TQWidget subclass that is identical to the XmNotebook widget class.
 
     
      
 
       
    •  Advantages - The existing data structures will not change, allowing
 compatibility with previous and future versions.
diff --git a/doc/html/movies-example.html b/doc/html/movies-example.html
index 955a6685b..890203765 100644
--- a/doc/html/movies-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/movies-example.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
         setFrameStyle(TQFrame::WinPanel|TQFrame::Sunken);
 
         // No background needed, since we draw on the whole widget.
-        movie.setBackgroundColor(backgroundColor());
+        movie.setBackgroundColor(backgroundColor());
         setBackgroundMode(NoBackground);
 
         // Get the movie to tell use when interesting things happen.
@@ -215,9 +215,9 @@ private slots:
 
         int fw = frameWidth();
         sh = TQSize( size.width() + fw*2, size.height() + fw*2 );
-        updateGeometry();
-        if ( parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isHidden() )
-            parentWidget()->show();
+        updateGeometry();
+        if ( parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isHidden() )
+            parentWidget()->show();
     }
 
     void movieStatus(int status)
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ private slots:
             TQString msg;
             msg.sprintf("Could not play movie \"%s\"", (const char*)filename);
             TQMessageBox::warning(this, "movies", msg);
-            parentWidget()->close();
+            parentWidget()->close();
         } else if (status == TQMovie::Paused || status == TQMovie::EndOfMovie) {
-            repaint(); // Ensure status text is displayed
+            repaint(); // Ensure status text is displayed
         }
     }
 };
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqaccel.html b/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
index dfc036899..d755b5147 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
@@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ combination.
                         TQ_SLOT(printDoc()) );        // printDoc() slot
     
    • 
  
-
     
    See also TQKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), TQKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
     
    See also TQKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), TQKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQAccel object called name, with parent parent.
 The accelerator operates on parent.
 
-
    TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * watch, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * watch, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQAccel object called name, that operates on watch, and is a child of parent.
 
     This constructor is not needed for normal application programming.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqaction.html b/doc/html/ntqaction.html
index 74874d8df..075166e96 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqaction.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqaction.html
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ presses an action's accelerator key combination.
 toggled() signal for toggle actions.
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    bool TQAction::addTo ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQAction::addTo ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
    
 Adds this action to widget w.
 
     Currently actions may be added to TQToolBar and TQPopupMenu widgets.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ action will not be added and FALSE will be returned.)
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp, and chart/chartform.cpp.
 
    Reimplemented in TQActionGroup.
-
    void TQAction::addedTo ( TQWidget * actionWidget, TQWidget * container ) [virtual protected]
+
    void TQAction::addedTo ( TQWidget * actionWidget, TQWidget * container ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This function is called from the addTo() function when it has
 created a widget (actionWidget) for the action in the container.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ See the "visible" property for details
 
    TQString TQAction::menuText () const
 
    Returns the action's menu text.
 See the "menuText" property for details.
-
    bool TQAction::removeFrom ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQAction::removeFrom ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
    
 Removes the action from widget w.
 
     Returns TRUE if the action was removed successfully; otherwise
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
index d4bfcc2a3..8fc277163 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ last-second cleanup. Note that no user interaction is possible in
 this state.
 
     
    See also quit().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activeModalWidget () [static]
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activeModalWidget () [static]
 
    
 Returns the active modal widget.
 
     A modal widget is a special top level widget which is a subclass of
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ with other parts of the program.
 the active modal widget at the top of the stack.
 
     
    See also activePopupWidget() and topLevelWidgets().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activePopupWidget () [static]
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activePopupWidget () [static]
 
    
 Returns the active popup widget.
 
     A popup widget is a special top level widget that sets the WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the TQPopupMenu widget. When the
@@ -562,14 +562,14 @@ The popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns
 the active popup widget at the top of the stack.
 
     
    See also activeModalWidget() and topLevelWidgets().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activeWindow () const
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::activeWindow () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input
 focus, or 0 if no application window has the focus. Note that
 there might be an activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(),
 for example if no widget in that window accepts key events.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and focusWidget().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and focusWidget().
 
 
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
 
    void TQApplication::addLibraryPath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
@@ -592,19 +592,19 @@ Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
 
         TQWidgetList  *list = TQApplication::allWidgets();
     TQWidgetListIt it( *list );         // iterate over the widgets
-    TQWidget * w;
+    TQWidget * w;
     while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {  // for each widget...
         ++it;
-        w->update();
+        w->update();
     }
     delete list;                      // delete the list, not the widgets
   
    
  
-
     The TQWidgetList class is defined in the ntqwidgetlist.h header
+
     The TQWidgetList class is defined in the tqwidgetlist.h header
 file.
 
     Warning: Delete the list as soon as you have finished using it.
 The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
-
     
    See also topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
+
     
    See also topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
 
 
    TQString TQApplication::applicationDirPath ()
 
    
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ and a few more options.
             a.setMainWidget( &b );
             for ( int i = 0; i < a.argc(); i++ )  // a.argc() == argc
                 b.insertItem( a.argv()[i] );      // a.argv()[i] == argv[i]
-            b.show();
+            b.show();
             return a.exec();
         }
     
    
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ entry in the file menu as shown in the following code example:
  
 
     The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not
 accept the close event.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::close(), TQWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(), and TQWidget::isTopLevel.
+
     
    See also TQWidget::close(), TQWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(), and TQWidget::isTopLevel.
 
 
     
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
@@ -765,8 +765,8 @@ assuming that it's possible to draw on the desktop, since this does
 not work on all operating systems.
 
     
         TQDesktopWidget *d = TQApplication::desktop();
-    int w = d->width();     // returns desktop width
-    int h = d->height();    // returns desktop height
+    int w = d->width();     // returns desktop width
+    int h = d->height();    // returns desktop height
   
    
  
 
@@ -856,24 +856,24 @@ returns almost immediately. Does nothing on other platforms.
 
     
    See also syncX().
 
 
    Example: xform/xform.cpp.
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::focusWidget () const
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::focusWidget () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or
 0 if no widget in this application has the focus.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and activeWindow().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and activeWindow().
 
-
    TQFont TQApplication::font ( const TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQFont TQApplication::font ( const TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the default font for the widget w, or the default
 application font if w is 0.
-
     
    See also setFont(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font.
+
     
    See also setFont(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font.
 
 
    Examples: qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
 
    TQFontMetrics TQApplication::fontMetrics () [static]
 
    
 Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
-
     
    See also font(), setFont(), TQWidget::fontMetrics(), and TQPainter::fontMetrics().
+
     
    See also font(), setFont(), TQWidget::fontMetrics(), and TQPainter::fontMetrics().
 
 
    TQSize TQApplication::globalStrut () [static]
 
    
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ widgets but no main widget. You can then connect it to the quit<
 slot.
 
     For convenience, this signal is not emitted for transient top level
 widgets such as popup menus and dialogs.
-
     
    See also mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, and TQWidget::close().
+
     
    See also mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, and TQWidget::close().
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/main.cpp, extension/main.cpp, helpviewer/main.cpp, mdi/main.cpp, network/archivesearch/main.cpp, qwerty/main.cpp, and regexptester/main.cpp.
 
    TQStringList TQApplication::libraryPaths () [static]
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ that are received from the MacOS.
 
     Return TRUE if you want to stop the event from being processed.
 Return FALSE for normal event dispatching.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::mainWidget () const
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::mainWidget () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main
@@ -1032,11 +1032,11 @@ complete control; but only one subclass can be tqApp.
 to process all events for all widgets, so it's just as powerful as
 reimplementing notify(); furthermore, it's possible to have more
 than one application-global event filter. Global event filters even
-see mouse events for disabled
+see mouse events for disabled
   widgets, and if global mouse
   tracking is enabled, as well as mouse move events for all
 widgets.
-
     
  •  Reimplementing TQObject::event() (as TQWidget does). If you do
+
     
  •  Reimplementing TQObject::event() (as TQWidget does). If you do
 this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before
 any widget-specific event filters.
 
     
  •  Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter
@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ on. This is the commonest, easiest and least powerful way.
 (i.e. the internal cursor stack is empty).
 
     
    See also setOverrideCursor() and restoreOverrideCursor().
 
-
    TQPalette TQApplication::palette ( const TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQPalette TQApplication::palette ( const TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the application palette.
 
     If a widget is passed in w, the default palette for the
@@ -1063,19 +1063,19 @@ palette. In most cases there isn't a special palette for certain
 types of widgets, but one notable exception is the popup menu under
 Windows, if the user has defined a special background color for
 menus in the display settings.
-
     
    See also setPalette() and TQWidget::palette.
+
     
    See also setPalette() and TQWidget::palette.
 
 
    Examples: desktop/desktop.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/wood.cpp.
-
    void TQApplication::polish ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
    void TQApplication::polish ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
    
 Initialization of the appearance of the widget w before it is first
 shown.
 
     Usually widgets call this automatically when they are polished. It
 may be used to do some style-based central customization of widgets.
-
     Note that you are not limited to the public functions of TQWidget.
+
     Note that you are not limited to the public functions of TQWidget.
 Instead, based on meta information like TQObject::className() you are
 able to customize any kind of widget.
-
     
    See also TQStyle::polish(), TQWidget::polish(), setPalette(), and setFont().
+
     
    See also TQStyle::polish(), TQWidget::polish(), setPalette(), and setFont().
 
 
    void TQApplication::postEvent ( TQObject * receiver, TQEvent * event ) [static]
 
    Note: This function is thread-safe when TQt is built withthread support.
    
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ system. It can vary depending on both the window system version and
 the locale. This function lets you override the default font; but
 overriding may be a bad idea because, for example, some locales need
 extra-large fonts to support their special characters.
-
     
    See also font(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font.
+
     
    See also font(), fontMetrics(), and TQWidget::font.
 
 
    Examples: desktop/desktop.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
 
    void TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking ( bool enable ) [static]
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ even when no button is depressed. This is useful for special GUI
 elements, e.g. tooltips.
 
     Global mouse tracking does not affect widgets and their
 mouseMoveEvent(). For a widget to get mouse move events when no
-button is depressed, it must do TQWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE).
+button is depressed, it must do TQWidget::setMouseTracking(TRUE).
 
     This function uses an internal counter. Each
 setGlobalMouseTracking(TRUE) must have a corresponding
 setGlobalMouseTracking(FALSE):
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ setGlobalMouseTracking(FALSE):
         // but now it's off
     
    • 
  
-
     
    See also hasGlobalMouseTracking() and TQWidget::mouseTracking.
+
     
    See also hasGlobalMouseTracking() and TQWidget::mouseTracking.
 
 
    void TQApplication::setGlobalStrut ( const TQSize & strut ) [static]
 
    
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the
 paths given in paths.
 
     
    See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
 
-
    void TQApplication::setMainWidget ( TQWidget * mainWidget ) [virtual]
+
    void TQApplication::setMainWidget ( TQWidget * mainWidget ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the application's main widget to mainWidget.
 
     In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ yourself.
 quit() is an alternative.
 
     For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget
 according to the -geometry command-line option, so you should
-set the default geometry (using TQWidget::setGeometry()) before
+set the default geometry (using TQWidget::setGeometry()) before
 calling setMainWidget().
 
     
    See also mainWidget(), exec(), and quit().
 
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ FALSE, the new stack is pushed onto the top of the stack.
         TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
     
    
  
-
     
    See also overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), and TQWidget::cursor.
+
     
    See also overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), and TQWidget::cursor.
 
 
    Examples: distributor/distributor.ui.h, network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, and showimg/showimg.cpp.
 
    void TQApplication::setPalette ( const TQPalette & palette, bool informWidgets = FALSE, const char * className = 0 ) [static]
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ inherit className (as reported by TQOb
 any previously set class specific palettes.
 
     The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
 TQStyle::polish().
-
     
    See also TQWidget::palette, palette(), and TQStyle::polish().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::palette, palette(), and TQStyle::polish().
 
 
    Examples: i18n/main.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, themes/themes.cpp, and themes/wood.cpp.
 
    void TQApplication::setReverseLayout ( bool b ) [static]
@@ -1647,18 +1647,18 @@ the tooltip if no tooltip is currently shown.
     // Show all hidden top level widgets.
     TQWidgetList  *list = TQApplication::topLevelWidgets();
     TQWidgetListIt it( *list );  // iterate over the widgets
-    TQWidget * w;
+    TQWidget * w;
     while ( (w=it.current()) != 0 ) {   // for each top level widget...
         ++it;
-        if ( !w->isVisible() )
-            w->show();
+        if ( !w->isVisible() )
+            w->show();
     }
     delete list;                // delete the list, not the widgets
   
    
  
 
     Warning: Delete the list as soon you have finished using it.
 The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
-
     
    See also allWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
+
     
    See also allWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
 
 
    TQString TQApplication::translate ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const
 
    Note: This function is reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
    
@@ -1719,15 +1719,15 @@ Returns the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is
 rotated.
 
     
    See also setWheelScrollLines().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::widgetAt ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE ) [static]
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::widgetAt ( int x, int y, bool child = FALSE ) [static]
 
    
 Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position (x, y), or 0 if there is no TQt widget there.
 
     If child is FALSE and there is a child widget at position (x, y), the top-level widget containing it is returned. If child
 is TRUE the child widget at position (x, y) is returned.
 
     This function is normally rather slow.
-
     
    See also TQCursor::pos(), TQWidget::grabMouse(), and TQWidget::grabKeyboard().
+
     
    See also TQCursor::pos(), TQWidget::grabMouse(), and TQWidget::grabKeyboard().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQApplication::widgetAt ( const TQPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE ) [static]
+
    TQWidget * TQApplication::widgetAt ( const TQPoint & pos, bool child = FALSE ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns a pointer to the widget at global screen position pos,
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ messages that are not processed by TQt. If you don't want
 the event to be processed by TQt, then return TRUE; otherwise
 return FALSE.
 
-
    void TQApplication::winFocus ( TQWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )
+
    void TQApplication::winFocus ( TQWidget * widget, bool gotFocus )
 
    
 This function is available only on Windows.
 
     If gotFocus is TRUE, widget will become the active window.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
index 61c5fb155..10969d729 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 widgets, providing functionality common to buttons.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqbutton.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
 
    Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ create the "disabled" appearance when the button is disabled.
 
  •  isDown() indicates whether the button is pressed down.
 
  •  isOn() indicates whether the button is on.
 Only toggle buttons can be switched on and off  (see below).
-
  •  isEnabled() indicates whether the button can be pressed by the
+
  •  isEnabled() indicates whether the button can be pressed by the
 user.
 
  •  setAutoRepeat() sets whether the button will auto-repeat
 if the user holds it down.
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ pixmaps.
 
     To subclass TQButton, you must reimplement at least drawButton()
 (to draw the button's outline) and drawButtonLabel() (to draw its
 text or pixmap). It is generally advisable to reimplement
-sizeHint() as well, and sometimes hitButton() (to determine
+sizeHint() as well, and sometimes hitButton() (to determine
 whether a button press is within the button).
 
     To reduce flickering, TQButton::paintEvent() sets up a pixmap that
 the drawButton() function draws in. You should not reimplement
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ an Off state.
 states On, Off and NoChange
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQButton::TQButton ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQButton::TQButton ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a standard button called name with parent parent,
 using the widget flags f.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Performs an animated click: the button is pressed and released a
 short while later.
 
     The pressed(), released(), clicked(), toggled(), and
 stateChanged() signals are emitted as appropriate.
-
     This function does nothing if the button is disabled.
+
     This function does nothing if the button is disabled.
 
     
    See also accel.
 
 
    bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ actually drawing is done in the virtual functions drawButt
 drawButtonLabel().
 
     
    See also drawButton() and drawButtonLabel().
 
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    const TQPixmap * TQButton::pixmap () const
 
    Returns the pixmap shown on the button.
 See the "pixmap" property for details.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
index ecefd0daf..d75d99559 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
@@ -110,30 +110,30 @@ button is available using id(). A button can be set on 
    See also TQPushButton, TQCheckBox, TQRadioButton, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with no title.
-
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with the title title.
-
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with no title. Child widgets will be
 arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
-
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with title title. Child widgets will
 be arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
-
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
    void TQButtonGroup::clicked ( int id ) [signal]
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html b/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
index 233068c3b..e8d13488d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
@@ -112,16 +112,16 @@ pixmap is set with setPixmap().
 
     
    See also TQButton, TQRadioButton, Fowler: Check Box, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a checkbox with no text.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a checkbox with text text.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
    TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
 
    Set this property's value with setAccel() and get this property's value with accel().
 
    bool autoMask
    
 
    This property holds whether the checkbox is automatically masked.
-
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
+
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
 
 
    bool autoRepeat
    
 
    This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcolordialog.html b/doc/html/ntqcolordialog.html
index 98ffd65d8..6209c39fb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcolordialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcolordialog.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Returns custom color number i as a TQRgb.
 Returns the number of custom colors supported by TQColorDialog. All
 color dialogs share the same custom colors.
 
-
    TQColor TQColorDialog::getColor ( const TQColor & initial = white, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQColor TQColorDialog::getColor ( const TQColor & initial = white, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Pops up a modal color dialog, lets the user choose a color, and
 returns that color. The color is initially set to initial. The
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ dialog. All colors allocated by the dialog will be deallocated
 before this function returns.
 
 
    Examples: chart/setdataform.cpp and scribble/scribble.cpp.
-
    TQRgb TQColorDialog::getRgba ( TQRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQRgb TQColorDialog::getRgba ( TQRgb initial, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Pops up a modal color dialog to allow the user to choose a color
 and an alpha channel (transparency) value. The color+alpha is
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html b/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
index a4f902773..a557adbb0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The TQComboBox widget is a combined button and popup list.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqcombobox.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ this using setInsertionPolicy().
 using TQValidator; see setValidator(). By default, any input is
 accepted.
 
       If the combobox is not editable then it has a default
-focusPolicy() of TabFocus, i.e. it will not grab focus if
+focusPolicy() of TabFocus, i.e. it will not grab focus if
 clicked. This differs from both Windows and Motif. If the combobox
-is editable then it has a default focusPolicy() of StrongFocus,
+is editable then it has a default focusPolicy() of StrongFocus,
 i.e. it will grab focus if clicked.
 
       A combobox can be populated using the insert functions,
 insertStringList() and insertItem() for example. Items can be
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ deleted. The definition of "other end" is
 implementation-dependent.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQComboBox::TQComboBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQComboBox::TQComboBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a combobox widget with parent parent called name.
 
       This constructor creates a popup list if the program uses Motif
@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ Aqua.
 the pixmap() function will always return 0. To workaround this,
 use the other constructor.
 
       
-
      TQComboBox::TQComboBox ( bool rw, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQComboBox::TQComboBox ( bool rw, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a combobox with a maximum size and either Motif 2.0 or
 Windows look and feel.
 
       The input field can be edited if rw is TRUE, otherwise the user
 may only choose one of the items in the combobox.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQComboBox::~TQComboBox ()
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ See the "editable" property for det
 Sets the font for both the combobox button and the combobox popup
 list to font.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQComboBox::setInsertionPolicy ( Policy policy ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the position of the items inserted by the user to policy.
 See the "insertionPolicy" property for details.
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ See the "maxCount" property for det
 Sets the palette for both the combobox button and the combobox
 popup list to palette.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQComboBox::setSizeLimit ( int ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the maximum on-screen size of the combobox.
 See the "sizeLimit" property for details.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ non-editable comboboxes it has no effect. It is FALSE by default.
 
      Set this property's value with setAutoCompletion() and get this property's value with autoCompletion().
 
      bool autoMask
      
 
      This property holds whether the combobox is automatically masked.
-
      See also TQWidget::autoMask.
+
      See also TQWidget::autoMask.
 
 
      bool autoResize
       
      This property holds whether auto resize is enabled.
 
      This property is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcursor.html b/doc/html/ntqcursor.html
index 5f90ed600..e696c3880 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcursor.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcursor.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ associated with particular widgets and to get and set the position
 of the mouse cursor.
 
       TQt has a number of standard cursor shapes, but you can also make
 custom cursor shapes based on a TQBitmap, a mask and a hotspot.
-
       To associate a cursor with a widget, use TQWidget::setCursor(). To
+
       To associate a cursor with a widget, use TQWidget::setCursor(). To
 associate a cursor with all widgets (normally for a short period
 of time), use TQApplication::setOverrideCursor().
 
       To set a cursor shape use TQCursor::setShape() or use the TQCursor
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ constructor which takes a pixmap as arguments.
 
       To set or get the position of the mouse cursor use the static
 methods TQCursor::pos() and TQCursor::setPos().
 
       
      Cursor Shapes
       
-
       
      See also TQWidget, GUI Design Handbook:
+
       
      See also TQWidget, GUI Design Handbook:
  Cursors, Widget Appearance and Style, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes.
 
 
       On X11, TQt supports the Xcursor
@@ -232,18 +232,18 @@ cursor.
 
 Returns the position of the cursor (hot spot) in global screen
 coordinates.
-
       You can call TQWidget::mapFromGlobal() to translate it to widget
+
       You can call TQWidget::mapFromGlobal() to translate it to widget
 coordinates.
-
       
      See also setPos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
+
       
      See also setPos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
 
 
      Examples: chart/canvasview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, and menu/menu.cpp.
 
      void TQCursor::setPos ( int x, int y ) [static]
 
      
 Moves the cursor (hot spot) to the global screen position (x,
 y).
-
       You can call TQWidget::mapToGlobal() to translate widget
+
       You can call TQWidget::mapToGlobal() to translate widget
 coordinates to global screen coordinates.
-
       
      See also pos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
+
       
      See also pos(), TQWidget::mapFromGlobal(), and TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
 
 
      void TQCursor::setPos ( const TQPoint & ) [static]
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdatetimeedit.html b/doc/html/ntqdatetimeedit.html
index 8fb65813c..fa265aecc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdatetimeedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdatetimeedit.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 widget into a single widget for editing datetimes.
 More...
 
      #include <ntqdatetimeedit.h>
-
      Inherits TQWidget.
+
      Inherits TQWidget.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ time sections.
 
         
        See also TQDateEdit, TQTimeEdit, Advanced Widgets, and Time and Date.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQDateTimeEdit::TQDateTimeEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQDateTimeEdit::TQDateTimeEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs an empty datetime edit with parent parent and called
 name.
 
-
        TQDateTimeEdit::TQDateTimeEdit ( const TQDateTime & datetime, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQDateTimeEdit::TQDateTimeEdit ( const TQDateTime & datetime, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Constructs a datetime edit with the initial value datetime,
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdesktopwidget.html b/doc/html/ntqdesktopwidget.html
index e404289c6..1f32a0c6d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdesktopwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdesktopwidget.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
        The TQDesktopWidget class provides access to screen information on multi-head systems.
 More...
 
        #include <ntqdesktopwidget.h>
-
        Inherits TQWidget.
+
        Inherits TQWidget.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ platform decides is available (for example excludes the Dock and Menubar
 on Mac OS X, or the taskbar on Windows).
 
           
          See also screenNumber() and screenGeometry().
 
-
          const TQRect & TQDesktopWidget::availableGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const
+
          const TQRect & TQDesktopWidget::availableGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Returns the available geometry of the screen which contains widget.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Returns the index of the primary screen.
  
 This signal is emitted when the size of screen changes.
 
-
          TQWidget * TQDesktopWidget::screen ( int screen = -1 )
+
          TQWidget * TQDesktopWidget::screen ( int screen = -1 )
 
          
 Returns a widget that represents the screen with index screen.
 This widget can be used to draw directly on the desktop, using an
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ every screen.
 Returns the geometry of the screen with index screen.
 
           
          See also screenNumber().
 
-
          const TQRect & TQDesktopWidget::screenGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const
+
          const TQRect & TQDesktopWidget::screenGeometry ( TQWidget * widget ) const
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Returns the geometry of the screen which contains widget.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Returns the geometry of the screen which contains p.
 
-
          int TQDesktopWidget::screenNumber ( TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const
+
          int TQDesktopWidget::screenNumber ( TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const
 
          
 Returns the index of the screen that contains the largest
 part of widget, or -1 if the widget not on a screen.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdial.html b/doc/html/ntqdial.html
index 57fddbe1f..dc39f34f0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdial.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdial.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
          The TQDial class provides a rounded range control (like a speedometer or potentiometer).
 More...
 
          #include <ntqdial.h>
-
          Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
+
          Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
 
          List of all member functions.
 
          Public Members
          
 
           
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          explicit TQDialog::TQDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
          explicit TQDialog::TQDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
          
 Constructs a dialog called name, with parent parent.
 
           A dialog is always a top-level widget, but if it has a parent, its
 default location is centered on top of the parent. It will also
 share the parent's taskbar entry.
-
           The widget flags f are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
+
           The widget flags f are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
 If, for example, you don't want a What's This button in the titlebar
 of the dialog, pass WStyle_Customize | WStyle_NormalBorder |
 WStyle_Title | WStyle_SysMenu in f.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ WStyle_Title | WStyle_SysMenu in f.
 setModal() function that can be used for obtaining a modal behavior
 when calling show(). This is rarely needed, because modal dialogs
 are usually invoked using exec(), which ignores the modal flag.
-
           
          See also TQWidget::setWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
+
           
          See also TQWidget::setWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
 
 
          TQDialog::~TQDialog ()
 
          
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Hides the modal dialog and sets the result code to Ac
  Closes the dialog and sets its result code to r. If this dialog
 is shown with exec(), done() causes the local event loop to finish,
 and exec() to return r.
-
           As with TQWidget::close(), done() deletes the dialog if the WDestructiveClose flag is set. If the dialog is the application's
+
           As with TQWidget::close(), done() deletes the dialog if the WDestructiveClose flag is set. If the dialog is the application's
 main widget, the application terminates. If the dialog is the
 last window closed, the TQApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is
 emitted.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ application until they close the dialog.
 
           
          See also show() and result().
 
 
          Examples: chart/chartform.cpp, dialog/mainwindow.cpp, i18n/main.cpp, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, network/networkprotocol/view.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and wizard/main.cpp.
-
          TQWidget * TQDialog::extension () const
+
          TQWidget * TQDialog::extension () const
 
          
 Returns the dialog's extension or 0 if no extension has been
 defined.
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Hides the modal dialog and sets the result code to Re
 
           Returns the modal dialog's result code, Accepted or Rejected.
 
           Do not call this function if the dialog was constructed with the WDestructiveClose flag.
 
-
          void TQDialog::setExtension ( TQWidget * extension )
+
          void TQDialog::setExtension ( TQWidget * extension )
 
          
 Sets the widget, extension, to be the dialog's extension,
 deleting any previous extension. The dialog takes ownership of the
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ of the modal property.
 
           
          See also exec() and modal.
 
 
          Examples: movies/main.cpp, regexptester/main.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sql/overview/form1/main.cpp.
-
          Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
          Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
          void TQDialog::showExtension ( bool showIt ) [protected slot]
 
          
 If showIt is TRUE, the dialog's extension is shown; otherwise the
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdockarea.html b/doc/html/ntqdockarea.html
index 6cac1b250..439d7a1ee 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdockarea.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdockarea.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
          The TQDockArea class manages and lays out TQDockWindows.
 More...
 
          #include <ntqdockarea.h>
-
          Inherits TQWidget.
+
          Inherits TQWidget.
 
          List of all member functions.
 
          Public Members
          
 
            
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ TQToolBars and TQDockWindows, so in most situations you do not need
 to use the TQDockArea class directly. Although TQMainWindow contains
 support for its own dock areas it isn't convenient for adding new
 TQDockAreas. If you need to create your own dock areas we suggest
-that you create a subclass of TQWidget and add your TQDockAreas to
+that you create a subclass of TQWidget and add your TQDockAreas to
 your subclass.
 
             
            TQMainWindow's TQDockAreas
             
 
             
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ the right or bottom.
 the left or top.
 
          
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQDockArea::TQDockArea ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
          TQDockArea::TQDockArea ( Orientation o, HandlePosition h = Normal, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
          
 Constructs a TQDockArea with orientation o, HandlePosition h,
 parent parent and called name.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdockwindow.html b/doc/html/ntqdockwindow.html
index 58aca1318..df2517ef4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdockwindow.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdockwindow.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ dock areas provided by TQMainWindow is sufficient. (See the caption.)
+have a caption.)
 
           When you construct a dock window you must pass it a TQDockArea
 or a TQMainWindow as its parent if you want it docked. Pass 0 for
 the parent if you want it floated.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ floating.
 
        • TQDockWindow::OutsideDock - Floating as a top level window on the desktop.
 
        
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQDockWindow::TQDockWindow ( Place p = InDock, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
        TQDockWindow::TQDockWindow ( Place p = InDock, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a TQDockWindow with parent parent, called name and
 with widget flags f.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ window.
 as parent then calling TQMainWindow::moveDockWindow() to move the
 dock window where you want it.
 
-
        TQDockWindow::TQDockWindow ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
        TQDockWindow::TQDockWindow ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a TQDockWindow with parent parent, called name and
 with widget flags f.
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ See the "resizeEnabled" prop
 
        void TQDockWindow::setVerticallyStretchable ( bool b ) [virtual]
 
        Sets whether the dock window is vertically stretchable to b.
 See the "verticallyStretchable" property for details.
-
        void TQDockWindow::setWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
        void TQDockWindow::setWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the dock window's main widget to w.
 
         
        See also boxLayout().
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ user has clicked. In the case of a TQMainWindow
 have its visibility changed (hidden or shown) by clicking its name
 in the dock window menu that lists the TQMainWindow's dock windows.
 
-
        TQWidget * TQDockWindow::widget () const
+
        TQWidget * TQDockWindow::widget () const
 
        
 Returns the dock window's main widget.
 
         
        See also setWidget().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdragobject.html b/doc/html/ntqdragobject.html
index 9c38d7038..9309cadca 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdragobject.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdragobject.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ during the drag with setPixmap().
 control key to switch from the default.
 
      
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQDragObject::TQDragObject ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQDragObject::TQDragObject ( TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a drag object called name, which is a child of dragSource.
 
       Note that the drag object will be deleted when dragSource is
@@ -195,13 +195,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 the mouse pointer. This allows the user to clearly see the point
 on the window which they are dragging the data onto.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQDragObject::source ()
+
      TQWidget * TQDragObject::source ()
 
      
 Returns a pointer to the drag source where this object originated.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQDragObject::target () [static]
+
      TQWidget * TQDragObject::target () [static]
 
      
-After the drag completes, this function will return the TQWidget
+After the drag completes, this function will return the TQWidget
 which received the drop, or 0 if the data was dropped on another
 application.
 
       This can be useful for detecting the case where drag and drop is
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdropsite.html b/doc/html/ntqdropsite.html
index d46035f73..261335d65 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdropsite.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdropsite.html
@@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ The TQDropSite class provides nothing and does nothing.
 
       This class is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       If your code uses it, you can safely delete it.
 
       It was used in TQt 1.x to do some drag and drop; that has since been
-folded into TQWidget.
+folded into TQWidget.
 
       For detailed information about drag-and-drop, see the TQDragObject class.
 
       
      See also TQDragObject, TQTextDrag, and TQImageDrag.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQDropSite::TQDropSite ( TQWidget * self )
+
      TQDropSite::TQDropSite ( TQWidget * self )
 
      
 Constructs a TQDropSite to handle events for the widget self.
 
       Pass this as the self parameter.
-This enables dropping by calling TQWidget::setAcceptDrops(TRUE).
+This enables dropping by calling TQWidget::setAcceptDrops(TRUE).
 
 
      TQDropSite::~TQDropSite () [virtual]
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html b/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
index 5e26f2164..b7a1b0b04 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ after seeing each message.
 
       
      See also TQMessageBox, TQStatusBar::message(), Dialog Classes, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQErrorMessage::TQErrorMessage ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQErrorMessage::TQErrorMessage ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        Constructs and installs an error handler window.
 The parent parent and name name are passed on to the TQDialog
 constructor.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqevent.html b/doc/html/ntqevent.html
index 5bc98f5f2..01e22ff72 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqevent.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqevent.html
@@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ send events using TQApplication::sendEve
 
       TQObjects receive events by having their TQObject::event() function
 called. The function can be reimplemented in subclasses to
 customize event handling and add additional event types;
-TQWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are
+TQWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are
 dispatched to event handlers like TQObject::timerEvent() and
-TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). TQObject::installEventFilter() allows an
+TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). TQObject::installEventFilter() allows an
 object to intercept events destined for another object.
 
       The basic TQEvent contains only an event type parameter.
 Subclasses of TQEvent contain additional parameters that describe
 the particular event.
-
       
      See also TQObject::event(), TQObject::installEventFilter(), TQWidget::event(), TQApplication::sendEvent(), TQApplication::postEvent(), TQApplication::processEvents(), Environment Classes, and Event Classes.
+
       
      See also TQObject::event(), TQObject::installEventFilter(), TQWidget::event(), TQApplication::sendEvent(), TQApplication::postEvent(), TQApplication::processEvents(), Environment Classes, and Event Classes.
 
 
      Member Type Documentation
      
 
      TQEvent::Type
      
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ cleaned up.
 
    • TQEvent::HelpRequest - Internal event used by TQt on some platforms.
 
    • TQEvent::IconDrag - Internal event used by TQt on some platforms when proxy icon is dragged.
 
    • TQEvent::WindowStateChange - The window's state, i.e. minimized,
-maximized or full-screen, has changed. See TQWidget::windowState().
+maximized or full-screen, has changed. See TQWidget::windowState().
 
    • TQEvent::WindowBlocked - The window is modally blocked
 
    • TQEvent::WindowUnblocked - The window leaves modal blocking
 
    • TQEvent::User - User defined event.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html b/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
index 437d07a2f..20de1d9a6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ about the file.
     class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview
     {
     public:
-        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
+        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ additional information, such as file size and modification date.
 
     See setViewMode().
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
+
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a file dialog called name with the parent, parent.
 If modal is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ working directory, i.e. it will be the directory that is shown when
 the dialog appears. If filter is specified it will be used as the
 dialog's file filter.
 
     
-
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
+
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a file dialog called name, with the parent, parent.
 If modal is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is
@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ current filter.
 filter, "All Files (*)", is still available.
 
     
    See also setFilter() and setFilters().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::addLeftWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [protected]
+
    void TQFileDialog::addLeftWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [protected]
 
    
 Adds the widget w to the left-hand side of the file dialog.
 
     
    See also addRightWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::addRightWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [protected]
+
    void TQFileDialog::addRightWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [protected]
 
    
 Adds the widget w to the right-hand side of the file dialog.
 
     
    See also addLeftWidget(), addWidgets(), and addToolButton().
@@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ this row. If separator is TRUE, a small space is inserted between the
 last button of the row and the new button b.
 
     
    See also addWidgets(), addLeftWidget(), and addRightWidget().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::addWidgets ( TQLabel * l, TQWidget * w, TQPushButton * b ) [protected]
+
    void TQFileDialog::addWidgets ( TQLabel * l, TQWidget * w, TQPushButton * b ) [protected]
 
    
 Adds the specified widgets to the bottom of the file dialog. The
 label l is placed underneath the "file name" and the "file types"
 labels. The widget w is placed underneath the file types combobox.
 The button b is placed underneath the Cancel pushbutton.
 
     
    -    MyFileDialog::MyFileDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
+    MyFileDialog::MyFileDialog( TQWidget* parent, const char* name ) :
         TQFileDialog( parent, name )
     {
         TQLabel* label = new TQLabel( "Added widgets", this );
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ it the current file.
 
     This signal is emitted when the user selects a filter.
 
     
    See also selectedFilter.
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return an existing directory
 selected by the user.
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under
 the parent's titlebar).
 
     
    See also getOpenFileName(), getOpenFileNames(), and getSaveFileName().
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that returns an existing file
 selected by the user. If the user pressed Cancel, it returns a null
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ symlinks as regular directories.
 
     
    See also getOpenFileNames(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, application/application.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return one or more
 existing files selected by the user.
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
  
 
     
    See also getOpenFileName(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory().
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return a file name
 selected by the user. The file does not have to exist.
@@ -616,12 +616,12 @@ See the "selectedFiles" prop
 
    TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFilter () const
 
    Returns the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
 See the "selectedFilter" property for details.
-
    void TQFileDialog::setContentsPreview ( TQWidget * w, TQFilePreview * preview )
+
    void TQFileDialog::setContentsPreview ( TQWidget * w, TQFilePreview * preview )
 
    
 Sets the widget to be used for displaying the contents of the file
 to the widget w and a preview of those contents to the
 TQFilePreview preview.
-
     Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and
+
     Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and
 TQFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you
 don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to
 avoid memory leaks.
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ avoid memory leaks.
     class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview
     {
     public:
-        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
+        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
@@ -719,12 +719,12 @@ to files.
 
     
    See also TQFileIconProvider and iconProvider().
 
 
    Example: showimg/main.cpp.
-
    void TQFileDialog::setInfoPreview ( TQWidget * w, TQFilePreview * preview )
+
    void TQFileDialog::setInfoPreview ( TQWidget * w, TQFilePreview * preview )
 
    
 Sets the widget to be used for displaying information about the file
 to the widget w and a preview of that information to the
 TQFilePreview preview.
-
     Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and
+
     Normally you would create a preview widget that derives from both TQWidget and
 TQFilePreview, so you should pass the same widget twice. If you
 don't, you must remember to delete the preview object in order to
 avoid memory leaks.
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ avoid memory leaks.
     class Preview : public TQLabel, public TQFilePreview
     {
     public:
-        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
+        Preview( TQWidget *parent=0 ) : TQLabel( parent ) {}
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfocusdata.html b/doc/html/ntqfocusdata.html
index e42f7aeda..43aa615e6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfocusdata.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfocusdata.html
@@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ widgets change focus policy dynamically without disrupting the
 focus chain the user experiences. When a widget disables and
 re-enables tab focus, its position in the focus chain does not
 change.
-
     When reimplementing TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild() to provide
-special focus flow, you will usually call TQWidget::focusData() to
+
     When reimplementing TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild() to provide
+special focus flow, you will usually call TQWidget::focusData() to
 retrieve the focus data stored at the top-level widget. A
 top-level widget's focus data contains the focus list for its
 hierarchy of widgets.
 
     The cursor may change at any time.
 
     This class is not thread-safe.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(), TQWidget::setTabOrder(), TQWidget::focusPolicy, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
     
    See also TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(), TQWidget::setTabOrder(), TQWidget::focusPolicy, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
 
    int TQFocusData::count () const
@@ -80,32 +80,32 @@ hierarchy of widgets.
 
 
     Returns the number of widgets in the focus chain.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::first () const
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::first () const
 
    
 Returns the first widget in the focus chain.
 The cursor is not modified.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::focusWidget () const
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::focusWidget () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the widgets in the hierarchy that are in the focus chain.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::home ()
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::home ()
 
    
 Moves the cursor to the focusWidget() and returns that widget. You
 must call this before next() or prev() to iterate meaningfully.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::last () const
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::last () const
 
    
 Returns the last widget in the focus chain.
 The cursor is not modified.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::next ()
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::next ()
 
    
 Moves the cursor to the next widget in the focus chain. There is
 always a next widget because the list is a loop.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::prev ()
+
    TQWidget * TQFocusData::prev ()
 
    
 Moves the cursor to the previous widget in the focus chain. There
 is always a previous widget because the list is a loop.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfont.html b/doc/html/ntqfont.html
index 6fad0c182..a9ba3a624 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfont.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfont.html
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ system, use a TQFontInfo object, e.g.
 comp.fonts FAQ.
 Information on encodings can be found from
 Roman Czyborra's page.
-
     
    See also TQFontMetrics, TQFontInfo, TQFontDatabase, TQApplication::setFont(), TQWidget::font, TQPainter::setFont(), TQFont::StyleHint, TQFont::Weight, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes.
+
     
    See also TQFontMetrics, TQFontInfo, TQFontDatabase, TQApplication::setFont(), TQWidget::font, TQPainter::setFont(), TQFont::StyleHint, TQFont::Weight, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes.
 
 
    Member Type Documentation
    
 
    TQFont::Script
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqfontdialog.html
index aafa8053f..c41f0a40c 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontdialog.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ and if they click Cancel the original font is used.
 
     
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, const TQFont & initial, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, const TQFont & initial, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font.
 
     If the user clicks OK, the selected font is returned. If the user
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ In this example, if the user clicks OK the font they chose will be
 used, and if they click Cancel the original font is used.
 
 
    Examples: chart/chartform.cpp, chart/optionsform.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQFont TQFontDialog::getFont ( bool * ok, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Executes a modal font dialog and returns a font.
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ object, but is convenient and easy to use.
         // font is set to the font the user selected
     } else {
         // the user canceled the dialog; font is set to the default
-        // application font, TQApplication::font()
+        // application font, TQApplication::font()
     }
   
    
  
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html b/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
index 2d1f00c04..612ae6f1d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ machine that has a non-scalable 24pt Courier font, TQFont will
 info object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font cannot be
 a printer font*. If the font is changed later, the font
 info object is not updated.
-
     
  •  TQWidget::fontInfo() returns the font info for a widget's font.
+
     
  •  TQWidget::fontInfo() returns the font info for a widget's font.
 This is equivalent to calling TQFontInfo(widget->font()). If the
 widget's font is changed later, the font info object is not
 updated.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ screen font is used if a printer font is supplied.
 
 Constructs a font info object for font.
 
     The font must be screen-compatible, i.e. a font you use when
-drawing text in widgets or pixmaps, not TQPicture or TQPrinter.
+drawing text in widgets or pixmaps, not TQPicture or TQPrinter.
 
     The font info object holds the information for the font that is
 passed in the constructor at the time it is created, and is not
 updated if the font's attributes are changed later.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html b/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
index ebe49b115..2a3bd4859 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ TQFontMetrics object:
 font metrics object for a screen-compatible font, i.e. the font
 cannot be a printer font*. If the font is changed
 later, the font metrics object is not updated.
-
     
  •  TQWidget::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a widget's
+
     
  •  TQWidget::fontMetrics() returns the font metrics for a widget's
 font. This is equivalent to TQFontMetrics(widget->font()). If the
 widget's font is changed later, the font metrics object is not
 updated.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ and size(), to return the size of that rectangle.
 
 Constructs a font metrics object for font.
 
     The font must be screen-compatible, i.e. a font you use when
-drawing text in widgets or pixmaps, not TQPicture or TQPrinter.
+drawing text in widgets or pixmaps, not TQPicture or TQPrinter.
 
     The font metrics object holds the information for the font that is
 passed in the constructor at the time it is created, and is not
 updated if the font's attributes are changed later.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqframe.html b/doc/html/ntqframe.html
index fa6672e08..cc60ee7ec 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqframe.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqframe.html
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The TQFrame class is the base class of widgets that can have a frame.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqframe.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
-
    Inherited by TQGroupBox, TQScrollView, TQDockWindow, TQGrid, TQHBox, TQLabel, TQLCDNumber, TQLineEdit, TQMenuBar, TQPopupMenu, TQProgressBar, TQSplitter, TQToolBox, and TQWidgetStack.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherited by TQGroupBox, TQScrollView, TQDockWindow, TQGrid, TQHBox, TQLabel, TQLCDNumber, TQLineEdit, TQMenuBar, TQPopupMenu, TQProgressBar, TQSplitter, TQToolBox, and TQWidgetStack.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -171,15 +171,15 @@ look depends upon the current GUI style.
 the lineWidth() and the midLineWidth() to create the total result.
 See the picture of the frames in the class
 description.
-
       
      See also TQFrame::Shadow, TQFrame::style(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
+
       
      See also TQFrame::Shadow, TQFrame::style(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQFrame::TQFrame ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQFrame::TQFrame ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a frame widget with frame style NoFrame and a
 1-pixel frame width.
 
       The parent, name and f arguments are passed to the
-TQWidget constructor.
+TQWidget constructor.
 
 
      TQRect TQFrame::contentsRect () const
 
      Returns the rectangle inside the frame.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ affected.
 
       This function is virtual, but in general you do not need to
 reimplement it. If you do, note that the TQPainter is already open
 and must remain open.
-
       
      See also frameRect, contentsRect, drawContents(), frameStyle(), and palette.
+
       
      See also frameRect, contentsRect, drawContents(), frameStyle(), and palette.
 
 
      void TQFrame::frameChanged () [virtual protected]
 
      
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Virtual function that is called when the frame style, line width
 or mid-line width changes.
 
       This function can be reimplemented by subclasses that need to know
 when the frame attributes change.
-
       The default implementation calls update().
+
       The default implementation calls update().
 
 
      TQRect TQFrame::frameRect () const
 
      Returns the frame rectangle.
@@ -253,18 +253,18 @@ Processes the paint event event.
 drawContents().
 
 
      Examples: life/life.cpp and qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQFrame::resizeEvent ( TQResizeEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Processes the resize event e.
 
       Adjusts the frame rectangle for the resized widget. The frame
 rectangle is elastic, and the surrounding area is static.
 
       The resulting frame rectangle may be null or invalid. You can use
-setMinimumSize() to avoid those possibilities.
+setMinimumSize() to avoid those possibilities.
 
       Nothing is done if the frame rectangle is a null rectangle already.
 
 
      Example: life/life.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQFrame::setFrameRect ( const TQRect & ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the frame rectangle.
 See the "frameRect" property for details.
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ styles in TQFrame::Shadow.
 
       If a mid-line width greater than 0 is specified, an additional
 line is drawn for Raised or Sunken Box, HLine, and VLine frames. The mid-color of the current color group is used for
 drawing middle lines.
-
       
      See also Illustration, frameStyle(), colorGroup, and TQColorGroup.
+
       
      See also Illustration, frameStyle(), colorGroup, and TQColorGroup.
 
 
      Examples: cursor/cursor.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, rangecontrols/rangecontrols.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, tabdialog/tabdialog.cpp, and tictac/tictac.cpp.
 
      void TQFrame::setLineWidth ( int ) [virtual]
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ See the "midLineWidth" property fo
 default, this is the entire widget. Setting this property does not cause a widget update.
 
       If this property is set to a null rectangle (for example
 TQRect(0, 0, 0, 0)), then the frame rectangle is equivalent to
-the widget rectangle.
+the widget rectangle.
 
       
      See also contentsRect.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setFrameRect() and get this property's value with frameRect().
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ given by frameWidth(), not lineWi
 
      The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the
 frame and the outermost pixel of contentsRect(). It is included in
 frameWidth().
-
       The margin is filled according to backgroundMode().
+
       The margin is filled according to backgroundMode().
 
       The default value is 0.
 
       
      See also margin, lineWidth, and frameWidth.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqgrid.html b/doc/html/ntqgrid.html
index fb042ffca..a096627ab 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqgrid.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqgrid.html
@@ -52,20 +52,20 @@ The TQGrid widget provides simple geometry management of its children.
 on its orientation.
 
       The number of rows or columns is defined in the constructor.
 All the grid's children will be placed and sized in accordance
-with their sizeHint() and sizePolicy().
+with their sizeHint() and sizePolicy().
 
       Use setMargin() to add space around the grid itself, and
 setSpacing() to add space between the widgets.
 
       
      TQGrid
       
 
       
      See also TQVBox, TQHBox, TQGridLayout, Widget Appearance and Style, and Layout Management.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a grid widget with parent parent, called name.
 n specifies the number of columns. The widget flags f are
 passed to the TQFrame constructor.
 
-
      TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQGrid::TQGrid ( int n, Orientation orient, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a grid widget with parent parent, called name.
 If orient is Horizontal, n specifies the number of
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqgridview.html b/doc/html/ntqgridview.html
index 9807f9291..1a685ad0b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqgridview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqgridview.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ at random positions, consider using either a TQIconVi
 
      See also Abstract Widget Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQGridView::TQGridView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQGridView::TQGridView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a grid view.
 
       The parent, name and widget flag, f, arguments are passed
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ unused areas.
 Repaints cell (row, column).
 
       If erase is TRUE, TQt erases the area of the cell before the
 paintCell() call; otherwise no erasing takes place.
-
       
      See also TQWidget::repaint().
+
       
      See also TQWidget::repaint().
 
 
      int TQGridView::rowAt ( int y ) const
 
      
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ See the "numRows" property for detai
 
      void TQGridView::updateCell ( int row, int column )
 
      
 Updates cell (row, column).
-
       
      See also TQWidget::update().
+
       
      See also TQWidget::update().
 
 
      Property Documentation
      
 
      int cellHeight
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
index 4fb9c0a63..ec6b1c8e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
@@ -112,32 +112,32 @@ the frame with setFlat().
 
       
      See also TQButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a group box widget with no title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
       This constructor does not do automatic layout.
 
-
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a group box with the title title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
       This constructor does not do automatic layout.
 
-
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a group box with no title. Child widgets will be
 arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a group box titled title. Child widgets will be
 arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQGroupBox::~TQGroupBox ()
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqguardedptr.html b/doc/html/ntqguardedptr.html
index baf38a94c..45012a587 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqguardedptr.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqguardedptr.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ them using either the *x or the x->member notation.
 
       A guarded pointer will automatically cast to an X*, so you can
 freely mix guarded and unguarded pointers. This means that if you
 have a TQGuardedPtr, you can pass it to a function that
-requires a TQWidget*. For this reason, it is of little value to
+requires a TQWidget*. For this reason, it is of little value to
 declare functions to take a TQGuardedPtr as a parameter; just use
 normal pointers. Use a TQGuardedPtr when you are storing a pointer
 over time.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhbox.html b/doc/html/ntqhbox.html
index 9a106ebc0..d28f923e9 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhbox.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ for its child widgets.
 
 
 
       All the horizontal box's child widgets will be placed alongside
-each other and sized according to their sizeHint()s.
+each other and sized according to their sizeHint()s.
 
       Use setMargin() to add space around the edges, and use
 setSpacing() to add space between the widgets. Use
 setStretchFactor() if you want the widgets to be different sizes
@@ -66,13 +66,13 @@ in proportion to one another. (See Layouts for more in
 
       
      See also TQHBoxLayout, TQVBox, TQGrid, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQHBox::TQHBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQHBox::TQHBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an hbox widget with parent parent, called name.
 The parent, name and widget flags, f, are passed to the TQFrame
 constructor.
 
-
      TQHBox::TQHBox ( bool horizontal, TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 ) [protected]
+
      TQHBox::TQHBox ( bool horizontal, TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f = 0 ) [protected]
 
      
 Constructs a horizontal hbox if horizontal is TRUE, otherwise
 constructs a vertical hbox (also known as a vbox).
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ need to use it directly.
 Sets the spacing between the child widgets to space.
 
 
      Examples: i18n/mywidget.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, tabdialog/tabdialog.cpp, wizard/wizard.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
      bool TQHBox::setStretchFactor ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )
+
      bool TQHBox::setStretchFactor ( TQWidget * w, int stretch )
 
      
 Sets the stretch factor of widget w to stretch. Returns TRUE if
 w is found. Otherwise returns FALSE.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
index e7d572324..713d3dcad 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
@@ -60,16 +60,16 @@ TQButtonGroup.
 
       
      See also TQVButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a horizontal button group with no title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a horizontal button group with the title title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQHButtonGroup::~TQHButtonGroup ()
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqheader.html b/doc/html/ntqheader.html
index e918e8044..5620975c2 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqheader.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqheader.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 tables and listviews.
 More...
 
      #include <ntqheader.h>
-
      Inherits TQWidget.
+
      Inherits TQWidget.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -183,11 +183,11 @@ section the indexChange() signal is emitted.
 
         
        See also TQListView, TQTable, and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQHeader::TQHeader ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQHeader::TQHeader ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a horizontal header called name, with parent parent.
 
-
        TQHeader::TQHeader ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQHeader::TQHeader ( int n, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a horizontal header called name, with n sections
 and parent parent.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
index 0578cdac1..4c9bd3c5a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
@@ -58,16 +58,16 @@ title.
 
         
        See also TQVGroupBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a horizontal group box with no title.
-
         The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
         The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
        TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a horizontal group box with the title title.
-
         The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
+
         The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
        TQHGroupBox::~TQHGroupBox ()
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqiconset.html b/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
index 21152bb9b..72672fd08 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ For example:
   
    • 
  
 
     You might also make use of the Active mode, perhaps making your
-widget Active when the mouse is over the widget (see TQWidget::enterEvent()), while the mouse is pressed pending the
+widget Active when the mouse is over the widget (see TQWidget::enterEvent()), while the mouse is pressed pending the
 release that will activate the function, or when it is the currently
 selected item. If the widget can be toggled, the "On" mode might be
 used to draw a different icon.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqiconview.html b/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
index 0e4056622..937ed06a3 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ For example:
     for ( uint i = 0; i < dir.count(); i++ ) {
         (void) new TQIconViewItem( iv, dir[i], TQPixmap( path + dir[i] ) );
     }
-    iv->resize( 600, 400 );
-    iv->show();
+    iv->resize( 600, 400 );
+    iv->show();
     
    • 
  
 
     The TQIconViewItem call passes a pointer to the TQIconView we wish to
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ select either just one or a range of contiguous items; and TQIconView::TQIconView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQIconView::TQIconView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an empty icon view called name, with parent parent and using the widget flags f.
 
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ may reimplement this.
 This function is called to draw the rectangle r of the
 background using the painter p.
 
     The default implementation fills r with the viewport's
-backgroundBrush(). Subclasses may reimplement this to draw custom
+backgroundBrush(). Subclasses may reimplement this to draw custom
 backgrounds.
 
     
    See also contentsX, contentsY, and drawContents().
 
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ to do so in a slot connected to this signal.
 
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto
-an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function.
+an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function.
 
 
    void TQIconView::onViewport () [signal]
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
index 6ba9d306d..c52d87e7d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ functions can be used in a similar way, for example:
 
     
    Input Dialogs
     
    See also Dialog Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get a floating point number from
 the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ entered by the user.
     
    
  
 
-
    int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get an integer input from the
 user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ be modal.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a
 string list. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ be modal.
     
  
 
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get a string from the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the
 dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it should
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlabel.html b/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
index d60d71cb7..abdea23e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
@@ -145,21 +145,21 @@ also use the setBuddy() function to accomplish the same
 
     
    See also TQLineEdit, TQTextEdit, TQPixmap, TQMovie, GUI Design Handbook: Label, Basic Widgets, and Text Related Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an empty label.
 
     The parent, name and widget flag f, arguments are passed
 to the TQFrame constructor.
 
     
    See also alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 
-
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a label that displays the text, text.
 
     The parent, name and widget flag f, arguments are passed
 to the TQFrame constructor.
 
     
    See also text, alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 
-
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a label that displays the text text. The label has a
 buddy widget, buddy.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ is disabled.
 
     Auto-resizing is disabled by default.
 
     
    See also setAutoResize().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQLabel::buddy () const
+
    TQWidget * TQLabel::buddy () const
 
    
 Returns this label's buddy, or 0 if no buddy is currently set.
 
     
    See also setBuddy().
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@ the contents whenever the contents change. The top-left corner is
 not moved. This is useful for TQLabel widgets that are not managed by
 a TQLayout (e.g., top-level widgets).
 
     Auto-resizing is disabled by default.
-
     
    See also autoResize(), adjustSize(), and sizeHint.
+
     
    See also autoResize(), adjustSize(), and sizeHint.
 
-
    void TQLabel::setBuddy ( TQWidget * buddy ) [virtual]
+
    void TQLabel::setBuddy ( TQWidget * buddy ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets this label's buddy to buddy.
 
     When the user presses the accelerator key indicated by this label,
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ set to 0.
 Sets the font used on the TQLabel to font f.
 
 
    Example: menu/menu.cpp.
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQLabel::setIndent ( int )
 
    Sets the label's text indent in pixels.
 See the "indent" property for details.
@@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ contains rich text, additionally WordBreakSet this property's value with setAlignment() and get this property's value with alignment().
 
    BackgroundMode backgroundMode
    
 
    This property holds the label's background mode.
-
    Get this property with backgroundMode().
-
     
    See also TQWidget::backgroundMode.
+
    Get this property with backgroundMode().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::backgroundMode.
 
 
    int indent
    
 
    This property holds the label's text indent in pixels.
@@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ to to the bottom edge if alignment() is 
 computes the effective indent as follows: If frameWidth() is 0,
 the effective indent becomes 0. If frameWidth() is greater than 0,
 the effective indent becomes half the width of the "x" character
-of the widget's current font().
-
     
    See also alignment, frameWidth, and font.
+of the widget's current font().
+
     
    See also alignment, frameWidth, and font.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setIndent() and get this property's value with indent().
 
    TQPixmap pixmap
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlayout.html b/doc/html/ntqlayout.html
index c83058683..c561b53dc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlayout.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlayout.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ cannot be resized at all.
 
  • TQLayout::FreeResize - The widget is not constrained.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLayout::TQLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLayout::TQLayout ( TQWidget * parent, int margin = 0, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a new top-level TQLayout called name, with main
 widget parent. parent may not be 0.
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ widget and the managed children. The spacing sets the value of
 spacing(), which gives the spacing between the managed widgets. If
 spacing is -1 (the default), spacing is set to the value of margin.
 
     There can be only one top-level layout for a widget. It is
-returned by TQWidget::layout()
+returned by TQWidget::layout()
 
 
    TQLayout::TQLayout ( TQLayout * parentLayout, int spacing = -1, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
@@ -157,10 +157,10 @@ appropriate times.
 
     However, if you set up a TQLayout for a visible widget without
 resizing that widget, you will need to call this function in order
 to lay it out.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::updateGeometry().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::updateGeometry().
 
 
    Examples: layout/layout.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and sql/overview/form1/main.cpp.
-
    void TQLayout::add ( TQWidget * w )
+
    void TQLayout::add ( TQWidget * w )
 
    
 
 
     Adds widget w to this layout in a manner specific to the
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ where MyLayoutIterator is a subclass of TQGLayou
 
 
    Examples: customlayout/border.cpp, customlayout/card.cpp, and customlayout/flow.cpp.
 
    Reimplemented from TQLayoutItem.
-
    TQWidget * TQLayout::mainWidget ()
+
    TQWidget * TQLayout::mainWidget ()
 
    
 Returns the main widget (parent widget) of this layout, or 0 if
 this layout is a sub-layout that is not yet inserted.
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ specifications. Does not include what's needed by margin()
 
    Examples: customlayout/border.cpp, customlayout/card.cpp, and customlayout/flow.cpp.
 
    Reimplemented from TQLayoutItem.
 
    Reimplemented in TQGridLayout and TQBoxLayout.
-
    void TQLayout::remove ( TQWidget * widget )
+
    void TQLayout::remove ( TQWidget * widget )
 
    
 Removes the widget widget from the layout. After this call, it
 is the caller's responsibility to give the widget a reasonable
 geometry or to put the widget back into a layout.
-
     
    See also removeItem(), TQWidget::geometry, and add().
+
     
    See also removeItem(), TQWidget::geometry, and add().
 
 
    void TQLayout::removeItem ( TQLayoutItem * item )
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html b/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
index dbe811804..2d6f6f2e0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ widget.
 
  • TQLCDNumber::Flat - gives flat segments filled with the foreground brush.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to 5, the base
 to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small' and the frame style
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to  
    See also numDigits and smallDecimalPoint.
 
-
    TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( uint numDigits, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLCDNumber::TQLCDNumber ( uint numDigits, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an LCD number, sets the number of digits to numDigits, the base to decimal, the decimal point mode to 'small'
 and the frame style to a raised box. The segmentStyle() is set to
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html b/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
index 1fbd6ad74..8aafddf5e 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
@@ -217,31 +217,31 @@ actually entered.
 
     
    See also echoMode and echoMode.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a line edit with no text.
 
     The maximum text length is set to 32767 characters.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 
     
    See also text and maxLength.
 
-
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a line edit containing the text contents.
 
     The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum
 text length to 32767 characters.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
     
    See also text and maxLength.
 
-
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a line edit with an input inputMask and the text contents.
 
     The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum
 text length is set to the length of the mask (the number of mask
 characters and separators).
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
-
     
    See also setMask() and text.
+
     
    See also setMask() and text.
 
 
    TQLineEdit::~TQLineEdit ()
 
    
@@ -407,12 +407,12 @@ validator), the signal returnPressed() is emitted.
 
     The default key bindings are listed in the detailed
     description.
 
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQLineEdit::lostFocus () [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the line edit has lost focus.
-
     
    See also focus, TQWidget::focusInEvent(), and TQWidget::focusOutEvent().
+
     
    See also focus, TQWidget::focusInEvent(), and TQWidget::focusOutEvent().
 
 
    int TQLineEdit::maxLength () const
 
    Returns the maximum permitted length of the text.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ See the "maxLength" property for d
 Returns a minimum size for the line edit.
 
     The width returned is enough for at least one character.
 
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQLineEdit::paste () [virtual slot]
 
    
 Inserts the clipboard's text at the cursor position, deleting any
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ arguments.
  N ASCII alphanumeric character required. A-Z, a-z, 0-9.
  n ASCII alphanumeric character permitted but not required.
  X Any character required.
- x Any character permitted but not required.
+ x Any character permitted but not required.
  9 ASCII digit required. 0-9.
  0 ASCII digit permitted but not required.
  D ASCII digit required. 1-9.
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ FALSE.
 clipboard or drag-and-drop the text (if echoMode() is Normal),
 but cannot edit it.
 
     TQLineEdit does not show a cursor in read-only mode.
-
     
    See also enabled.
+
     
    See also enabled.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with isReadOnly().
 
    bool redoAvailable
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html b/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
index 8b9bb4ef0..145364354 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ is called. The selected() signal is emitted when the use
 double-clicks on an item or presses Enter on the current item.
 
     If the user does not select anything, no signals are emitted and
 currentItem() returns -1.
-
     A list box has WheelFocus as a default focusPolicy(), i.e. it
+
     A list box has WheelFocus as a default focusPolicy(), i.e. it
 can get keyboard focus by tabbing, clicking and through the use of
 the mouse wheel.
 
     New items can be inserted using insertItem(), insertStrList() or
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ select either just one or a range of contiguous items, and TQListBox::TQListBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQListBox::TQListBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a new empty list box called name and with parent parent.
 
     Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags f so that
 only part of the TQListBoxItem children is redrawn. This may be
 unsuitable for custom TQListBoxItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared
 immediately after construction.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
+
     
    See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
 
 
    TQListBox::~TQListBox ()
 
    
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ See the "numRows" property for detail
 
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto
-an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. i is
+an item, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function. i is
 the TQListBoxItem that the mouse has moved on.
 
 
    void TQListBox::onViewport () [signal]
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlistview.html b/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
index 29c4d82dd..6861217b1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
@@ -392,13 +392,13 @@ width of the item with the largest width in the column.
 
     
    See also setColumnWidth(), setColumnWidthMode(), and columnWidth().
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQListView::TQListView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQListView::TQListView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a new empty list view called name with parent parent.
 
     Performance is boosted by modifying the widget flags f so that
 only part of the TQListViewItem children is redrawn. This may be
 unsuitable for custom TQListViewItem classes, in which case WStaticContents and WNoAutoErase should be cleared.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
+
     
    See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
 
 
    TQListView::~TQListView ()
 
    
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ if this is required to show the item.
 
    bool TQListView::eventFilter ( TQObject * o, TQEvent * e ) [virtual]
 
    
 Redirects the event e relating to object o, for the viewport
-to mousePressEvent(), keyPressEvent() and friends.
+to mousePressEvent(), keyPressEvent() and friends.
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQScrollView.
 
    void TQListView::expanded ( TQListViewItem * item ) [signal]
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ Returns the TQHeader object that manages this list
 Please don't modify the header behind the list view's back.
 
     You may safely call TQHeader::setClickEnabled(),
 TQHeader::setResizeEnabled(), TQHeader::setMovingEnabled(),
-TQHeader::hide() and all the const TQHeader functions.
+TQHeader::hide() and all the const TQHeader functions.
 
 
    Examples: listviews/listviews.cpp and qdir/qdir.cpp.
 
    void TQListView::hideColumn ( int column )
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ connected to this signal.
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user moves the mouse cursor onto
-item i, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function.
+item i, similar to the TQWidget::enterEvent() function.
 
 
    void TQListView::onViewport () [signal]
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html b/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
index 84a4ad912..ce9fbc405 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ with a menu bar, dock windows (e.g. for toolbars), and a status
 bar.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqmainwindow.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -151,10 +151,10 @@ itself.
 
       
           TQMainWindow *mw = new TQMainWindow;
     TQTextEdit *edit = new TQTextEdit( mw, "editor" );
-    edit->setFocus();
-    mw->setCaption( "Main Window" );
+    edit->setFocus();
+    mw->setCaption( "Main Window" );
     mw->setCentralWidget( edit );
-    mw->show();
+    mw->show();
     
      
  
 
       TQMainWindows may be created in their own right as shown above.
@@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ dock areas.
 
       
 
 
              ApplicationWindow *mw = new ApplicationWindow();
-        mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Application" );
-        mw->show();
+        mw->setCaption( "TQt Example - Application" );
+        mw->show();
 
      
 
       In the extract above ApplicationWindow is a subclass of
 TQMainWindow that we must write for ourselves; this is the usual
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ as the parent.
 
       
 
 
              e = new TQTextEdit( this, "editor" );
-        e->setFocus();
+        e->setFocus();
         setCentralWidget( e );
         statusBar()->message( "Ready", 2000 );
 
      
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ enabled the user can hide (minimize) a dock window or show (restore)
 a minimized dock window by clicking the dock window handle. If the
 user hovers the mouse cursor over one of the handles, the caption of
 the dock window is displayed in a tool tip (see
-TQDockWindow::caption() or TQToolBar::label()), so if you enable the
+TQDockWindow::caption() or TQToolBar::label()), so if you enable the
 Minimized dock area, it is best to specify a meaningful caption
 or label for each dock window. To minimize a dock window
 programmatically use moveDockWindow() with an edge of Minimized.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ transparently behind-the-scenes by TQDockArea.
 central widget.
 
       Adding dock windows, e.g. toolbars, to TQMainWindow's dock areas is
 straightforward. If the supplied dock areas are not sufficient for
-your application we suggest that you create a TQWidget subclass and
+your application we suggest that you create a TQWidget subclass and
 add your own dock areas (see TQDockArea) to the subclass since
 TQMainWindow provides functionality specific to the standard dock
 areas it provides.
@@ -403,10 +403,10 @@ toolbars.
 dock windows. (This is the default.)
 
    
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQMainWindow::TQMainWindow ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )
+
    TQMainWindow::TQMainWindow ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = WType_TopLevel )
 
    
 Constructs an empty main window. The parent, name and widget
-flags f, are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
+flags f, are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
 
     By default, the widget flags are set to WType_TopLevel rather
 than 0 as they are with TQWidget. If you don't want your
 TQMainWindow to be a top level widget then you will need to set f to 0.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ window should appear on the popup menu.
 Returns a pointer the Bottom dock area
 
     
    See also topDock(), leftDock(), and rightDock().
 
-
    TQWidget * TQMainWindow::centralWidget () const
+
    TQWidget * TQMainWindow::centralWidget () const
 
    
 Returns a pointer to the main window's central widget.
 
     The central widget is surrounded by the left, top, right and
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ appropriate. If a is FALSE the dw will not appear on the
 popup menu.
 
     
    See also showDockMenu(), isCustomizable(), and customize().
 
-
    void TQMainWindow::setCentralWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
    void TQMainWindow::setCentralWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the central widget for this main window to w.
 
     The central widget is surrounded by the left, top, right and
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ and for connecting to the main window's widget's
 dock areas of the TQMainWindow mainWindow, including Minimized and TornOff dock windows, to the text stream ts.
 
     This can be used, for example, in conjunction with TQSettings to
 save the user's layout when the \mainWindow receives a closeEvent.
-
     
    See also operator>>() and closeEvent().
+
     
    See also operator>>() and closeEvent().
 
 
    TQTextStream & operator>> ( TQTextStream & ts, TQMainWindow & mainWindow )
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html b/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
index b1b2cc108..8ae3abdec 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ and having two looks wrong.
 good in Windows style, but nowhere else.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQMenuBar::TQMenuBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQMenuBar::TQMenuBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a menu bar called name with parent parent.
 
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ can be useful for simple layout tasks in which the height of the
 menu bar is needed after items have been inserted. See showimg/showimg.cpp for an example of the usage.
 
 
    Example: showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQMenuBar::hide () [virtual]
 
    
-Reimplements TQWidget::hide() in order to deselect any selected
+Reimplements TQWidget::hide() in order to deselect any selected
 item, and calls setUpLayout() for the main window.
 
 
    Example: grapher/grapher.cpp.
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQMenuBar::highlighted ( int id ) [signal]
 
    
 
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ accelerators in TQPopupMenu items only work for
 associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus
 that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be
 installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone
-popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
+popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
 chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that
 top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent TQAccel
 object.
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget widget with
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ menu bar.
 
     Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In
 practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets.
 
     If a widget is not focus-enabled (see
-TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
+TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
 this means that the item is not selectable and will never get
 focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a TQLabel if
 you need a popup menu with a title.
@@ -450,14 +450,14 @@ the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key
 is hit one more time. This works with a TQLineEdit, for example. If
 the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the
 possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling
-TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
+TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
 closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done
 safely by calling:
 
    -        if ( isVisible() &&
-             parentWidget() &&
-             parentWidget()->inherits("TQPopupMenu") )
-            parentWidget()->close();
+        if ( isVisible() &&
+             parentWidget() &&
+             parentWidget()->inherits("TQPopupMenu") )
+            parentWidget()->close();
     
    
  
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ hides the menu item with id id.
 See the "separator" property for details.
 
    void TQMenuBar::show () [virtual]
 
    
-Reimplements TQWidget::show() in order to set up the correct
+Reimplements TQWidget::show() in order to set up the correct
 keyboard accelerators and to raise itself to the top of the widget
 stack.
 
 
    Example: grapher/grapher.cpp.
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    Property Documentation
    
 
    bool defaultUp
    
 
    This property holds the popup orientation.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html b/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
index a46795017..a0bf6d49d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget widget with
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ menu bar.
 
     Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In
 practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets.
 
     If a widget is not focus-enabled (see
-TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
+TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
 this means that the item is not selectable and will never get
 focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a TQLabel if
 you need a popup menu with a title.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key
 is hit one more time. This works with a TQLineEdit, for example. If
 the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the
 possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling
-TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
+TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
 closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done
 safely by calling:
 
    diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html b/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
index c11fbe6da..43a64c6cd 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ message is a warning, but can be dealt with.
 the message represents a critical problem.
 
     
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a message box with no text and a button with the label
 "OK".
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQDialog
 constructor.
 
-
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )
+
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )
 
    
 Constructs a message box with a caption, a text, an icon,
 and up to three buttons.
@@ -377,27 +377,27 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 is modeless.
 
     The parent, name, modal, and f arguments are passed to
 the TQDialog constructor.
-
     
    See also caption, text, and icon.
+
     
    See also caption, text, and icon.
 
 
    TQMessageBox::~TQMessageBox ()
 
    
 Destroys the message box.
 
-
    void TQMessageBox::about ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
    void TQMessageBox::about ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
    
 Displays a simple about box with caption caption and text text. The about box's parent is parent.
 
     about() looks for a suitable icon in four locations:
 
      
-
    1.  It prefers parent->icon() if that exists.
+
    2.  It prefers parent->icon() if that exists.
 
    3.  If not, it tries the top-level widget containing parent.
 
    4.  If that fails, it tries the main widget.
 
    5.  As a last resort it uses the Information icon.
 
    
 
     The about box has a single button labelled "OK".
-
     
    See also TQWidget::icon and TQApplication::mainWidget().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::icon and TQApplication::mainWidget().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    void TQMessageBox::aboutTQt ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null ) [static]
+
    void TQMessageBox::aboutTQt ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null ) [static]
 
    
 Displays a simple message box about TQt, with caption caption
 and centered over parent (if parent is not 0). The message
@@ -415,14 +415,14 @@ Adjusts the size of the message box to fit the contents just before
 
     This function will not be called if the message box has been explicitly
 resized before showing it.
 
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    TQString TQMessageBox::buttonText ( int button ) const
 
    
 Returns the text of the message box button button, or
 TQString::null if the message box does not contain the button.
 
     
    See also setButtonText().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a critical message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), question(), and warning().
 
 
    Examples: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, process/process.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a critical error message box with a caption, a text, and
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ See the "icon" property for details.
 
    const TQPixmap * TQMessageBox::iconPixmap () const
 
    Returns the current icon.
 See the "iconPixmap" property for details.
-
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens an information message box with the caption caption and
 the text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also question(), warning(), and critical().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and simple/main.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays an information message box with caption caption, text
@@ -533,21 +533,21 @@ button is pressed then -1 will be returned.  It is suggested that
 you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening.
 
     
    See also question(), warning(), and critical().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Opens a modal message box directly using the specified parameters.
 
     Please use information(), warning(), question(), or critical() instead.
 
 
    Example: grapher/grapher.cpp.
-
    bool TQMessageBox::query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
+
    bool TQMessageBox::query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
 
     
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Queries the user using a modal message box with two buttons.
 Note that caption is not always shown, it depends on the window manager.
 
     Please use information(), question(), warning(), or critical() instead.
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a question message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ modal dialog box. If parent is a widget, the message box
 becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), warning(), and critical().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a question message box with caption caption, text text and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ See the "text" property for details.
 
    TextFormat TQMessageBox::textFormat () const
 
    Returns the format of the text displayed by the message box.
 See the "textFormat" property for details.
-
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a warning message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), question(), and critical().
 
 
    Examples: chart/chartform.cpp, i18n/main.cpp, network/mail/smtp.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a warning message box with a caption, a text, and 1, 2 or
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ icons:
 
  •  TQMessageBox::Critical
 
 
     The actual pixmap used for displaying the icon depends on the
-current GUI style. You can also set
+current GUI style. You can also set
 a custom pixmap icon using the TQMessageBox::iconPixmap
 property. The default icon is TQMessageBox::NoIcon.
 
     
    See also iconPixmap.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html b/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
index 4ea029778..c00e10ef8 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ porting. In these cases, it may be better to use TQTe
 
     
    See also TQTextEdit and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQMultiLineEdit::TQMultiLineEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQMultiLineEdit::TQMultiLineEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a new, empty, TQMultiLineEdit with parent parent called
 name.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpaintdevice.html b/doc/html/ntqpaintdevice.html
index 0af3d6913..0ffdf4109 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpaintdevice.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpaintdevice.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 can be painted.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqpaintdevice.h>
-
    Inherited by TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture, and TQPrinter.
+
    Inherited by TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture, and TQPrinter.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ can be painted.
 
 
       A paint device is an abstraction of a two-dimensional space that
 can be drawn using a TQPainter. The drawing capabilities are
-implemented by the subclasses TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture and
+implemented by the subclasses TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPicture and
 TQPrinter.
 
       The default coordinate system of a paint device has its origin
 located at the top-left position. X increases to the right and Y
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ masked TQPixmap, the entire blit is masked by s
 sw or sh is negative bitBlt() copies starting at sx (and
 respectively, sy) and ending at the right end (respectively,
 bottom) of src.
-
       src must be a TQWidget or TQPixmap. You cannot blit from a
+
       src must be a TQWidget or TQPixmap. You cannot blit from a
 TQPrinter, for example. bitBlt() does nothing if you attempt to
 blit from an unsupported device.
 
       bitBlt() does nothing if src has a greater depth than dst.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpaintdevicemetrics.html b/doc/html/ntqpaintdevicemetrics.html
index 388b53298..8e10a6968 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpaintdevicemetrics.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpaintdevicemetrics.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Constructs a metric for the paint device pd.
 
 
 
       Returns the height of the paint device in default coordinate
-system units (e.g. pixels for TQPixmap and TQWidget).
+system units (e.g. pixels for TQPixmap and TQWidget).
 
 
      Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
 
      int TQPaintDeviceMetrics::heightMM () const
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ returned instead.
 
      
 
 
       Returns the width of the paint device in default coordinate system
-units (e.g. pixels for TQPixmap and TQWidget).
+units (e.g. pixels for TQPixmap and TQWidget).
 
 
      Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
 
      int TQPaintDeviceMetrics::widthMM () const
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpainter.html b/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
index c9ab96488..32eea73d3 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ transformation.
 
    
 
     Mostly, all this is done inside a paint event. (In fact, 99% of
 all TQPainter use is in a reimplementation of
-TQWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for
+TQWidget::paintEvent(), and the painter is heavily optimized for
 such use.) Here's one very simple example:
 
     
         void SimpleExampleWidget::paintEvent()
@@ -245,9 +245,9 @@ device clips, too.) If the painter clips, it clips to clip
 lineTo().
 
     
 
     Note that some of these settings mirror settings in some paint
-devices, e.g. TQWidget::font(). TQPainter::begin() (or the TQPainter
+devices, e.g. TQWidget::font(). TQPainter::begin() (or the TQPainter
 constructor) copies these attributes from the paint device.
-Calling, for example, TQWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until
+Calling, for example, TQWidget::setFont() doesn't take effect until
 the next time a painter begins painting on it.
 
     save() saves all of these settings on an internal stack, restore()
 pops them back.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ coordinate limitations in the underlying window system. Some
 platforms may behave incorrectly with coordinates as small as
 +/-4000.
 
-
     
    See also TQPaintDevice, TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPrinter, TQPicture, Application Walkthrough, Coordinate System Overview, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes.
+
     
    See also TQPaintDevice, TQWidget, TQPixmap, TQPrinter, TQPicture, Application Walkthrough, Coordinate System Overview, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes.
 
 
    Member Type Documentation
    
 
    TQPainter::CoordinateMode
    
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint device pd
 immediately. Depending on the underlying graphic system the
 painter will paint over children of the paintdevice if unclipped is TRUE.
 
     This constructor is convenient for short-lived painters, e.g. in a
-paint event and should be used
+paint event and should be used
 only once. The constructor calls begin() for you and the TQPainter
 destructor automatically calls end().
 
     Here's an example using begin() and end():
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ of the painter failed you should rather use begin() and end() to paint
 on external devices, e.g. printers.
 
     
    See also begin() and end().
 
-
    TQPainter::TQPainter ( const TQPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )
+
    TQPainter::TQPainter ( const TQPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a painter that begins painting the paint device pd
 immediately, with the default arguments taken from copyAttributes. The painter will paint over children of the paint
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ time.
 
     
    See also end() and flush().
 
 
    Examples: aclock/aclock.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    bool TQPainter::begin ( const TQPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )
+
    bool TQPainter::begin ( const TQPaintDevice * pd, const TQWidget * copyAttributes, bool unclipped = FALSE )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This version opens the painter on a paint device pd and sets
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Draws at (x, y) the sw by sh area of pixels
 needs to be converted to a pixmap. The default value for conversionFlags is 0; see convertFromImage() for information about
 what other values do.
 
     This function may convert image to a pixmap and then draw it,
-if device() is a TQPixmap or a TQWidget, or else draw it directly,
+if device() is a TQPixmap or a TQWidget, or else draw it directly,
 if device() is a TQPrinter or TQPicture.
 
     Currently alpha masks of the image are ignored when painting on a TQPrinter.
 
     
    See also drawPixmap() and TQPixmap::convertFromImage().
@@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ using the painter p.
 fill is 0.
 
     If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it
 display a plain rectangle, for example TQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Plain ).
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawShadeRect() and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ lines. It is not the total line width.
 drawn in the TQColorGroup::mid() color.
 
     If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it
 display a shaded line, for example TQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::HLine | TQFrame::Sunken ).
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawShadeRect(), qDrawShadePanel(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ the painter p.
 
     The panel's interior is filled with the fill brush unless fill is 0.
 
     If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it
 display a shaded panel, for example TQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken ).
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawWinPanel(), qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadeRect(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ drawn in the TQColorGroup::mid() color.
 fill is 0.
 
     If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it
 display a shaded rectangle, for example TQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Box | TQFrame::Raised ).
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawShadeLine(), qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawPlainRect(), TQStyle::drawItem(), TQStyle::drawControl(), and TQStyle::drawComplexControl().
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     The button appears sunken if sunken is TRUE, or raised if sunken is FALSE.
 
     The line width is 2 pixels.
 
     The button's interior is filled with the *fill brush unless fill is 0.
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawWinPanel() and TQStyle::drawControl().
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     The button's interior is filled with the fill brush unless fill is 0.
 
     If you want to use a TQFrame widget instead, you can make it
 display a shaded panel, for example TQFrame::setFrameStyle( TQFrame::WinPanel | TQFrame::Raised ).
-
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
+
     Warning: This function does not look at TQWidget::style() or
 TQApplication::style(). Use the drawing functions in TQStyle to make
 widgets that follow the current GUI style.
 
     
    See also qDrawShadePanel(), qDrawWinButton(), and TQStyle::drawPrimitive().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpalette.html b/doc/html/ntqpalette.html
index dfc7d6ff0..2f57f817b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpalette.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpalette.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ to modify the palette.
 palette's color groups with setColor() and setBrush().
 
     You can copy a palette using the copy constructor and test to see
 if two palettes are identical using isCopyOf().
-
     
    See also TQApplication::setPalette(), TQWidget::palette, TQColorGroup, TQColor, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes.
+
     
    See also TQApplication::setPalette(), TQWidget::palette, TQColorGroup, TQColor, Widget Appearance and Style, Graphics Classes, Image Processing Classes, and Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes.
 
 
    Member Type Documentation
    
 
    TQPalette::ColorGroup
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html b/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
index 967ec91ff..85e6e1910 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
@@ -402,14 +402,14 @@ or if the pixmap has not been initialized yet.
 Fills the pixmap with the color fillColor.
 
 
    Examples: chart/setdataform.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, themes/metal.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    void TQPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )
+
    void TQPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, int xofs, int yofs )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Fills the pixmap with the widget's background color or pixmap.
 If the background is empty, nothing is done. xofs, yofs is
 an offset in the widget.
 
-
    void TQPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & ofs )
+
    void TQPixmap::fill ( const TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & ofs )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Fills the pixmap with the widget's background color or pixmap.
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ to a pixmap.
 
     
    See also TQMimeSourceFactory, TQImage::fromMimeSource(), and TQImageDrag::decode().
 
 
    Example: textedit/textedit.cpp.
-
    TQPixmap TQPixmap::grabWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 ) [static]
+
    TQPixmap TQPixmap::grabWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 Creates a pixmap and paints widget in it.
 
     If the widget has any children, then they are also painted in
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ covered with the widget's background.
 
     If an error occurs when trying to grab the widget, such as the
 size of the widget being too large to fit in memory, an isNull()
 pixmap is returned.
-
     
    See also grabWindow(), TQPainter::redirect(), and TQWidget::paintEvent().
+
     
    See also grabWindow(), TQPainter::redirect(), and TQWidget::paintEvent().
 
 
    TQPixmap TQPixmap::grabWindow ( WId window, int x = 0, int y = 0, int w = -1, int h = -1 ) [static]
 
    
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ everything to the bottom of the window.
 window. If there is another window partially or entirely over the
 one you grab, you get pixels from the overlying window, too.
 
     Note also that the mouse cursor is generally not grabbed.
-
     The reason we use a window identifier and not a TQWidget is to
+
     The reason we use a window identifier and not a TQWidget is to
 enable grabbing of windows that are not part of the application,
 window system frames, and so on.
 
     Warning: Grabbing an area outside the screen is not safe in
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html b/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
index e5c833660..796749d64 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ original menu contains a custom widget item, this item is omitted.
  Pop-Up, Main Window and Related Classes, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQPopupMenu::TQPopupMenu ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPopupMenu::TQPopupMenu ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a popup menu called name with parent parent.
 
     Although a popup menu is always a top-level widget, if a parent is
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ If a popup menu does not fit on the screen it lays itself out so
 that it does fit. It is style dependent what layout means (for
 example, on Windows it will use multiple columns).
 
     This functions returns the number of columns necessary.
-
     
    See also sizeHint.
+
     
    See also sizeHint.
 
 
    bool TQMenuData::connectItem ( int id, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member )
 
    
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Opens the popup menu so that the item number indexAtPoint will
 be at the specified global position pos. To translate a
 widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use
-TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
+TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
 
     The return code is the id of the selected item in either the popup
 menu or one of its submenus, or -1 if no item is selected
 (normally because the user pressed Esc).
@@ -340,12 +340,12 @@ or aligned to a widget:
     
    
  
 
     When positioning a popup with exec() or popup(), bear in mind that
-you cannot rely on the popup menu's current size(). For
+you cannot rely on the popup menu's current size(). For
 performance reasons, the popup adapts its size only when
 necessary. So in many cases, the size before and after the show is
-different. Instead, use sizeHint(). It calculates the proper size
+different. Instead, use sizeHint(). It calculates the proper size
 depending on the menu's current contents.
-
     
    See also popup() and sizeHint.
+
     
    See also popup() and sizeHint.
 
 
    void TQPopupMenu::highlighted ( int id ) [signal]
 
    
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ accelerators in TQPopupMenu items only work for menus that are
 associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus
 that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be
 installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone
-popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
+popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
 chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that
 top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent TQAccel
 object.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( TQWidget * widget, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item that consists of the widget widget with
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ menu bar.
 
     Theoretically, any widget can be inserted into a popup menu. In
 practice, this only makes sense with certain widgets.
 
     If a widget is not focus-enabled (see
-TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
+TQWidget::isFocusEnabled()), the menu treats it as a separator;
 this means that the item is not selectable and will never get
 focus. In this way you can, for example, simply insert a TQLabel if
 you need a popup menu with a title.
@@ -576,14 +576,14 @@ the focus will move back to the menu when the respective arrow key
 is hit one more time. This works with a TQLineEdit, for example. If
 the widget accepts the arrow key itself, it must also provide the
 possibility to put the focus back on the menu again by calling
-TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
+TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild(). Futhermore, if the embedded widget
 closes the menu when the user made a selection, this can be done
 safely by calling:
 
    -        if ( isVisible() &&
-             parentWidget() &&
-             parentWidget()->inherits("TQPopupMenu") )
-            parentWidget()->close();
+        if ( isVisible() &&
+             parentWidget() &&
+             parentWidget()->inherits("TQPopupMenu") )
+            parentWidget()->close();
     
    
  
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
@@ -687,12 +687,12 @@ no pixmap has been set.
 Displays the popup menu so that the item number indexAtPoint
 will be at the specified global position pos. To translate a
 widget's local coordinates into global coordinates, use
-TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
+TQWidget::mapToGlobal().
 
     When positioning a popup with exec() or popup(), bear in mind that
-you cannot rely on the popup menu's current size(). For
+you cannot rely on the popup menu's current size(). For
 performance reasons, the popup adapts its size only when
 necessary, so in many cases, the size before and after the show is
-different. Instead, use sizeHint(). It calculates the proper size
+different. Instead, use sizeHint(). It calculates the proper size
 depending on the menu's current contents.
 
 
    Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ accelerators in TQPopupMenu items only work for menus that are
 associated with a certain window. This is true for popup menus
 that live in a menu bar since their accelerators will then be
 installed in the menu bar itself. This also applies to stand-alone
-popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
+popup menus that have a top-level widget in their parentWidget()
 chain. The menu will then install its accelerator object on that
 top-level widget. For all other cases use an independent TQAccel
 object.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprinter.html b/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
index 331bc72e5..ce46bdd5b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The TQPrinter class is a paint device that paints on a printer.
 
     On Windows it uses the built-in printer drivers. On X11 it
 generates postscript and sends that to lpr, lp, or another print
 command.
-
     TQPrinter is used in much the same way as TQWidget and TQPixmap are
+
     TQPrinter is used in much the same way as TQWidget and TQPixmap are
 used. The big difference is that you must keep track of the pages.
 
     TQPrinter supports a number of settable parameters, most of which
 can be changed by the end user when the application calls
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Sets the windows page size value that is used by the DEVMODE
 struct. The winPageSize value must be one of the DMPAPER_ defines
 from wingdi.h.
 
-
    bool TQPrinter::setup ( TQWidget * parent = 0 )
+
    bool TQPrinter::setup ( TQWidget * parent = 0 )
 
    
 Opens a printer setup dialog, with parent parent, and asks the
 user to specify which printer they wish to use and what settings
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html b/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
index b6617acba..e2fb51c85 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ determine the size of the item being downloaded.
 
     
    See also TQProgressDialog, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a progress bar.
 
     The total number of steps is set to 100 by default.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Constructs a progress bar.
 the TQFrame::TQFrame() constructor.
 
     
    See also totalSteps.
 
-
    TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQProgressBar::TQProgressBar ( int totalSteps, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a progress bar.
 
     The totalSteps is the total number of steps that need to be
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
index 5662d30d6..4f3345e84 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ set the texts shown.
 
     
    See also TQDialog, TQProgressBar, GUI Design Handbook: Progress Indicator, and Dialog Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a progress dialog.
 
     Default settings:
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ of the dialog to occur. If modal is TRUE, the dialog ensures that
 events are processed when needed.
 
     
    See also labelText, setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), and totalSteps.
 
-
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a progress dialog.
 
     The labelText is text used to remind the user what is progressing.
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ in-between.
 (see TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog()),
 this function calls TQApplication::processEvents(), so take care that
 this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example,
-don't use a TQProgressDialog inside a paintEvent()!
+don't use a TQProgressDialog inside a paintEvent()!
 
     
    See also totalSteps.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setProgress() and get this property's value with progress().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
index 8cf81fdc3..e967e7cf6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
@@ -178,23 +178,23 @@ more information about the API.
 
     
    See also TQToolButton, TQRadioButton, TQCheckBox, GUI Design Handbook: Push Button, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a push button with no text.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a push button called name with the parent parent
 and the text text.
 
-
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a push button with an icon and a text.
 
     Note that you can also pass a TQPixmap object as an icon (thanks to
 the implicit type conversion provided by C++).
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
    TQPushButton::~TQPushButton ()
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ auto-default interact.
 
    Set this property's value with setAutoDefault() and get this property's value with autoDefault().
 
    bool autoMask
    
 
    This property holds whether the button is automatically masked.
-
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
+
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
 
 
    bool autoRepeat
    
 
    This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html b/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
index 424d36fa2..ec3928adc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
@@ -102,16 +102,16 @@ the pixmap is set with setPixmap().
 
     
    See also TQPushButton, TQToolButton, GUI Design Handbook: Radio Button, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a radio button with no text.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a radio button with the text text.
-
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
    TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
 
    Set this property's value with setAccel() and get this property's value with accel().
 
    bool autoMask
    
 
    This property holds whether the radio button is automatically masked.
-
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
+
    See also TQWidget::autoMask.
 
 
    bool autoRepeat
    
 
    This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqrangecontrol.html b/doc/html/ntqrangecontrol.html
index 6f826d947..2179a4c76 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqrangecontrol.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqrangecontrol.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ provide addStep(), addPage(), substractStep() and substra
 as slots.
 
     Note that you must use multiple inheritance if you plan to
 implement a widget using TQRangeControl because TQRangeControl is
-not derived from TQWidget.
+not derived from TQWidget.
 
    See also Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqregion.html b/doc/html/ntqregion.html
index d83c20ccd..dcba288ba 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqregion.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqregion.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ The TQRegion class specifies a clip region for a painter.
 
 
     TQRegion is used with TQPainter::setClipRegion() to limit the paint
 area to what needs to be painted. There is also a
-TQWidget::repaint() that takes a TQRegion parameter. TQRegion is the
+TQWidget::repaint() that takes a TQRegion parameter. TQRegion is the
 best tool for reducing flicker.
 
     A region can be created from a rectangle, an ellipse, a polygon or
 a bitmap. Complex regions may be created by combining simple
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqscrollbar.html b/doc/html/ntqscrollbar.html
index a7ecca4b6..b10baf19c 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqscrollbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqscrollbar.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The TQScrollBar widget provides a vertical or horizontal scroll bar.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqscrollbar.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
+
    Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ screens cannot usefully control ranges above about 100,000 pixels.
 Beyond that, it becomes difficult for the user to control the
 scroll bar using either the keyboard or the mouse.
 
       A scroll bar can be controlled by the keyboard, but it has a
-default focusPolicy() of NoFocus. Use setFocusPolicy() to
-enable keyboard focus. See keyPressEvent() for a list of key
+default focusPolicy() of NoFocus. Use setFocusPolicy() to
+enable keyboard focus. See keyPressEvent() for a list of key
 bindings.
 
       If you need to add scroll bars to an interface, consider using the
 TQScrollView class, which encapsulates the common uses for scroll
@@ -165,31 +165,31 @@ bars.
 
       
      See also TQSlider, TQSpinBox, TQScrollView, GUI Design Handbook: Scroll Bar, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical scroll bar.
-
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
       The minValue defaults to 0, the maxValue to 99, with a lineStep size of 1 and a pageStep size of 10, and an initial
 value of 0.
 
-
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a scroll bar.
 
       The orientation must be TQt::Vertical or TQt::Horizontal.
-
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
       The minValue defaults to 0, the maxValue to 99, with a lineStep size of 1 and a pageStep size of 10, and an initial
 value of 0.
 
-
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQScrollBar::TQScrollBar ( int minValue, int maxValue, int lineStep, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a scroll bar whose value can never be smaller than minValue or greater than maxValue, whose line step size is lineStep and page step size is pageStep and whose value is
 initially value (which is guaranteed to be in range using
 bound()).
 
       If orientation is Vertical the scroll bar is vertical and if
 it is Horizontal the scroll bar is horizontal.
-
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQScrollBar::~TQScrollBar ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ See the "draggingSlider" pro
 
      
 This function is called when the scrollbar is hidden.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      int TQScrollBar::lineStep () const
 
      Returns the line step.
 See the "lineStep" property for details.
@@ -260,11 +260,11 @@ See the "orientation" property
 See the "pageStep" property for details.
 
      void TQScrollBar::setPalette ( const TQPalette & p ) [virtual]
 
      
-Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette().
+Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette().
 
       Sets the background color to the mid color for Motif style scroll
 bars using palette p.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQScrollBar::setTracking ( bool enable ) [virtual]
 
      Sets whether scroll bar tracking is enabled to enable.
 See the "tracking" property for details.
@@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ mouse.
 
 
 
       Returns the pixel position where the scroll bar slider starts.
-
       This is equivalent to sliderRect().y() for vertical scroll bars or
-sliderRect().x() for horizontal scroll bars.
+
       This is equivalent to sliderRect().y() for vertical scroll bars or
+sliderRect().x() for horizontal scroll bars.
 
 
      bool TQScrollBar::tracking () const
 
      Returns TRUE if scroll bar tracking is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqscrollview.html b/doc/html/ntqscrollview.html
index e6ebd59f8..ac4199414 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqscrollview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqscrollview.html
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ child widgets in the view.
 
       Note that the widget you see in the scrolled area is the
 viewport() widget, not the TQScrollView itself. So to turn mouse
 tracking on, for example, use viewport()->setMouseTracking(TRUE).
-
       To enable drag-and-drop, you would setAcceptDrops(TRUE) on the
+
       To enable drag-and-drop, you would setAcceptDrops(TRUE) on the
 TQScrollView (because drag-and-drop events propagate to the
 parent). But to work out the logical position in the view, you
 would need to map the drop co-ordinate from being relative to the
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ TQScrollView to being relative to the contents; use the function
 viewportToContents() for this.
 
       To handle mouse events on the scrolling area, subclass scrollview
 as you would subclass other widgets, but rather than
-reimplementing mousePressEvent(), reimplement
+reimplementing mousePressEvent(), reimplement
 contentsMousePressEvent() instead. The contents specific event
 handlers provide translated events in the coordinate system of the
 scrollview. If you reimplement mousePressEvent(), you'll get
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ such part is the "corner" (if you don't set a cornerWidg
 the frame; everything else is covered up by the viewport, clipper
 or scroll bars.
 
       When you construct a TQScrollView, some of the widget flags apply
-to the viewport() instead of being sent to the TQWidget constructor
+to the viewport() instead of being sent to the TQWidget constructor
 for the TQScrollView. This applies to WNoAutoErase, WStaticContents, and WPaintClever. See TQt::WidgetFlags for
 documentation about these flags. Here are some examples:
 
       
        
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ changes to Manual if you resize the contents wi
 
      • TQScrollView::AutoOne - if there is only one child widget the contents stays
 the size of that widget. Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
 
      • TQScrollView::AutoOneFit - if there is only one child widget the contents stays
-the size of that widget's sizeHint(). If the scrollview is resized
+the size of that widget's sizeHint(). If the scrollview is resized
 larger than the child's sizeHint(), the child will be resized to
 fit. If there is more than one child, the behavior is undefined.
 
       
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ too large to fit and not otherwise. This is the default.
 independent.)
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQScrollView::TQScrollView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQScrollView::TQScrollView ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a TQScrollView called name with parent parent and
 widget flags f.
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ widget flags are propagated to the parent constructor as usual.
 Destroys the TQScrollView. Any children added with addChild() will
 be deleted.
 
-
      void TQScrollView::addChild ( TQWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 ) [virtual]
+
      void TQScrollView::addChild ( TQWidget * child, int x = 0, int y = 0 ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts the widget, child, into the scrolled area positioned at
 (x, y). The position defaults to (0, 0). If the child is
@@ -390,25 +390,25 @@ the area).
 
    •  Margin 1.0 ensures that (x, y) is in the center of the the visible area.
 
    
 
-
    bool TQScrollView::childIsVisible ( TQWidget * child )
+
    bool TQScrollView::childIsVisible ( TQWidget * child )
 
     
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Returns TRUE if child is visible. This is equivalent
 to child->isVisible().
 
-
    int TQScrollView::childX ( TQWidget * child )
+
    int TQScrollView::childX ( TQWidget * child )
 
    
 Returns the X position of the given child widget. Use this
-rather than TQWidget::x() for widgets added to the view.
+rather than TQWidget::x() for widgets added to the view.
 
     This function returns 0 if child has not been added to the view.
 
-
    int TQScrollView::childY ( TQWidget * child )
+
    int TQScrollView::childY ( TQWidget * child )
 
    
 Returns the Y position of the given child widget. Use this
-rather than TQWidget::y() for widgets added to the view.
+rather than TQWidget::y() for widgets added to the view.
 
     This function returns 0 if child has not been added to the view.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::clipper () const
+
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::clipper () const
 
    
 Returns the clipper widget. Contents in the scrollview are
 ultimately clipped to be inside the clipper widget.
@@ -418,35 +418,35 @@ ultimately clipped to be inside the clipper widget.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsContextMenuEvent ( TQContextMenuEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-contextMenuEvent() in e: the mouse position is translated to
+contextMenuEvent() in e: the mouse position is translated to
 be a point on the contents.
 
 
    Example: chart/canvasview.cpp.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsDragEnterEvent ( TQDragEnterEvent * ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-dragEnterEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point
+dragEnterEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point
 on the contents.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQTable.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsDragLeaveEvent ( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-dragLeaveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point
+dragLeaveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point
 on the contents.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQTable.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsDragMoveEvent ( TQDragMoveEvent * ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-dragMoveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point on
+dragMoveEvent(): the drag position is translated to be a point on
 the contents.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQTable.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsDropEvent ( TQDropEvent * ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-dropEvent(): the drop position is translated to be a point on the
+dropEvent(): the drop position is translated to be a point on the
 contents.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQTable.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ See the "contentsHeight" pr
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-mouseDoubleClickEvent(): the click position in e is translated to be a
+mouseDoubleClickEvent(): the click position in e is translated to be a
 point on the contents.
 
     The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
 
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ point on the contents.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsMouseMoveEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-mouseMoveEvent(): the mouse position in e is translated to be a point
+mouseMoveEvent(): the mouse position in e is translated to be a point
 on the contents.
 
 
    Examples: canvas/canvas.cpp and chart/canvasview.cpp.
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ on the contents.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsMousePressEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-mousePressEvent(): the press position in e is translated to be a point
+mousePressEvent(): the press position in e is translated to be a point
 on the contents.
 
 
    Examples: canvas/canvas.cpp and chart/canvasview.cpp.
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ on the contents.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsMouseReleaseEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-mouseReleaseEvent(): the release position in e is translated to be a
+mouseReleaseEvent(): the release position in e is translated to be a
 point on the contents.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQListView.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ widget.
 
    void TQScrollView::contentsWheelEvent ( TQWheelEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This event handler is called whenever the TQScrollView receives a
-wheelEvent() in e: the mouse position is translated to be a
+wheelEvent() in e: the mouse position is translated to be a
 point on the contents.
 
 
    int TQScrollView::contentsWidth () const
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ See the "contentsX" property for
 
    int TQScrollView::contentsY () const
 
    Returns the Y coordinate of the contents that are at the top edge of the viewport.
 See the "contentsY" property for details.
-
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::cornerWidget () const
+
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::cornerWidget () const
 
    
 Returns the widget in the corner between the two scroll bars.
 
     By default, no corner widget is present.
@@ -639,19 +639,19 @@ Returns TRUE if vertical slider is pressed by user; otherwise returns FALSE.
 Returns the left margin.
 
     
    See also setMargins().
 
-
    void TQScrollView::moveChild ( TQWidget * child, int x, int y ) [virtual]
+
    void TQScrollView::moveChild ( TQWidget * child, int x, int y ) [virtual]
 
    
 Repositions the child widget to (x, y). This function is
 the same as addChild().
 
-
    void TQScrollView::removeChild ( TQWidget * child )
+
    void TQScrollView::removeChild ( TQWidget * child )
 
    
 Removes the child widget from the scrolled area. Note that this
 happens automatically if the child is deleted.
 
 
    void TQScrollView::repaintContents ( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase = TRUE )
 
    
-Calls repaint() on a rectangle defined by x, y, w, h,
+Calls repaint() on a rectangle defined by x, y, w, h,
 translated appropriately. If the rectangle is not visible, nothing
 is repainted. If erase is TRUE the background is cleared using
 the background color.
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Scrolls the content so that the point (x, y) is in the top-left
 corner.
 
 
    Example: process/process.cpp.
-
    void TQScrollView::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * corner ) [virtual]
+
    void TQScrollView::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * corner ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the widget in the corner between the two scroll bars.
 
     You will probably also want to set at least one of the scroll bar
@@ -759,11 +759,11 @@ The new geometry is given by x, y, w and h.
 
    void TQScrollView::setVScrollBarMode ( ScrollBarMode ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the mode for the vertical scroll bar.
 See the "vScrollBarMode" property for details.
-
    void TQScrollView::showChild ( TQWidget * child, bool y = TRUE )
+
    void TQScrollView::showChild ( TQWidget * child, bool y = TRUE )
 
     
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Sets the visibility of child. Equivalent to
-TQWidget::show() or TQWidget::hide().
+TQWidget::show() or TQWidget::hide().
 
 
    int TQScrollView::topMargin () const [protected]
 
    
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ Returns the top margin.
 
 
    void TQScrollView::updateContents ( int x, int y, int w, int h )
 
    
-Calls update() on a rectangle defined by x, y, w, h,
+Calls update() on a rectangle defined by x, y, w, h,
 translated appropriately. If the rectangle is not visible, nothing
 is repainted.
 
     
    See also repaintContents().
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ allow accelerators, autoscrolling, etc.
 
 
     This signal is emitted whenever the user releases the vertical slider.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::viewport () const
+
    TQWidget * TQScrollView::viewport () const
 
    
 Returns the viewport widget of the scrollview. This is the widget
 containing the contents widget or which is the drawing area.
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ viewport). The paint event is passed in pe.
 
 To provide simple processing of events on the contents, this
 function receives all resize events sent to the viewport.
-
     
    See also TQWidget::resizeEvent().
+
     
    See also TQWidget::resizeEvent().
 
 
    Example: chart/canvasview.cpp.
 
    TQSize TQScrollView::viewportSize ( int x, int y ) const
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ disables this autoscroll feature.
 
     Warning: Enabling this property might not be enough to
 effectively turn on autoscrolling. If you put a custom widget in
 the TQScrollView, you might need to call TQDragEvent::ignore() on
-the event in the dragEnterEvent() and dragMoveEvent()
+the event in the dragEnterEvent() and dragMoveEvent()
 reimplementations.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setDragAutoScroll() and get this property's value with dragAutoScroll().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsizegrip.html b/doc/html/ntqsizegrip.html
index faf977270..62cdb39f6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsizegrip.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsizegrip.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The TQSizeGrip class provides a corner-grip for resizing a top-level window.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqsizegrip.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ widget, so if you have a status bar (e.g. you are using
 
       
      See also TQStatusBar, Widget Appearance and Style, Main Window and Related Classes, and Basic Widgets.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSizeGrip::TQSizeGrip ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQSizeGrip::TQSizeGrip ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a resize corner called name, as a child widget of parent.
 
@@ -81,24 +81,24 @@ Destroys the size grip.
 Resizes the top-level widget containing this widget. The event is
 in e.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQSizeGrip::mousePressEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Primes the resize operation. The event is in e.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQSizeGrip::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Paints the resize grip. Resize grips are usually rendered as small
 diagonal textured lines in the lower-right corner. The event is in
 e.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      TQSize TQSizeGrip::sizeHint () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the size grip's size hint; this is a small size.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
 
      
 This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsizepolicy.html b/doc/html/ntqsizepolicy.html
index bbc58841b..8d4e5a882 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsizepolicy.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsizepolicy.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ and vertical resizing policy.
 
 
       The size policy of a widget is an expression of its willingness to
 be resized in various ways.
-
       Widgets that reimplement TQWidget::sizePolicy() return a TQSizePolicy
+
       Widgets that reimplement TQWidget::sizePolicy() return a TQSizePolicy
 that describes the horizontal and vertical resizing policy they
 prefer when being laid out. Only one of the
     constructors is of interest in most applications.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ taller than the sizeHint().
 
       The per-dimension sizing types used when constructing a
 TQSizePolicy are:
 
        
-
      • TQSizePolicy::Fixed - The TQWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
+
      • TQSizePolicy::Fixed - The TQWidget::sizeHint() is the only acceptable
 alternative, so the widget can never grow or shrink (e.g. the
 vertical direction of a push button).
 
      • TQSizePolicy::Minimum - The sizeHint() is minimal, and sufficient. The
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ It cannot be larger than the size provided by sizeHint().
 
      • TQSizePolicy::Preferred - The sizeHint() is best, but the widget can be
 shrunk and still be useful. The widget can be expanded, but there
 is no advantage to it being larger than sizeHint() (the default
-TQWidget policy).
+TQWidget policy).
 
      • TQSizePolicy::Expanding - The sizeHint() is a sensible size, but the
 widget can be shrunk and still be useful. The widget can make use
 of extra space, so it should get as much space as possible (e.g.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ much space as possible.
 
 
         
 This is the constructor normally used to return a value in the
-overridden TQWidget::sizePolicy() function of a TQWidget
+overridden TQWidget::sizePolicy() function of a TQWidget
 subclass.
 
         It constructs a TQSizePolicy with independent horizontal and
 vertical sizing types, hor and ver respectively. These sizing types affect how the widget
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqslider.html b/doc/html/ntqslider.html
index a5b5e9781..d4a9e2026 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqslider.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqslider.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
        The TQSlider widget provides a vertical or horizontal slider.
 More...
 
        #include <ntqslider.h>
-
        Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
+
        Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -138,26 +138,26 @@ to the slider's groove and the handle the user moves.
 
        • TQSlider::Right - draw tickmarks to the right of the (vertical) slider
 
        
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a vertical slider.
-
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a slider.
 
         The orientation must be TQt::Vertical or TQt::Horizontal.
-
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQSlider::TQSlider ( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value, Orientation orientation, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a slider whose value can never be smaller than minValue or greater than maxValue, whose page step size is pageStep and whose value is initially value (which is
 guaranteed to be in range using bound()).
 
         If orientation is TQt::Vertical the slider is vertical and if it
 is TQt::Horizontal the slider is horizontal.
-
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
+
         The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
        TQSlider::~TQSlider ()
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ See the "orientation" property for
 See the "pageStep" property for details.
 
        void TQSlider::setPalette ( const TQPalette & p ) [virtual]
 
        
-Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette().
+Reimplements the virtual function TQWidget::setPalette().
 
         Sets the background color to the mid color for Motif style sliders
 using palette p.
 
-
        Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
        Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
        void TQRangeControl::setRange ( int minValue, int maxValue )
 
        
 Sets the range control's minimum value to minValue and its
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html b/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
index 012768a00..71794ed1a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
        The TQSpinBox class provides a spin box widget (spin button).
 More...
 
        #include <ntqspinbox.h>
-
        Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
+
        Inherits TQWidget and TQRangeControl.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ and down arrow keys work as expected.
 
           It is often desirable to give the user a special (often default)
 choice in addition to the range of numeric values. See
 setSpecialValueText() for how to do this with TQSpinBox.
-
           The default TQWidget::focusPolicy() is StrongFocus.
+
           The default TQWidget::focusPolicy() is StrongFocus.
 
           If using prefix(), suffix() and specialValueText() don't provide
 enough control, you can ignore them and subclass TQSpinBox instead.
 
           TQSpinBox can easily be subclassed to allow the user to input
@@ -199,13 +199,13 @@ style.
 
         
        See also TQSpinBox::buttonSymbols.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQSpinBox::TQSpinBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQSpinBox::TQSpinBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a spin box with the default TQRangeControl range and
 step values. It is called name and has parent parent.
 
         
        See also minValue, maxValue, setRange(), lineStep, and setSteps().
 
-
        TQSpinBox::TQSpinBox ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQSpinBox::TQSpinBox ( int minValue, int maxValue, int step = 1, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a spin box that allows values from minValue to maxValue inclusive, with step amount step. The value is
 initially set to minValue.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html b/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
index b2646ebb4..03e3375e5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 be shown during application startup.
 More...
 
        #include <ntqsplashscreen.h>
-
        Inherits TQWidget.
+
        Inherits TQWidget.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ provide the user with feedback that the application is loading.
 the WStyle_StaysOnTop if you desire to keep above all the windows in the
 GUI.
 
           Some X11 window managers do not support the "stays on top" flag. A
-solution is to set up a timer that periodically calls raise() on
+solution is to set up a timer that periodically calls raise() on
 the splash screen to simulate the "stays on top" effect.
 
           The most common usage is to show a splash screen before the main
 widget is displayed on the screen. This is illustrated in the
@@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ following code snippet.
        TQApplication app( argc, argv );
        TQPixmap pixmap( "splash.png" );
        TQSplashScreen *splash = new TQSplashScreen( pixmap );
-       splash->show();
+       splash->show();
        TQMainWindow *mainWin = new TQMainWindow;
        ...
        app.setMainWidget( mainWin );
-       mainWin->show();
+       mainWin->show();
        splash->finish( mainWin );
        delete splash;
        return app.exec();
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ call TQApplication::processEvents 
              TQPixmap pixmap( "splash.png" );
    TQSplashScreen *splash = new TQSplashScreen( pixmap );
-   splash->show();
+   splash->show();
    ... // Loading some items
    splash->message( "Loaded modules" );
    tqApp->processEvents();
@@ -145,10 +145,10 @@ The default implementation draws the message passed by messag
 Reimplement this function if you want to do your own drawing on
 the splash screen.
 
-
          void TQSplashScreen::finish ( TQWidget * mainWin )
+
          void TQSplashScreen::finish ( TQWidget * mainWin )
 
          
 Makes the splash screen wait until the widget mainWin is displayed
-before calling close() on itself.
+before calling close() on itself.
 
 
          void TQSplashScreen::message ( const TQString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const TQColor & color = black ) [slot]
 
          
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ does not have any of the text drawn by message() calls.
 
 
          void TQSplashScreen::repaint ()
 
          
-This overrides TQWidget::repaint(). It differs from the standard
+This overrides TQWidget::repaint(). It differs from the standard
 repaint function in that it also calls TQApplication::flush() to
 ensure the updates are displayed, even when there is no event loop
 present.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsplitter.html b/doc/html/ntqsplitter.html
index 6880333d1..b19a51878 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsplitter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsplitter.html
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ may be controlled by a single splitter.
 can use setOrientation(TQSplitter::Vertical) to lay out the
 children vertically.
 
           By default, all widgets can be as large or as small as the user
-wishes, between the minimumSizeHint() (or minimumSize())
-and maximumSize() of the widgets. Use setResizeMode() to
+wishes, between the minimumSizeHint() (or minimumSize())
+and maximumSize() of the widgets. Use setResizeMode() to
 specify that a widget should keep its size when the splitter is
-resized, or set the stretch component of the sizePolicy.
+resized, or set the stretch component of the sizePolicy.
 
           Although TQSplitter normally resizes the children only at the end
 of a resize operation, if you call setOpaqueResize(TRUE) the
 widgets are resized as often as possible.
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ widgets are resized as often as possible.
 by the initial size of each widget. You can also use setSizes() to
 set the sizes of all the widgets. The function sizes() returns the
 sizes set by the user.
-
           If you hide() a child its space will be distributed among the
-other children. It will be reinstated when you show() it again. It
+
           If you hide() a child its space will be distributed among the
+other children. It will be reinstated when you show() it again. It
 is also possible to reorder the widgets within the splitter using
 moveToFirst() and moveToLast().
 
            
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ is also possible to reorder the widgets within the splitter using
 child widgets.
 
            
 
          • TQSplitter::Auto - The widget will be resized according to the stretch
-factors set in its sizePolicy().
+factors set in its sizePolicy().
 
          • TQSplitter::Stretch - The widget will be resized when the splitter
 itself is resized.
 
          • TQSplitter::KeepSize - TQSplitter will try to keep the widget's size
@@ -135,12 +135,12 @@ unchanged.
 widget's size hint changes.
 
          
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQSplitter::TQSplitter ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
          TQSplitter::TQSplitter ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
          
 Constructs a horizontal splitter with the parent and name
 arguments being passed on to the TQFrame constructor.
 
-
          TQSplitter::TQSplitter ( Orientation o, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
          TQSplitter::TQSplitter ( Orientation o, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
          
 Constructs a splitter with orientation o with the parent and
 name arguments being passed on to the TQFrame constructor.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ and *max if min and max are not 0.
 
          int TQSplitter::handleWidth () const
 
          Returns the width of the splitter handle.
 See the "handleWidth" property for details.
-
          int TQSplitter::idAfter ( TQWidget * w ) const [protected]
+
          int TQSplitter::idAfter ( TQWidget * w ) const [protected]
 
          
 Returns the ID of the widget to the right of or below the widget
 w, or 0 if there is no such widget (i.e. it is either not in
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ reversed.  p is then the distance from the right (or top) edge
 of the widget.
 
           
          See also idAfter().
 
-
          void TQSplitter::moveToFirst ( TQWidget * w )
+
          void TQSplitter::moveToFirst ( TQWidget * w )
 
          
 Moves widget w to the leftmost/top position.
 
 
          Example: splitter/splitter.cpp.
-
          void TQSplitter::moveToLast ( TQWidget * w )
+
          void TQSplitter::moveToLast ( TQWidget * w )
 
          
 Moves widget w to the rightmost/bottom position.
 
@@ -220,12 +220,12 @@ function.
 
          void TQSplitter::setChildrenCollapsible ( bool )
 
          Sets whether child widgets can be resized down to size 0 by the user.
 See the "childrenCollapsible" property for details.
-
          void TQSplitter::setCollapsible ( TQWidget * w, bool collapse )
+
          void TQSplitter::setCollapsible ( TQWidget * w, bool collapse )
 
          
 Sets whether the child widget w is collapsible to collapse.
 
           By default, children are collapsible, meaning that the user can
 resize them down to size 0, even if they have a non-zero
-minimumSize() or minimumSizeHint(). This behavior can be changed
+minimumSize() or minimumSizeHint(). This behavior can be changed
 on a per-widget basis by calling this function, or globally for
 all the widgets in the splitter by setting the childrenCollapsible property.
 
           
          See also childrenCollapsible.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ See the "opaqueResize" property
 
          void TQSplitter::setOrientation ( Orientation ) [virtual]
 
          Sets the orientation of the splitter.
 See the "orientation" property for details.
-
          void TQSplitter::setResizeMode ( TQWidget * w, ResizeMode mode ) [virtual]
+
          void TQSplitter::setResizeMode ( TQWidget * w, ResizeMode mode ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets resize mode of widget w to mode. (The default is Auto.)
 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ side). The possible orientations are Horizo
 
 
           Writes the sizes and the hidden state of the widgets in the
 splitter splitter to the text stream ts.
-
           
          See also operator>>(), sizes(), and TQWidget::hidden.
+
           
          See also operator>>(), sizes(), and TQWidget::hidden.
 
 
          TQTextStream & operator>> ( TQTextStream & ts, TQSplitter & splitter )
 
          
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ splitter splitter to the text stream ts.
 
           Reads the sizes and the hidden state of the widgets in the
 splitter splitter from the text stream ts. The sizes must
 have been previously written by the operator<<() function.
-
           
          See also operator<<(), setSizes(), and TQWidget::hide().
+
           
          See also operator<<(), setSizes(), and TQWidget::hide().
 
 
 
          
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html b/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
index ca3404b02..bbcb577dc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 presenting status information.
 More...
 
          #include <ntqstatusbar.h>
-
          Inherits TQWidget.
+
          Inherits TQWidget.
 
          List of all member functions.
 
          Public Members
          
 
            
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ corner. You can disable it with setSizeGripEnabled
 
             
            See also TQToolBar, TQMainWindow, TQLabel, GUI Design Handbook: Status Bar, Main Window and Related Classes, and Help System.
 
 
            Member Function Documentation
            
-
            TQStatusBar::TQStatusBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
            TQStatusBar::TQStatusBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
            
 Constructs a status bar called name with parent parent and
 with a size grip.
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ with a size grip.
 Destroys the status bar and frees any allocated resources and
 child widgets.
 
-
            void TQStatusBar::addWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE ) [virtual]
+
            void TQStatusBar::addWidget ( TQWidget * widget, int stretch = 0, bool permanent = FALSE ) [virtual]
 
            
 Adds widget to this status bar. widget is reparented if it
 isn't already a child of the TQStatusBar.
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ null-string when the message has been removed.
 
 Shows the temporary message, if appropriate.
 
-
            Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
            Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
            void TQStatusBar::reformat () [protected]
 
            
 Changes the status bar's appearance to account for item changes.
 Special subclasses may need this, but geometry management will
 usually take care of any necessary rearrangements.
 
-
            void TQStatusBar::removeWidget ( TQWidget * widget ) [virtual]
+
            void TQStatusBar::removeWidget ( TQWidget * widget ) [virtual]
 
            
 Removes widget from the status bar.
 
             This function may cause some flicker.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstyle.html b/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
index 21829dcc3..b33169eaa 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ Destroys the style and frees all allocated resources.
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
             
-
            void TQStyle::drawComplexControl ( ComplexControl control, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
            void TQStyle::drawComplexControl ( ComplexControl control, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, SCFlags sub = SC_All, SCFlags subActive = SC_None, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
            
 
 
             Draws the ComplexControl control using the painter p in the
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ coordinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrim
 drawn. Multiple flags can OR'ed together. See the table below for
 an explanation of which flags are used with the various
 ComplexControls.
-
             The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
             The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of control. The opt argument can be used to
 pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ and is toggled on.
  Style_AutoRaise Set if the toolbutton has auto-raise enabled.
  Style_Raised Set if the button is not down, not on and doesn't
 contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled.
- CC_TitleBar(const TQWidget *)
+ CC_TitleBar(const TQWidget *)
 Style_Enabled Set if the titlebar is enabled.
 Unused.
  
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled.
 
    • 
 
     
    See also ComplexControl and SubControl.
 
-
    void TQStyle::drawComplexControlMask ( ComplexControl control, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::drawComplexControlMask ( ComplexControl control, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Draw a bitmask for the ComplexControl control using the painter
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ corrdinates into screen coordinates when using drawPrim
 drawControl().
 
     
    See also drawComplexControl() and ComplexControl.
 
-
    void TQStyle::drawControl ( ControlElement element, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::drawControl ( ControlElement element, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQColorGroup & cg, SFlags how = Style_Default, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Draws the ControlElement element using the painter p in the
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ area r. Colors are used from the color group cg.
 drawn. Multiple flags can be OR'ed together. See the table below
 for an explanation of which flags are used with the various
 ControlElements.
-
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of element. The opt argument can be used to
 pass extra information required when drawing the ControlElement.
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ contain the mouse when auto-raise is enabled.
 
 
     
    See also ControlElement and StyleFlags.
 
-
    void TQStyle::drawControlMask ( ControlElement element, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::drawControlMask ( ControlElement element, TQPainter * p, const TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & r, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Draw a bitmask for the ControlElement element using the painter
@@ -975,11 +975,11 @@ enough to render the text or pixmap).
 
     By default, if both the text and the pixmap are not null, the
 pixmap is drawn and the text is ignored.
 
-
    int TQStyle::pixelMetric ( PixelMetric metric, const TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
+
    int TQStyle::pixelMetric ( PixelMetric metric, const TQWidget * widget = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the pixel metric for metric. The widget argument is
-a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be
+a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its subclasses. The widget can be
 cast to the appropriate type based on the value of metric. Note
 that widget may be zero even for PixelMetrics that can make use
 of widget. See the table below for the appropriate widget
@@ -997,14 +997,14 @@ casts:
  PM_TabBarBaseOverlap	    (const TQTabBar *)
 
 
-
    void TQStyle::polish ( TQWidget * ) [virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::polish ( TQWidget * ) [virtual]
 
    
 Initializes the appearance of a widget.
 
     This function is called for every widget at some point after it
 has been fully created but just before it is shown the very
 first time.
 
     Reasonable actions in this function might be to call
-TQWidget::setBackgroundMode() for the widget. An example of highly
+TQWidget::setBackgroundMode() for the widget. An example of highly
 unreasonable use would be setting the geometry! Reimplementing
 this function gives you a back-door through which you can change
 the appearance of a widget. With TQt 3.0's style engine you will
@@ -1035,13 +1035,13 @@ these requirements.
 
 Polishes the popup menu according to the GUI style. This usually
 means setting the mouse tracking
-(TQPopupMenu::setMouseTracking()) and whether the menu is
+(TQPopupMenu::setMouseTracking()) and whether the menu is
 checkable by default (TQPopupMenu::setCheckable()).
 
-
    SubControl TQStyle::querySubControl ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    SubControl TQStyle::querySubControl ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
-
     Returns the SubControl for widget at the point pos. The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     Returns the SubControl for widget at the point pos. The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of control. The opt argument can be used to
 pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
@@ -1054,12 +1054,12 @@ for an explanation of the widget and opt arguments.
 coordinates.
 
     
    See also drawComplexControl(), ComplexControl, SubControl, and querySubControlMetrics().
 
-
    TQRect TQStyle::querySubControlMetrics ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    TQRect TQStyle::querySubControlMetrics ( ComplexControl control, const TQWidget * widget, SubControl subcontrol, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the rect for the SubControl subcontrol for widget in
 logical coordinates.
-
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of control. The opt argument can be used to
 pass extra information required when drawing the ComplexControl.
@@ -1073,11 +1073,11 @@ for an explanation of the widget and opt arguments.
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    TQSize TQStyle::sizeFromContents ( ContentsType contents, const TQWidget * widget, const TQSize & contentsSize, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    TQSize TQStyle::sizeFromContents ( ContentsType contents, const TQWidget * widget, const TQSize & contentsSize, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the size of widget based on the contents size contentsSize.
-
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of contents. The opt argument can be used to
 pass extra information required when calculating the size. Note
@@ -1103,14 +1103,14 @@ appropriate widget and opt usage:
 TQMenuItem is currently an internal class.
 
 
-
    int TQStyle::styleHint ( StyleHint stylehint, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default, TQStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
+
    int TQStyle::styleHint ( StyleHint stylehint, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default, TQStyleHintReturn * returnData = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the style hint stylehint for widget. Currently, widget, opt, and returnData are unused; they're included to
 allow for future enhancements.
 
     For an explanation of the return value see StyleHint.
 
-
    TQPixmap TQStyle::stylePixmap ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
+
    TQPixmap TQStyle::stylePixmap ( StylePixmap stylepixmap, const TQWidget * widget = 0, const TQStyleOption & opt = TQStyleOption::Default ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns a pixmap for stylepixmap.
@@ -1118,28 +1118,28 @@ allow for future enhancements.
 when drawing the ControlElement. Note that opt may be the
 default value even for StylePixmaps that can make use of the extra
 options. Currently, the opt argument is unused.
-
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of stylepixmap. See the table below for the
 appropriate widget casts:
 
     
    
 
     StylePixmap Widget Cast
-
     SP_TitleBarMinButton	(const TQWidget *)
-
     SP_TitleBarMaxButton	(const TQWidget *)
-
     SP_TitleBarCloseButton	(const TQWidget *)
-
     SP_TitleBarNormalButton	(const TQWidget *)
-
     SP_TitleBarShadeButton	(const TQWidget *)
-
     SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton (const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarMinButton	(const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarMaxButton	(const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarCloseButton	(const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarNormalButton	(const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarShadeButton	(const TQWidget *)
+
     SP_TitleBarUnshadeButton (const TQWidget *)
 
     SP_DockWindowCloseButton (const TQDockWindow *)
 
    
 
     
    See also StylePixmap.
 
-
    TQRect TQStyle::subRect ( SubRect subrect, const TQWidget * widget ) const [pure virtual]
+
    TQRect TQStyle::subRect ( SubRect subrect, const TQWidget * widget ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the sub-area subrect for the widget in logical
 coordinates.
-
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
+
     The widget argument is a pointer to a TQWidget or one of its
 subclasses. The widget can be cast to the appropriate type based
 on the value of subrect. See the table below for the
 appropriate widget casts:
@@ -1154,13 +1154,13 @@ appropriate widget casts:
  SR_RadioButtonContents	(const TQRadioButton *)
  SR_RadioButtonFocusRect	(const TQRadioButton *)
  SR_ComboBoxFocusRect	(const TQComboBox *)
- SR_DockWindowHandleRect	(const TQWidget *)
+ SR_DockWindowHandleRect	(const TQWidget *)
  SR_ProgressBarGroove	(const TQProgressBar *)
  SR_ProgressBarContents	(const TQProgressBar *)
  SR_ProgressBarLabel	(const TQProgressBar *)
 
 
     The tear-off handle (SR_DockWindowHandleRect) for TQDockWindow
-is a private class. Use TQWidget::parentWidget() to access the
+is a private class. Use TQWidget::parentWidget() to access the
 TQDockWindow:
 
     
             if ( !widget->parentWidget() )
@@ -1170,12 +1170,12 @@ TQDockWindow:
  
 
     
    See also SubRect.
 
-
    void TQStyle::tabbarMetrics ( const TQWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const
+
    void TQStyle::tabbarMetrics ( const TQWidget * t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    void TQStyle::unPolish ( TQWidget * ) [virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::unPolish ( TQWidget * ) [virtual]
 
    
 Undoes the initialization of a widget's appearance.
 
     This function is the counterpart to polish. It is called for every
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Undoes the application polish.
 
     
    See also polish().
 
-
    TQRect TQStyle::visualRect ( const TQRect & logical, const TQWidget * w ) [static]
+
    TQRect TQStyle::visualRect ( const TQRect & logical, const TQWidget * w ) [static]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the rect logical in screen coordinates. The bounding
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqt.html b/doc/html/ntqt.html
index f06bcfa62..b0b2048f7 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqt.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqt.html
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
 
 
     This enum describes how the background of a widget changes, as the
 widget's palette changes.
-
     The background is what the widget contains when paintEvent() is called. To minimize
+
     The background is what the widget contains when paintEvent() is called. To minimize
 flicker, this should be the most common color or pixmap in the
 widget. For PaletteBackground, use colorGroup().brush( TQColorGroup::Background ), and so on.
 
     Although FixedColor and FixedPixmap are sometimes just
 right, if you use them, make sure that you test your application
 when the desktop color scheme has been changed. (On X11, a quick
 way to test this is e.g. "./myapp -bg paleblue". On Windows, you
 must use the control panel.)
-
     
    See also TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(), and TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor.
+
     
    See also TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::backgroundMode, TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(), and TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor.
 
 
    TQt::BrushStyle
    
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html b/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
index 2875c7b3d..a9cb783bc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    The TQTabBar class provides a tab bar, e.g. for use in tabbed dialogs.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqtabbar.h>
-
    Inherits TQWidget.
+
    Inherits TQWidget.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
@@ -137,10 +137,10 @@ unusual; included for completeness)
 the Excel spreadsheet, for example
 
    
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQTabBar::TQTabBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQTabBar::TQTabBar ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a new, empty tab bar; the parent and name
-arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
+arguments are passed on to the TQWidget constructor.
 
 
    TQTabBar::~TQTabBar ()
 
    
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Paints the tab t using painter p. If and only if selected<
 is TRUE, t is drawn currently selected.
 
     This virtual function may be reimplemented to change the look of
 TQTabBar. If you decide to reimplement it, you may also need to
-reimplement sizeHint().
+reimplement sizeHint().
 
 
    void TQTabBar::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
    
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Repaints the tab row. All the painting is done by paint();
 order. The event is passed in e.
 
     
    See also paint().
 
-
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
    void TQTabBar::paintLabel ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & br, TQTab * t, bool has_focus ) const [virtual protected]
 
    
 Paints the label of tab t centered in rectangle br using
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ determine which tab is pressed. The default implementation returns
 a pointer to the tab whose bounding rectangle contains p, if
 exactly one tab's bounding rectangle contains p. Otherwise it
 returns 0.
-
     
    See also mousePressEvent() and mouseReleaseEvent().
+
     
    See also mousePressEvent() and mouseReleaseEvent().
 
 
    void TQTabBar::selected ( int id ) [signal]
 
    
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ returns 0.
 
     TQTabBar emits this signal whenever any tab is selected, whether by
 the program or by the user. The argument id is the id of the
 tab as returned by addTab().
-
     show() is guaranteed to emit this signal; you can display your
+
     show() is guaranteed to emit this signal; you can display your
 page in a slot connected to this signal.
 
 
    void TQTabBar::setCurrentTab ( int ) [virtual slot]
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ See the "shape" property for details.
 Enables tab id if enabled is TRUE or disables it if enabled is FALSE. If id is currently selected,
 setTabEnabled(FALSE) makes another tab selected.
 
     setTabEnabled() updates the display if this causes a change in id's status.
-
     
    See also update() and isTabEnabled().
+
     
    See also update() and isTabEnabled().
 
 
    void TQTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
index f82a877c9..3cdb1e911 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ following optional buttons: Apply, Cancel, Defaults and Help.
 constructor:
 
      
 
    1.  Create a TQTabDialog.
-
    2.  Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog, insert
+
    3.  Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog, insert
 children into it, set up geometry management for it, and use
 addTab() (or insertTab()) to set up a tab and keyboard accelerator
 for it.
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ than TQTabDialog provides, consider creating a TQDialog
 
       
      See also TQDialog and Dialog Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQTabDialog::TQTabDialog ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a TQTabDialog with only an OK button.
 The parent, name, modal and widget flag, f, arguments
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ dialog's state in a slot and connect this signal to it.
 hidden, rather than being created, shown, and deleted afterwards.
 
       
      See also applyButtonPressed(), show(), and cancelButtonPressed().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )
 
      
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       The new page is child; the tab's label is label.
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ move the focus to this tab.
 user may be confused.
 
       
      See also insertTab().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This version of the function shows the iconset as well as the label on the tab of child.
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )
+
      void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This is a lower-level method for adding tabs, similar to the other
@@ -228,21 +228,21 @@ dialog.
 so you should generally not need to connect it to any slot.
 
       
      See also applyButtonPressed(), defaultButtonPressed(), and setCancelButton().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
      
 Changes tab page w's iconset to iconset and label to label.
 
       
-
      void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Defines a new label for the tab of page w
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::currentChanged ( TQWidget * ) [signal]
+
      void TQTabDialog::currentChanged ( TQWidget * ) [signal]
 
       
 
       This signal is emitted whenever the current page changes.
 
       
      See also currentPage(), showPage(), and tabLabel().
 
-
      TQWidget * TQTabDialog::currentPage () const
+
      TQWidget * TQTabDialog::currentPage () const
 
        Returns a pointer to the page currently being displayed by the
 tab dialog. The tab dialog does its best to make sure that this value
 is never 0 (but if you try hard enough, it can be).
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ FALSE.
 could be used to present information about how to use the dialog.
 
       
      See also applyButtonPressed(), cancelButtonPressed(), and setHelpButton().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
+
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
 
      
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       The new page is child; the tab's label is label.
@@ -313,11 +313,11 @@ it is inserted at the specified position.
 user may be confused.
 
       
      See also addTab().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
+
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
 
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This version of the function shows the iconset as well as the label on the tab of child.
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )
+
      void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the other
@@ -328,10 +328,10 @@ subclass of TQTab.
 label or an icon that identifies the tab page. The index is the
 position where this tab page should be inserted.
 
       
-
      bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the page w is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
 
      bool TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled ( const char * name ) const
 
       This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -339,12 +339,12 @@ Returns TRUE if the page w is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 FALSE if it is disabled.
 
       If name is 0 or not the name of any of the pages, isTabEnabled()
 returns FALSE.
-
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::removePage ( TQWidget * w )
+
      void TQTabDialog::removePage ( TQWidget * w )
 
       Removes page w from this stack of widgets. Does not
 delete w.
-
      See also showPage(), TQTabWidget::removePage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
+
      See also showPage(), TQTabWidget::removePage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
 
 
      void TQTabDialog::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
      
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ delete w.
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       This signal is emitted whenever a tab is selected (raised),
 including during the first show().
-
       
      See also raise().
+
       
      See also raise().
 
 
      void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton ( const TQString & text )
 
      
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Sets the font for the tabs to font.
 immediately. There may be some geometry changes, depending on the
 size of the old and new fonts.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton ( const TQString & text )
 
      
 Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to text.
@@ -454,32 +454,32 @@ Note that this must be called before any tabs have been added,
 or the behavior is undefined.
 
      See also tabBar().
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )
+
      void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )
 
      
 If enable is TRUE the page w is enabled; otherwise w is
 disabled. The page's tab is redrawn appropriately.
-
       TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a
+
       TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a
 separate flag.
 
       Note that even a disabled tab and tab page may be visible. If the
 page is already visible TQTabWidget will not hide it; if all the
 pages are disabled TQTabWidget will show one of them.
-
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
 
      void TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled ( const char * name, bool enable )
 
      This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       Finds the page with object name name, enables/disables it
 according to the value of enable and redraws the page's tab
 appropriately.
-
       TQTabDialog uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a
+
       TQTabDialog uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than keeping a
 separate flag.
 
       Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is
 already visible TQTabDialog will not hide it; if all the pages
 are disabled TQTabDialog will show one of them.
 
       The object name is used (rather than the tab label) because the tab
 text may not be invariant in multi-language applications.
-
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
-
      void TQTabDialog::showPage ( TQWidget * w )
+
      void TQTabDialog::showPage ( TQWidget * w )
 
        Ensures that widget w is shown. This is mainly useful for accelerators.
 
       Warning: If used carelessly, this function can easily surprise or
 confuse the user.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ confuse the user.
 Returns the currently set TQTabBar.
 
      See also setTabBar().
 
-
      TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )
+
      TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )
 
        Returns the text in the tab for page w.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtable.html b/doc/html/ntqtable.html
index 0e7981c67..32e18d80a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtable.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtable.html
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ By default a vertical header appears at the left of the table
 showing row numbers and a horizontal header appears at the top of
 the table showing column numbers. (The numbers displayed start at
 1, although row and column numbers within TQTable begin at 0.)
-
       If you want to use mouse tracking call setMouseTracking( TRUE ) on
+
       If you want to use mouse tracking call setMouseTracking( TRUE ) on
 the viewport; (see TQScrollView).
 
       
      Table Items
       
 
       
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ set with setLeftMargin(). The horizontal header is
 within the table's top margin whose height is set with
 setTopMargin(). The table's grid can be switched off with
 setShowGrid(). If you want to hide a horizontal header call
-hide(), and call setTopMargin( 0 ) so that the area the header
+hide(), and call setTopMargin( 0 ) so that the area the header
 would have occupied is reduced to zero size.
 
       Header labels are indexed via their section numbers. Note that the
 default behavior of TQHeader regarding section numbers is overriden
@@ -436,21 +436,21 @@ widget's base color - even when selected.
 
    4. TQTable::MultiRow - The user may select multiple rows.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQTable::TQTable ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQTable::TQTable ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Creates an empty table object called name as a child of parent.
 
       Call setNumRows() and setNumCols() to set the table size before
 populating the table if you're using TQTableItems.
-
       
      See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
+
       
      See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
 
-
      TQTable::TQTable ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQTable::TQTable ( int numRows, int numCols, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty table called name with numRows rows and
 numCols columns. The table is a child of parent.
 
       If you're using TQTableItems to populate the table's cells, you
 can create TQTableItem, TQComboTableItem and TQCheckTableItem items
 and insert them into the table using setItem(). (See the notes on large tables for an alternative to using TQTableItems.)
-
       
      See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
+
       
      See also TQWidget::clearWFlags() and TQt::WidgetFlags.
 
 
      TQTable::~TQTable ()
 
      
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Resizes row row so that the row height is tall enough to
 display the tallest item the row contains.
 
       
      See also adjustColumn().
 
-
      TQWidget * TQTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace ) [virtual protected]
+
      TQWidget * TQTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 This function is called to start in-place editing of the cell at
 row, col. Editing is achieved by creating an editor
@@ -512,11 +512,11 @@ content coordinates.
 Returns the geometry of cell row, col in the cell's
 coordinate system. This is a convenience function useful in
 paintCell(). It is equivalent to TQRect( TQPoint(0,0), cellGeometry(
-row, col).size() );
+row, col).size() );
 
       
      See also cellGeometry().
 
 
      Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-
      TQWidget * TQTable::cellWidget ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
+
      TQWidget * TQTable::cellWidget ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the widget that has been set for the cell at row, col, or 0 if no widget has been set.
 
       If you don't use TQTableItems you may need to reimplement this
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ the position where the context menu will appear in the global
 coordinate system. This signal is always emitted, even if the
 contents of the cell are disabled.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQTable::createEditor ( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const [virtual protected]
+
      TQWidget * TQTable::createEditor ( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const [virtual protected]
 
      
 This function returns the widget which should be used as an editor
 for the contents of the cell at row, col.
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Inserts count empty columns at column col.  Also clears the count       empty rows at row row. Also clears the selection(s).
 
       
      See also insertColumns() and removeRow().
 
-
      void TQTable::insertWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * w ) [virtual protected]
+
      void TQTable::insertWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * w ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Inserts widget w at row, col into the internal
 data structure. See the documentation of setCellWidget() for
@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ reimplement this function to save the data the user entered into
 your data structure. (See the notes on large tables.)
 
       
      See also TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor() and createEditor().
 
-
      void TQTable::setCellWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * e ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTable::setCellWidget ( int row, int col, TQWidget * e ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the widget e to the cell at row, col and takes care of
 placing and resizing the widget when the cell geometry changes.
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ move operations internally.
 
      Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on
 the cell's EditType, and this setting:
 see TQTableItem::EditType.
-
       
      See also TQWidget::enabled, setColumnReadOnly(), and setRowReadOnly().
+
       
      See also TQWidget::enabled, setColumnReadOnly(), and setRowReadOnly().
 
 
      Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with isReadOnly().
 
      bool rowMovingEnabled
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html b/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
index 070fa2fc7..34ff7729a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
      The TQTabWidget class provides a stack of tabbed widgets.
 More...
 
      #include <ntqtabwidget.h>
-
      Inherits TQWidget.
+
      Inherits TQWidget.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ or by pressing its Alt+letter accelerator if it has one.
 constructor:
 
          
 
        1.  Create a TQTabWidget.
-
        2.  Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog,
+
        3.  Create a TQWidget for each of the pages in the tab dialog,
 insert children into it, set up geometry management for it and use
 addTab() (or insertTab()) to set up a tab and keyboard accelerator
 for it.
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ tab. Note that even if a tab is disabled, the page can still be
 visible, for example if all of the tabs happen to be disabled.
 
           Although tab widgets can be a very good way to split up a complex
 dialog, it's also very easy to get into a mess. See TQTabDialog for
-some design hints. An alternative is to use a TQWidgetStack for
+some design hints. An alternative is to use a TQWidgetStack for
 which you provide some means of navigating between pages, for
 example, a TQToolBar or a TQListBox.
 
           Most of the functionality in TQTabWidget is provided by a TQTabBar
@@ -172,12 +172,12 @@ area, organizing the individual pages).
 
        4. TQTabWidget::Triangular - triangular look (very unusual, included for completeness)
 
      
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQTabWidget::TQTabWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQTabWidget::TQTabWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a tabbed widget called name with parent parent,
 and widget flags f.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
      
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       The new page is child; the tab's label is label. Note the
@@ -190,19 +190,19 @@ and other factors.
 the ampersand is used as an accelerator for the tab, e.g. if the
 label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will
 move the focus to this tab.
-
       If you call addTab() after show() the screen will flicker and the
+
       If you call addTab() after show() the screen will flicker and the
 user may be confused.
 
       Adding the same child twice will have undefined behavior.
 
       
      See also insertTab().
 
 
      Examples: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and themes/themes.cpp.
-
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       This function is the same as addTab(), but with an additional iconset.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This is a low-level function for adding tabs. It is useful if you
@@ -210,30 +210,30 @@ are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab. The child is
 the new page and tab is the tab to put the child on.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
      
 Defines a new label for page w's tab.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
      void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Defines a new iconset and a new label for page w's tab.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::cornerWidget ( TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight ) const
+
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::cornerWidget ( TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight ) const
 
      
 Returns the widget shown in the corner of the tab widget or 0.
 
 
      int TQTabWidget::count () const
 
      Returns the number of tabs in the tab bar.
 See the "count" property for details.
-
      void TQTabWidget::currentChanged ( TQWidget * ) [signal]
+
      void TQTabWidget::currentChanged ( TQWidget * ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted whenever the current page changes. The
 parameter is the new current page.
 
       
      See also currentPage(), showPage(), and tabLabel().
 
-
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::currentPage () const
+
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::currentPage () const
 
      
 Returns a pointer to the page currently being displayed by the tab
 dialog. The tab dialog does its best to make sure that this value
@@ -242,12 +242,12 @@ is never 0 (but if you try hard enough, it can be).
 
      int TQTabWidget::currentPageIndex () const
 
      Returns the index position of the current tab page.
 See the "currentPage" property for details.
-
      int TQTabWidget::indexOf ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      int TQTabWidget::indexOf ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns the index position of page w, or -1 if the widget
 cannot be found.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       The new page is child; the tab's label is label. Note the
@@ -262,18 +262,18 @@ label is "Bro&wse" then Alt+W becomes an accelerator which will
 move the focus to this tab.
 
       If index is not specified, the tab is simply appended.
 Otherwise it is inserted at the specified position.
-
       If you call insertTab() after show(), the screen will flicker and
+
       If you call insertTab() after show(), the screen will flicker and
 the user may be confused.
 
       
      See also addTab().
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 
       This function is the same as insertTab(), but with an additional
 iconset.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
+
      void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, TQTab * tab, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This is a lower-level method for inserting tabs, similar to the
@@ -282,10 +282,10 @@ other insertTab() method. It is useful if you are using
 TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab. The child is
 the new page, tab is the tab to put the child on and index is the position in the tab bar that this page should occupy.
 
-
      bool TQTabWidget::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      bool TQTabWidget::isTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the page w is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
 
      TQString TQTabWidget::label ( int index ) const
 
      
@@ -295,22 +295,22 @@ Returns the label of the tab at index position index or
 
      int TQTabWidget::margin () const
 
      Returns the margin in this tab widget.
 See the "margin" property for details.
-
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::page ( int index ) const
+
      TQWidget * TQTabWidget::page ( int index ) const
 
      
 Returns the tab page at index position index or 0 if the index is out of range.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::removePage ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQTabWidget::removePage ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 Removes page w from this stack of widgets. Does not delete w.
-
       
      See also addTab(), showPage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
+
       
      See also addTab(), showPage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::removeTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w )
+
      void TQTabWidget::removeTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w )
 
      
 Removes the tab tool tip for page w. If the page does not have
 a tip, nothing happens.
 
       
      See also setTabToolTip() and tabToolTip().
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * w, TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight )
+
      void TQTabWidget::setCornerWidget ( TQWidget * w, TQt::Corner corner = TQt::TopRight )
 
      
 Sets widget w to be the shown in the specified corner of the
 tab widget.
@@ -330,22 +330,22 @@ that this must be called before any tabs have been added, or
 the behavior is undefined.
 
       
      See also tabBar().
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )
+
      void TQTabWidget::setTabEnabled ( TQWidget * w, bool enable )
 
      
 If enable is TRUE, page w is enabled; otherwise page w is
 disabled. The page's tab is redrawn appropriately.
-
       TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than
+
       TQTabWidget uses TQWidget::setEnabled() internally, rather than
 keeping a separate flag.
 
       Note that even a disabled tab/page may be visible. If the page is
 visible already, TQTabWidget will not hide it; if all the pages are
 disabled, TQTabWidget will show one of them.
-
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
+
       
      See also isTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::setTabIconSet ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset )
+
      void TQTabWidget::setTabIconSet ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset )
 
      
 Sets the iconset for page w to iconset.
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )
+
      void TQTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )
 
      
 Sets the tab label for page w to l
 
@@ -355,12 +355,12 @@ See the "tabPosition" property
 
      void TQTabWidget::setTabShape ( TabShape s )
 
      Sets the shape of the tabs in this tab widget to s.
 See the "tabShape" property for details.
-
      void TQTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )
+
      void TQTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )
 
      
 Sets the tab tool tip for page w to tip.
 
       
      See also removeTabToolTip() and tabToolTip().
 
-
      void TQTabWidget::showPage ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQTabWidget::showPage ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 Ensures that page w is shown. This is useful mainly for
 accelerators.
@@ -373,12 +373,12 @@ confuse the user.
 Returns the current TQTabBar.
 
       
      See also setTabBar().
 
-
      TQIconSet TQTabWidget::tabIconSet ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      TQIconSet TQTabWidget::tabIconSet ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns the iconset of page w or a null iconset if w is not a tab page or does not have an
 iconset.
 
-
      TQString TQTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      TQString TQTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns the label text for the tab on page w.
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ See the "tabPosition" property
 
      TabShape TQTabWidget::tabShape () const
 
      Returns the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
 See the "tabShape" property for details.
-
      TQString TQTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
      TQString TQTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
      
 Returns the tab tool tip for page w or TQString::null if no tool
 tip has been set.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ tip has been set.
 
      Property Documentation
      
 
      bool autoMask
      
 
      This property holds whether the tab widget is automatically masked.
-
      See also TQWidget::autoMask.
+
      See also TQWidget::autoMask.
 
 
      int count
      
 
      This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html b/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
index e528b230c..e70ad256f 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ use TQSimpleRichText or Advanced Widgets, Help System, and Text Related Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQTextBrowser::TQTextBrowser ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQTextBrowser::TQTextBrowser ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty TQTextBrowser called name, with parent parent.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html b/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
index 02e3c613b..a8c964aac 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
 
       
      See also wrapPolicy.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a TQTextEdit called name, with parent parent. The
 text edit will display the text text using context context.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ the same way to hrefs, for example,
 <a href="target.html">Target</a>, would resolve to
 "path/to/look/in/target.html".
 
-
      TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty TQTextEdit called name, with parent parent.
 
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ was moved; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
      TQFont TQTextEdit::font () const
 
      
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       Returns TQScrollView::font()
+
       Returns TQScrollView::font()
 
       Warning: In previous versions this function returned the font of
 the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
 currentFont() instead.
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ See the "hasSelectedText" pr
 Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
 all the text if the text edit is w pixels wide.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      void TQTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected ) [slot]
 
      
 Inserts text at the current cursor position.
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
 Processes the key event, e. By default key events are used to
 provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
 
-
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
+
      Reimplemented from TQWidget.
 
      Reimplemented in TQTextBrowser.
 
      int TQTextEdit::length () const
 
      Returns the number of characters in the text.
@@ -1199,7 +1199,7 @@ Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to c.
 
 
       Sets the font of the current format to f.
 
       If the widget is in LogText mode this function will do
-nothing. Use setFont() instead.
+nothing. Use setFont() instead.
 
       
      See also currentFont(), setPointSize(), and setFamily().
 
 
      void TQTextEdit::setCursorPosition ( int para, int index ) [virtual slot]
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ Sets the background color of selection number selNum to back
 and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
 inverted with invertText.
 
       This only works for selNum > 0. The default selection (selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
-colorGroup().
+colorGroup().
 
 
      void TQTextEdit::setStyleSheet ( TQStyleSheet * styleSheet ) [virtual slot]
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
index 79d841185..cc9926109 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ adding two TQActions.
 
       You may use most widgets within a toolbar, with TQToolButton and
 TQComboBox being the most common.
 
       If you create a new widget on an already visible TQToolBar, this
-widget will automatically become visible without needing a show()
+widget will automatically become visible without needing a show()
 call. (This differs from every other TQt widget container. We
 recommend calling show() anyway since we hope to fix this anomaly
 in a future release.)
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ orientation correctly for you, but you can set it yourself with
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       
-
      TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty horizontal toolbar.
 
       The toolbar is called name and is a child of parent and is
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Returns a pointer to the TQMainWindow which man
 
      void TQToolBar::setLabel ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the toolbar's label.
 See the "label" property for details.
-
      void TQToolBar::setStretchableWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
+
      void TQToolBar::setStretchableWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the widget w to be expanded if this toolbar is requested
 to stretch.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
index f15ae848e..a646057e0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ items.
 
       A toolbox is a widget that displays a column of tabs one above the
 other, with the current item displayed below the current tab.
 Every tab has an index position within the column of tabs. A tab's
-item is a TQWidget.
+item is a TQWidget.
 
       Each item has an itemLabel(), an optional icon, itemIconSet(), an
 optional itemToolTip(), and a widget. The
 item's attributes can be changed with setItemLabel(),
@@ -106,18 +106,18 @@ changed.
 
       
      See also TQTabWidget and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQToolBox::TQToolBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQToolBox::TQToolBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a toolbox called name with parent parent and flags f.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
+
      int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
 
      
 
 Adds the widget item in a new tab at bottom of the toolbox. The
 new tab's label is set to label, and the iconSet is
 displayed to the left of the label.  Returns the new tab's index.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
      int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
      
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -137,23 +137,23 @@ current item.
 
      int TQToolBox::currentIndex () const
 
      Returns the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty.
 See the "currentIndex" property for details.
-
      TQWidget * TQToolBox::currentItem () const
+
      TQWidget * TQToolBox::currentItem () const
 
      
 Returns the toolbox's current item, or 0 if the toolbox is empty.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::indexOf ( TQWidget * item ) const
+
      int TQToolBox::indexOf ( TQWidget * item ) const
 
      
 Returns the index of item item, or -1 if the item does not
 exist.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
+
      int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
 
      
 Inserts the widget item at position index, or at the bottom
 of the toolbox if index is out of range. The new item's label
 is set to label, and the iconSet is displayed to the left of
 the label. Returns the new item's index.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )
+
      int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )
 
      
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ set to label. Returns the new item's index.
 
 Returns TRUE if the item at position index is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQToolBox::item ( int index ) const
+
      TQWidget * TQToolBox::item ( int index ) const
 
      
 Returns the item at position index, or 0 if there is no such
 item.
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ position index.
 Returns the tooltip of the item at position index, or a null
 string if index is out of range.
 
-
      int TQToolBox::removeItem ( TQWidget * item )
+
      int TQToolBox::removeItem ( TQWidget * item )
 
      
 Removes the widget item from the toolbox. Note that the widget
 is not deleted. Returns the removed widget's index, or -1 if
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ the widget was not in this tool box.
 
      void TQToolBox::setCurrentIndex ( int index ) [slot]
 
      Sets the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty to index.
 See the "currentIndex" property for details.
-
      void TQToolBox::setCurrentItem ( TQWidget * item )
+
      void TQToolBox::setCurrentItem ( TQWidget * item )
 
      
 Sets the current item to be item.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
index 86ed756e3..05d91fa16 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ tool button's icon.
 
    5. TQToolButton::BelowIcon - The text appears below the icon.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty tool button called name, with parent parent.
 
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ Constructs a tool button called name, that is a child of parent The tool button will display iconSet, with its text label and
 tool tip set to textLabel and its status bar message set to grouptext. It will be connected to the slot in object receiver.
 
-
      TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( ArrowType type, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( ArrowType type, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a tool button as an arrow button. The ArrowType type defines the arrow direction. Possible values are LeftArrow, RightArrow, UpArrow and DownArrow.
 
       An arrow button has auto-repeat turned on by default.
-
       The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQToolButton::~TQToolButton ()
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ See the "usesTextLabel" prop
 
      Set this property's value with setAutoRaise() and get this property's value with autoRaise().
 
      BackgroundMode backgroundMode
      
 
      This property holds the toolbutton's background mode.
-
      Get this property with backgroundMode().
-
       
      See also TQWidget::backgroundMode.
+
      Get this property with backgroundMode().
+
       
      See also TQWidget::backgroundMode.
 
 
      TQIconSet iconSet
      
 
      This property holds the icon set providing the icon shown on the button.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html b/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
index f37673049..c159d97dd 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ a widget using textFor().
 
       
      See also TQStatusBar, TQWhatsThis, TQToolTipGroup, GUI Design Handbook: Tool Tip, and Help System.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQToolTip::TQToolTip ( TQWidget * widget, TQToolTipGroup * group = 0 )
+
      TQToolTip::TQToolTip ( TQWidget * widget, TQToolTipGroup * group = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a tool tip object. This is only necessary if you need
 tool tips on regions that can move within the widget (most often
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TQToolTip is not deleted when widget is deleted.
  
 
       
      See also maybeTip().
 
-
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
      
 Adds a tool tip to widget. text is the text to be shown in
 the tool tip.
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ suitable for adding tool tips to buttons, checkboxes, comboboxes
 and so on.
 
 
      Examples: helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, and tooltip/tooltip.cpp.
-
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText ) [static]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Adds a tool tip to widget and to tool tip group group.
@@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ text emitted from group.
 
       Normally, longText is shown in a status
     bar or similar.
 
-
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Adds a tool tip to a fixed rectangle, rect, within widget.
 text is the text shown in the tool tip.
 
-
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText ) [static]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Adds a tool tip to an entire widget and to tool tip group group. The tooltip will disappear when the mouse leaves the rect.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ moves back in: maybeTip() is called again instead.
 Returns the palette common to all tool tips.
 
       
      See also setPalette().
 
-
      TQWidget * TQToolTip::parentWidget () const
+
      TQWidget * TQToolTip::parentWidget () const
 
      
 
 
       Returns the widget this TQToolTip applies to.
@@ -275,13 +275,13 @@ Returns the palette common to all tool tips.
 destroyed.
 
       
      See also group().
 
-
      void TQToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget ) [static]
 
      
 Removes the tool tip from widget.
 
       If there is more than one tool tip on widget, only the one
 covering the entire widget is removed.
 
-
      void TQToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect ) [static]
+
      void TQToolTip::remove ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect ) [static]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Removes any tool tip for rect from widget.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Sets the palette for all tool tips to palette.
 Sets the wakeup delay for all tooltips to i
 milliseconds.
 
-
      TQString TQToolTip::textFor ( TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ) ) [static]
+
      TQString TQToolTip::textFor ( TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ) ) [static]
 
      
 Returns the tool tip text for widget at position pos, or
 TQString::null if there is no tool tip for the given widget and
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvbox.html b/doc/html/ntqvbox.html
index b38039c93..0309f85f8 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvbox.html
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ its child widgets.
 
 
 
       All its child widgets will be placed vertically and sized
-according to their sizeHint()s.
+according to their sizeHint()s.
 
       
      TQVBox
       
 
       
      See also TQHBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQVBox::TQVBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQVBox::TQVBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vbox widget called name with parent parent and
 widget flags f.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
index a37a95436..6f56c4bff 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
@@ -58,16 +58,16 @@ title and is specifically designed for buttons.
 
       
      See also TQHButtonGroup, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical button group with no title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical button group with the title title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQVButtonGroup::~TQVButtonGroup ()
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
index 7c0574760..98154a52e 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
@@ -57,16 +57,16 @@ vertical column.
 
       
      See also TQHGroupBox, Widget Appearance and Style, Layout Management, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical group box with no title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical group box with the title title.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
+
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
 
      TQVGroupBox::~TQVGroupBox ()
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html b/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
index 338c58738..b2ee114ac 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ depending on the position of the mouse click. By reimplementing
 TQWhatsThis::clicked() it is possible to have hyperlinks inside the
 help texts.
 
       If you wish to control the "What's this?" behavior of a widget
-manually see TQWidget::customWhatsThis().
+manually see TQWidget::customWhatsThis().
 
       The What's This object can be removed using TQWhatsThis::remove(),
 although this is rarely necessary because it is automatically
 removed when the widget is destroyed.
 
       
      See also TQToolTip and Help System.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWhatsThis::TQWhatsThis ( TQWidget * widget )
+
      TQWhatsThis::TQWhatsThis ( TQWidget * widget )
 
      
 Constructs a dynamic "What's this?" object for widget. The
 object is deleted when the widget is destroyed.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ than using the text assigned by add().
 
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
      
 Adds text as "What's this" help for widget. If the text is
 rich text formatted (i.e. it contains markup) it will be rendered
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ not be explicitly removed.
 window is closed, otherwise it remains visible.
 
       The default implementation ignores href and returns TRUE.
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::display ( const TQString & text, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::display ( const TQString & text, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
      
 Display text in a help window at the global screen position pos.
 
       If widget w is not 0 and has its own dedicated TQWhatsThis
@@ -174,11 +174,11 @@ Returns TRUE if the application is in "What's this?" mode;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also enterWhatsThisMode() and leaveWhatsThisMode().
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
      
 Leaves "What's this?" question mode.
 
       This function is used internally by widgets that support
-TQWidget::customWhatsThis(); applications do not usually call it.
+TQWidget::customWhatsThis(); applications do not usually call it.
 An example of such a widget is TQPopupMenu: menus still work
 normally in "What's this?" mode but also provide help texts for
 individual menu items.
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ will receive clicked() messages when the user clicks on h
 inside the help text.
 
       
      See also inWhatsThisMode(), enterWhatsThisMode(), and TQWhatsThis::clicked().
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::remove ( TQWidget * widget ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::remove ( TQWidget * widget ) [static]
 
      
 Removes the "What's this?" help associated with the widget.
 This happens automatically if the widget is destroyed.
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ widget that this "What's this?" object documents. If there is no
 "What's this?" text for the position, TQString::null is returned.
 
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
-
      TQString TQWhatsThis::textFor ( TQWidget * w, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE ) [static]
+
      TQString TQWhatsThis::textFor ( TQWidget * w, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE ) [static]
 
      
 Returns the what's this text for widget w or TQString::null if
 there is no "What's this?" help for the widget. pos contains
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ subclassed to make the text that is displayed position dependent.
 consideration as well when looking for what's this help text.
 
       
      See also add().
 
-
      TQToolButton * TQWhatsThis::whatsThisButton ( TQWidget * parent ) [static]
+
      TQToolButton * TQWhatsThis::whatsThisButton ( TQWidget * parent ) [static]
 
      
 Creates a TQToolButton preconfigured to enter "What's this?" mode
 when clicked. You will often use this with a tool bar as parent:
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwidget.html b/doc/html/ntqwidget.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d49881dc6..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqwidget.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3256 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQWidget Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
      TQWidget Class Reference
      
-
-
      The TQWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
-More...
-
      #include <ntqwidget.h>
-
      Inherits TQObject and TQPaintDevice.
-
      Inherited by TQAxWidget, TQButton, TQFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView, TQDateTimeEditBase, TQDateTimeEdit, TQDesktopWidget, TQDial, TQDockArea, TQGLWidget, TQHeader, TQMainWindow, TQMotifWidget, TQNPWidget, TQScrollBar, TQSizeGrip, TQSlider, TQSpinBox, TQSplashScreen, TQStatusBar, TQTabBar, TQTabWidget, TQWorkspace, and TQXtWidget.
-
      List of all member functions.
-
      Public Members
      
-
-
      Public Slots
      
-
-
      Static Public Members
      
-
-
      Properties
      
-
        
-
      • bool acceptDrops - whether drop events are enabled for this widget
        • 
-
      • bool autoMask - whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget
        • 
-
      • TQBrush backgroundBrush - the widget's background brush  (read only)
        • 
-
      • BackgroundMode backgroundMode - the color role used for painting the background of the widget
        • 
-
      • BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin - the origin of the widget's background
        • 
-
      • TQSize baseSize - the base size of the widget
        • 
-
      • TQString caption - the window caption (title)
        • 
-
      • TQRect childrenRect - the bounding rectangle of the widget's children  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQRegion childrenRegion - the combined region occupied by the widget's children  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQColorGroup colorGroup - the current color group of the widget palette  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQCursor cursor - the cursor shape for this widget
        • 
-
      • bool customWhatsThis - whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool enabled - whether the widget is enabled
        • 
-
      • bool focus - whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool focusEnabled - whether the widget accepts keyboard focus  (read only)
        • 
-
      • FocusPolicy focusPolicy - the way the widget accepts keyboard focus
        • 
-
      • TQFont font - the font currently set for the widget
        • 
-
      • TQRect frameGeometry - geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQSize frameSize - the size of the widget including any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool fullScreen - whether the widget is full screen  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQRect geometry - the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame
        • 
-
      • int height - the height of the widget excluding any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool hidden - whether the widget is explicitly hidden
        • 
-
      • TQPixmap icon - the widget's icon
        • 
-
      • TQString iconText - the widget's icon text
        • 
-
      • bool inputMethodEnabled - enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget
        • 
-
      • bool isActiveWindow - whether this widget is the active window  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool isDesktop - whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool isDialog - whether the widget is a dialog widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool isModal - whether the widget is a modal widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool isPopup - whether the widget is a popup widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool isTopLevel - whether the widget is a top-level widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool maximized - whether this widget is maximized  (read only)
        • 
-
      • int maximumHeight - the widget's maximum height
        • 
-
      • TQSize maximumSize - the widget's maximum size
        • 
-
      • int maximumWidth - the widget's maximum width
        • 
-
      • TQRect microFocusHint - the currently set micro focus hint for this widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool minimized - whether this widget is minimized (iconified)  (read only)
        • 
-
      • int minimumHeight - the widget's minimum height
        • 
-
      • TQSize minimumSize - the widget's minimum size
        • 
-
      • TQSize minimumSizeHint - the recommended minimum size for the widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • int minimumWidth - the widget's minimum width
        • 
-
      • bool mouseTracking - whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget
        • 
-
      • bool ownCursor - whether the widget uses its own cursor  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool ownFont - whether the widget uses its own font  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool ownPalette - whether the widget uses its own palette  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQPalette palette - the widget's palette
        • 
-
      • TQColor paletteBackgroundColor - the background color of the widget
        • 
-
      • TQPixmap paletteBackgroundPixmap - the background pixmap of the widget
        • 
-
      • TQColor paletteForegroundColor - the foreground color of the widget
        • 
-
      • TQPoint pos - the position of the widget within its parent widget
        • 
-
      • TQRect rect - the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool shown - whether the widget is shown
        • 
-
      • TQSize size - the size of the widget excluding any window frame
        • 
-
      • TQSize sizeHint - the recommended size for the widget  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQSize sizeIncrement - the size increment of the widget
        • 
-
      • TQSizePolicy sizePolicy - the default layout behavior of the widget
        • 
-
      • bool underMouse - whether the widget is under the mouse cursor  (read only)
        • 
-
      • bool updatesEnabled - whether updates are enabled
        • 
-
      • bool visible - whether the widget is visible  (read only)
        • 
-
      • TQRect visibleRect - the visible rectangle  (read only)  (obsolete)
        • 
-
      • int width - the width of the widget excluding any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • double windowOpacity - the level of opacity for the window
        • 
-
      • int x - the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      • int y - the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame  (read only)
        • 
-
      
-
      Protected Members
      
-
-
      Detailed Description
      
-
-
-The TQWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects.
-
       
-
-
       The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse,
-keyboard and other events from the window system, and paints a
-representation of itself on the screen. Every widget is
-rectangular, and they are sorted in a Z-order. A widget is
-clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of it.
-
       A widget that isn't embedded in a parent widget is called a
-top-level widget. Usually, top-level widgets are windows with a
-frame and a title bar (although it is also possible to create
-top-level widgets without such decoration if suitable widget flags
-are used). In TQt, TQMainWindow and the various subclasses of
-TQDialog are the most common top-level windows.
-
       A widget without a parent widget is always a top-level widget.
-
       Non-top-level widgets are child widgets. These are child windows
-in their parent widgets. You cannot usually distinguish a child
-widget from its parent visually. Most other widgets in TQt are
-useful only as child widgets. (It is possible to make, say, a
-button into a top-level widget, but most people prefer to put
-their buttons inside other widgets, e.g. TQDialog.)
-
       If you want to use a TQWidget to hold child widgets you will
-probably want to add a layout to the parent TQWidget. (See Layouts.)
-
       TQWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little
-direct functionality: for example, TQWidget has a font property,
-but never uses this itself. There are many subclasses which
-provide real functionality, such as TQPushButton, TQListBox and
-TQTabDialog, etc.
-
       
       Groups of functions:
-
      
-
       
      
-
       Context Functions
-
       Window functions 
-show(),
-hide(),
-raise(),
-lower(),
-close().
-
       Top level windows 
-caption(),
-setCaption(),
-icon(),
-setIcon(),
-iconText(),
-setIconText(),
-isActiveWindow(),
-setActiveWindow(),
-showMinimized().
-showMaximized(),
-showFullScreen(),
-showNormal().
-
       Window contents 
-update(),
-repaint(),
-erase(),
-scroll(),
-updateMask().
-
       Geometry 
-pos(),
-size(),
-rect(),
-x(),
-y(),
-width(),
-height(),
-sizePolicy(),
-setSizePolicy(),
-sizeHint(),
-updateGeometry(),
-layout(),
-move(),
-resize(),
-setGeometry(),
-frameGeometry(),
-geometry(),
-childrenRect(),
-adjustSize(),
-mapFromGlobal(),
-mapFromParent()
-mapToGlobal(),
-mapToParent(),
-maximumSize(),
-minimumSize(),
-sizeIncrement(),
-setMaximumSize(),
-setMinimumSize(),
-setSizeIncrement(),
-setBaseSize(),
-setFixedSize()
-
       Mode 
-isVisible(),
-isVisibleTo(),
-isMinimized(),
-isDesktop(),
-isEnabled(),
-isEnabledTo(),
-isModal(),
-isPopup(),
-isTopLevel(),
-setEnabled(),
-hasMouseTracking(),
-setMouseTracking(),
-isUpdatesEnabled(),
-setUpdatesEnabled(),
-clipRegion().
-
       Look and feel 
-style(),
-setStyle(),
-cursor(),
-setCursor()
-font(),
-setFont(),
-palette(),
-setPalette(),
-backgroundMode(),
-setBackgroundMode(),
-colorGroup(),
-fontMetrics(),
-fontInfo().
-
       Keyboard focus
      functions       		
-isFocusEnabled(),
-setFocusPolicy(),
-focusPolicy(),
-hasFocus(),
-setFocus(),
-clearFocus(),
-setTabOrder(),
-setFocusProxy().
-
       Mouse and
      keyboard grabbing       		
-grabMouse(),
-releaseMouse(),
-grabKeyboard(),
-releaseKeyboard(),
-mouseGrabber(),
-keyboardGrabber().
-
       Event handlers 
-event(),
-mousePressEvent(),
-mouseReleaseEvent(),
-mouseDoubleClickEvent(),
-mouseMoveEvent(),
-keyPressEvent(),
-keyReleaseEvent(),
-focusInEvent(),
-focusOutEvent(),
-wheelEvent(),
-enterEvent(),
-leaveEvent(),
-paintEvent(),
-moveEvent(),
-resizeEvent(),
-closeEvent(),
-dragEnterEvent(),
-dragMoveEvent(),
-dragLeaveEvent(),
-dropEvent(),
-childEvent(),
-showEvent(),
-hideEvent(),
-customEvent().
-
       Change handlers 
-enabledChange(),
-fontChange(),
-paletteChange(),
-styleChange(),
-windowActivationChange().
-
       System functions 
-parentWidget(),
-topLevelWidget(),
-reparent(),
-polish(),
-winId(),
-find(),
-metric().
-
       What's this help 
-customWhatsThis()
-
       Internal kernel
      functions       		
-focusNextPrevChild(),
-wmapper(),
-clearWFlags(),
-getWFlags(),
-setWFlags(),
-testWFlags().
-
       
      
-
       Every widget's constructor accepts two or three standard arguments:
-
        
-
      1.  TQWidget *parent = 0 is the parent of the new widget.
-If it is 0 (the default), the new widget will be a top-level window.
-If not, it will be a child of parent, and be constrained by parent's geometry (unless you specify WType_TopLevel as
-widget flag).
-
      2.  const char *name = 0 is the widget name of the new
-widget. You can access it using name(). The widget name is little
-used by programmers but is quite useful with GUI builders such as
-TQt Designer (you can name a widget in TQt Designer, and
-connect() to it using the name in your code). The dumpObjectTree()
-debugging function also uses it.
-
      3.  WFlags f = 0 (where available) sets the widget flags; the
-default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for
-example, a top-level widget without a window system frame, you
-must use special flags.
-
      
-
       The tictac/tictac.cpp example program is good example of a simple
-widget. It contains a few event handlers (as all widgets must), a
-few custom routines that are specific to it (as all useful widgets
-do), and has a few children and connections. Everything it does
-is done in response to an event: this is by far the most common way
-to design GUI applications.
-
       You will need to supply the content for your widgets yourself, but
-here is a brief run-down of the events, starting with the most common
-ones:
-
       
        
-
         
      •  paintEvent() - called whenever the widget needs to be
-repainted. Every widget which displays output must implement it,
-and it is wise not to paint on the screen outside
-paintEvent().
-
         
      •  resizeEvent() - called when the widget has been resized.
-
         
      •  mousePressEvent() - called when a mouse button is pressed.
-There are six mouse-related events, but the mouse press and mouse
-release events are by far the most important. A widget receives
-mouse press events when the mouse is inside it, or when it has
-grabbed the mouse using grabMouse().
-
         
      •  mouseReleaseEvent() - called when a mouse button is released.
-A widget receives mouse release events when it has received the
-corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user
-presses the mouse inside your widget, then drags the mouse to
-somewhere else, then releases, your widget receives the release
-event. There is one exception: if a popup menu appears while the
-mouse button is held down, this popup immediately steals the mouse
-events.
-
         
      •  mouseDoubleClickEvent() - not quite as obvious as it might seem.
-If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse press event
-(perhaps a mouse move event or two if they don't hold the mouse
-quite steady), a mouse release event and finally this event. It is
-not possible to distinguish a click from a double click until you've
-seen whether the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI
-books recommend that double clicks be an extension of single clicks,
-rather than trigger a different action.)
-
         
      
-
       If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to
-implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in
-a child widget call the child's hasMouse() function inside the
-parent widget's mousePressEvent().
-
       Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more
-event handlers:
-
       
        
-
         
      •  keyPressEvent() - called whenever a key is pressed, and again
-when a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat.
-Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget
-if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those
-keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement
-TQWidget::event().
-
         
      •  focusInEvent() - called when the widget gains keyboard focus
-(assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well written widgets
-indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet
-way.
-
         
      •  focusOutEvent() - called when the widget loses keyboard focus.
-
         
      
-
       Some widgets will also need to reimplement some of the less common
-event handlers:
-
       
        
-
         
      •  mouseMoveEvent() - called whenever the mouse moves while a
-button is held down. This is useful for, for example, dragging. If
-you call setMouseTracking(TRUE), you get mouse move events even
-when no buttons are held down. (Note that applications which make
-use of mouse tracking are often not very useful on low-bandwidth X
-connections.) (See also the drag and drop
-information.)
-
         
      •  keyReleaseEvent() - called whenever a key is released, and also
-while it is held down if the key is auto-repeating. In that case
-the widget receives a key release event and immediately a key press
-event for every repeat. Note that the Tab and Shift+Tab keys are
-only passed to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change
-mechanisms. To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you
-must reimplement TQWidget::event().
-
         
      •  wheelEvent() -- called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel
-while the widget has the focus.
-
         
      •  enterEvent() - called when the mouse enters the widget's screen
-space. (This excludes screen space owned by any children of the
-widget.)
-
         
      •  leaveEvent() - called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen
-space.
-
         
      •  moveEvent() - called when the widget has been moved relative to its
-parent.
-
         
      •  closeEvent() - called when the user closes the widget (or when
-close() is called).
-
         
      
-
       There are also some rather obscure events. They are listed in
-ntqevent.h and you need to reimplement event() to handle them.
-The default implementation of event() handles Tab and Shift+Tab
-(to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most other events to
-one of the more specialized handlers above.
-
       When implementing a widget, there are a few more things to
-consider.
-
       
        
-
         
      •  In the constructor, be sure to set up your member variables
-early on, before there's any chance that you might receive an event.
-
         
      •  It is almost always useful to reimplement sizeHint() and to set
-the correct size policy with setSizePolicy(), so users of your class
-can set up layout management more easily. A size policy lets you
-supply good defaults for the layout management handling, so that
-other widgets can contain and manage yours easily. sizeHint()
-indicates a "good" size for the widget.
-
         
      •  If your widget is a top-level window, setCaption() and setIcon() set
-the title bar and icon respectively.
-
         
      
-
       
      See also TQEvent, TQPainter, TQGridLayout, TQBoxLayout, and Abstract Widget Classes.
-
-
      Member Type Documentation
      
-
      TQWidget::BackgroundOrigin
      
-
-
       This enum defines the origin used to draw a widget's background
-pixmap.
-
       The pixmap is drawn using the:
-
        
-
      • TQWidget::WidgetOrigin - widget's coordinate system.
-
      • TQWidget::ParentOrigin - parent's coordinate system.
-
      • TQWidget::WindowOrigin - top-level window's coordinate system.
-
      • TQWidget::AncestorOrigin - same origin as the parent uses.
-
      
-
      TQWidget::FocusPolicy
      
-
-
       This enum type defines the various policies a widget can have with
-respect to acquiring keyboard focus.
-
        
-
      • TQWidget::TabFocus - the widget accepts focus by tabbing.
-
      • TQWidget::ClickFocus - the widget accepts focus by clicking.
-
      • TQWidget::StrongFocus - the widget accepts focus by both tabbing
-and clicking. On Mac OS X this will also
-be indicate that the widget accepts tab focus
-when in 'Text/List focus mode'.
-
      • TQWidget::WheelFocus - like StrongFocus plus the widget accepts
-focus by using the mouse wheel.
-
      • TQWidget::NoFocus - the widget does not accept focus.
-
       
-
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      explicit TQWidget::TQWidget ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
-
      
-Constructs a widget which is a child of parent, with the name
-name and widget flags set to f.
-
       If parent is 0, the new widget becomes a top-level window. If
-parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window
-inside parent. The new widget is deleted when its parent is
-deleted.
-
       The name is sent to the TQObject constructor.
-
       The widget flags argument, f, is normally 0, but it can be set
-to customize the window frame of a top-level widget (i.e. parent must be 0). To customize the frame, set the WStyle_Customize flag OR'ed with any of the TQt::WidgetFlags.
-
       If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must
-explicitly show the child to make it visible.
-
       Note that the X11 version of TQt may not be able to deliver all
-combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on
-X11, TQt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager
-can override the application's settings. On Windows, TQt can set
-whatever flags you want.
-
       Example:
-
      -    TQLabel *splashScreen = new TQLabel( 0, "mySplashScreen",
-                                WStyle_Customize | WStyle_Splash );
-    
      
- 
-
-
      TQWidget::~TQWidget ()
-
      
-Destroys the widget.
-
       All this widget's children are deleted first. The application
-exits if this widget is the main widget.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::acceptDrops () const
-
      Returns TRUE if drop events are enabled for this widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "acceptDrops" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::adjustSize () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Adjusts the size of the widget to fit the contents.
-
       Uses sizeHint() if valid (i.e if the size hint's width and height
-are >= 0), otherwise sets the size to the children rectangle (the
-union of all child widget geometries).
-
       
      See also sizeHint and childrenRect.
-
-
      Example: xform/xform.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQMessageBox.
-
      bool TQWidget::autoMask () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "autoMask" property for details.
-
      const TQBrush & TQWidget::backgroundBrush () const
-
      Returns the widget's background brush.
-See the "backgroundBrush" property for details.
-
      const TQColor & TQWidget::backgroundColor () const
-
      This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-Use paletteBackgroundColor() or eraseColor() instead. 
-
      BackgroundMode TQWidget::backgroundMode () const
-
      Returns the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
-See the "backgroundMode" property for details.
-
      BackgroundOrigin TQWidget::backgroundOrigin () const
-
      Returns the origin of the widget's background.
-See the "backgroundOrigin" property for details.
-
      const TQPixmap * TQWidget::backgroundPixmap () const
-
      This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-Use paletteBackgroundPixmap()  or erasePixmap() instead. 
-
      Examples: themes/metal.cpp and themes/wood.cpp.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::baseSize () const
-
      Returns the base size of the widget.
-See the "baseSize" property for details.
-
      TQString TQWidget::caption () const
-
      Returns the window caption (title).
-See the "caption" property for details.
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::childAt ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const
-
      
-Returns the visible child widget at pixel position (x, y) in
-the widget's own coordinate system.
-
       If includeThis is TRUE, and there is no child visible at (x, y), the widget itself is returned.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::childAt ( const TQPoint & p, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Returns the visible child widget at point p in the widget's own
-coordinate system.
-
       If includeThis is TRUE, and there is no child visible at p,
-the widget itself is returned.
-
       
-
      TQRect TQWidget::childrenRect () const
-
      Returns the bounding rectangle of the widget's children.
-See the "childrenRect" property for details.
-
      TQRegion TQWidget::childrenRegion () const
-
      Returns the combined region occupied by the widget's children.
-See the "childrenRegion" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::clearFocus () [slot]
-
      
-Takes keyboard input focus from the widget.
-
       If the widget has active focus, a focus out
-    event is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about
-to lose the focus.
-
       This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard
-input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy().
-
       
      See also focus, setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, and TQApplication::focusWidget().
-
-
      void TQWidget::clearMask ()
-
      
-Removes any mask set by setMask().
-
       
      See also setMask().
-
-
      void TQWidget::clearWFlags ( WFlags f ) [protected]
-
      
-
-
       Clears the widget flags f.
-
       Widget flags are a combination of TQt::WidgetFlags.
-
       
      See also testWFlags(), getWFlags(), and setWFlags().
-
-
      TQRegion TQWidget::clipRegion () const
-
      
-Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur.
-
       For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not
-covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region.
-
       The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in
-general you do not need to call it.
-
       
-
      bool TQWidget::close () [slot]
-
      
-
-
       Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       First it sends the widget a TQCloseEvent. The widget is hidden if it accepts the close event. The default implementation of
-TQWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event.
-
       The TQApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
-last visible top level widget is closed.
-
       
-
      Examples: dialog/mainwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, and toplevel/options.ui.h.
-
      bool TQWidget::close ( bool alsoDelete ) [virtual]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Closes this widget. Returns TRUE if the widget was closed;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       If alsoDelete is TRUE or the widget has the WDestructiveClose widget flag, the widget is also deleted. The
-widget can prevent itself from being closed by rejecting the
-TQCloseEvent it gets. A close events is delivered to the widget
-no matter if the widget is visible or not.
-
       The TQApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the
-last visible top level widget is closed.
-
       Note that closing the TQApplication::mainWidget() terminates the
-application.
-
       
      See also closeEvent(), TQCloseEvent, hide(), TQApplication::quit(), TQApplication::setMainWidget(), and TQApplication::lastWindowClosed().
-
-
      void TQWidget::closeEvent ( TQCloseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive widget close events.
-
       The default implementation calls e->accept(), which hides this
-widget. See the TQCloseEvent documentation for more details.
-
       
      See also event(), hide(), close(), and TQCloseEvent.
-
-
      Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, i18n/mywidget.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
-
      const TQColorGroup & TQWidget::colorGroup () const
-
      Returns the current color group of the widget palette.
-See the "colorGroup" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::constPolish () const [slot]
-
      
-
-
       Ensures that the widget is properly initialized by calling
-polish().
-
       Call constPolish() from functions like sizeHint() that depends on
-the widget being initialized, and that may be called before
-show().
-
       Warning: Do not call constPolish() on a widget from inside that
-widget's constructor.
-
       
      See also polish().
-
-
      void TQWidget::contextMenuEvent ( TQContextMenuEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive widget context menu events.
-
       The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-context event. See the TQContextMenuEvent documentation for
-more details.
-
       
      See also event() and TQContextMenuEvent.
-
-
      Example: menu/menu.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::create ( WId window = 0, bool initializeWindow = TRUE, bool destroyOldWindow = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-Creates a new widget window if window is 0, otherwise sets the
-widget's window to window.
-
       Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if initializeWindow is TRUE. If initializeWindow is FALSE, no
-initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if window is a valid window.
-
       Destroys the old window if destroyOldWindow is TRUE. If destroyOldWindow is FALSE, you are responsible for destroying the
-window yourself (using platform native code).
-
       The TQWidget constructor calls create(0,TRUE,TRUE) to create a
-window for this widget.
-
-
      const TQCursor & TQWidget::cursor () const
-
      Returns the cursor shape for this widget.
-See the "cursor" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::customWhatsThis () const [virtual]
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget wants to handle What's This help manually; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "customWhatsThis" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::destroy ( bool destroyWindow = TRUE, bool destroySubWindows = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if destroyWindow is TRUE.
-
       destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets,
-passing destroySubWindows for the destroyWindow parameter.
-To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy
-subwidgets selectively first.
-
       This function is usually called from the TQWidget destructor.
-
-
      void TQWidget::dragEnterEvent ( TQDragEnterEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
-mouse enters this widget.
-
       See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an
-overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
-
       
      See also TQTextDrag, TQImageDrag, and TQDragEnterEvent.
-
-
      Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::dragLeaveEvent ( TQDragLeaveEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
-mouse leaves this widget.
-
       See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an
-overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
-
       
      See also TQTextDrag, TQImageDrag, and TQDragLeaveEvent.
-
-
      void TQWidget::dragMoveEvent ( TQDragMoveEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the
-mouse enters this widget, and whenever it moves within the widget.
-
       See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an
-overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
-
       
      See also TQTextDrag, TQImageDrag, and TQDragMoveEvent.
-
-
      void TQWidget::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str )
-
      
-Draws the string str at position (x, y).
-
       The y position is the base line position of the text. The text
-is drawn using the default font and the default foreground color.
-
       This function is provided for convenience. You will generally get
-more flexible results and often higher speed by using a a painter instead.
-
       
      See also font, foregroundColor(), and TQPainter::drawText().
-
-
      void TQWidget::drawText ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQString & str )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Draws the string str at position pos.
-
-
      void TQWidget::dropEvent ( TQDropEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this
-widget.
-
       See the Drag-and-drop documentation for an
-overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
-
       
      See also TQTextDrag, TQImageDrag, and TQDropEvent.
-
-
      Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::enabledChange ( bool oldEnabled ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-
-
       This virtual function is called from setEnabled(). oldEnabled
-is the previous setting; you can get the new setting from
-isEnabled().
-
       Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when it
-becomes enabled or disabled. You will almost certainly need to
-update the widget using update().
-
       The default implementation repaints the visible part of the
-widget.
-
       
      See also enabled, enabled, repaint(), update(), and clipRegion().
-
-
      void TQWidget::enterEvent ( TQEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget enter events.
-
       An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the
-widget.
-
       
      See also leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), and event().
-
-
      void TQWidget::erase ( int x, int y, int w, int h )
-
      
-Erases the specified area (x, y, w, h) in the widget without
-generating a paint event.
-
       If w is negative, it is replaced with width() - x. If h
-is negative, it is replaced width height() - y.
-
       Child widgets are not affected.
-
       
      See also repaint().
-
-
      void TQWidget::erase ()
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This version erases the entire widget.
-
-
      void TQWidget::erase ( const TQRect & r )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Erases the specified area r in the widget without generating a
-paint event.
-
-
      void TQWidget::erase ( const TQRegion & reg )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Erases the area defined by reg, without generating a paint event.
-
       Child widgets are not affected.
-
-
      const TQColor & TQWidget::eraseColor () const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the erase color of the widget.
-
       
      See also setEraseColor(), setErasePixmap(), and backgroundColor().
-
-
      const TQPixmap * TQWidget::erasePixmap () const
-
      
-Returns the widget's erase pixmap.
-
       
      See also setErasePixmap() and eraseColor().
-
-
      bool TQWidget::event ( TQEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This is the main event handler; it handles event e. You can
-reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using
-one of the specialized event handlers instead.
-
       The main event handler first passes an event through all event filters that have been
-installed. If none of the filters intercept the event, it calls
-one of the specialized event handlers.
-
       Key press and release events are treated differently from other
-events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the
-focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to
-(or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls
-keyPressEvent().
-
       This function returns TRUE if it is able to pass the event over to
-someone (i.e. someone wanted the event); otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       
      See also closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(), TQObject::event(), and TQObject::timerEvent().
-
-
      Reimplemented from TQObject.
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::find ( WId id ) [static]
-
      
-Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle id.
-
       The window identifier type depends on the underlying window
-system, see ntqwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there
-is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned.
-
-
      TQFocusData * TQWidget::focusData () [protected]
-
      
-Returns the focus data for this widget's top-level widget.
-
       Focus data always belongs to the top-level widget. The focus data
-list contains all the widgets in this top-level widget that can
-accept focus, in tab order. An iterator points to the current
-focus widget (focusWidget() returns a pointer to this widget).
-
       This information is useful for implementing advanced versions of
-focusNextPrevChild().
-
-
      void TQWidget::focusInEvent ( TQFocusEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget.
-
       A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
-NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
-application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
-those that do not normally accept focus.)
-
       The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel
-widgets that do not specify a focusPolicy() ). It also calls
-setMicroFocusHint(), hinting any system-specific input tools about
-the focus of the user's attention.
-
       
      See also focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), event(), and TQFocusEvent.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild ( bool next ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate
-for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns TRUE if is can find a new
-widget and FALSE if it can't,
-
       If next is TRUE, this function searches "forwards", if next
-is FALSE, it searches "backwards".
-
       Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For
-example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current
-active link" forwards or backwards, and call
-TQWidget::focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or
-first link on the "page".
-
       Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets,
-but only the top-level widget decides where to redirect focus. By
-overriding this method for an object, you thus gain control of
-focus traversal for all child widgets.
-
       Warning: TQScrollView uses it own logic for this function, which
-does the right thing in most cases. But if you are using a
-TQScrollView and want complete control of the focus chain you'll
-need to override TQScrollView::focusNextPrevChild() and your
-top-level widgets' focusNextPrevChild() functions.
-
       
      See also focusData().
-
-
      void TQWidget::focusOutEvent ( TQFocusEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget.
-
       A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than
-NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the
-application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even
-those that do not normally accept focus.)
-
       The default implementation updates the widget (except for toplevel
-widgets that do not specify a focusPolicy() ). It also calls
-setMicroFocusHint(), hinting any system-specific input tools about
-the focus of the user's attention.
-
       
      See also focusInEvent(), focusPolicy, keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), event(), and TQFocusEvent.
-
-
      Example: qmag/qmag.cpp.
-
      FocusPolicy TQWidget::focusPolicy () const
-
      Returns the way the widget accepts keyboard focus.
-See the "focusPolicy" property for details.
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::focusProxy () const
-
      
-Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy.
-
       
      See also setFocusProxy().
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::focusWidget () const
-
      
-Returns the focus widget in this widget's window. This is not the
-same as TQApplication::focusWidget(), which returns the focus
-widget in the currently active window.
-
-
      TQFont TQWidget::font () const
-
      Returns the font currently set for the widget.
-See the "font" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::fontChange ( const TQFont & oldFont ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-
-
       This virtual function is called from setFont(). oldFont is the
-previous font; you can get the new font from font().
-
       Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
-font changes. You will almost certainly need to update the widget
-using update().
-
       The default implementation updates the widget including its
-geometry.
-
       
      See also font, font, update(), and updateGeometry().
-
-
      TQFontInfo TQWidget::fontInfo () const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the font info for the widget's current font.
-Equivalent to TQFontInto(widget->font()).
-
       
      See also font, fontMetrics(), and font.
-
-
      TQFontMetrics TQWidget::fontMetrics () const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font.
-Equivalent to TQFontMetrics(widget->font()).
-
       
      See also font, fontInfo(), and font.
-
-
      Examples: drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp and qmag/qmag.cpp.
-
      const TQColor & TQWidget::foregroundColor () const
-
      
-Same as paletteForegroundColor()
-
-
      TQRect TQWidget::frameGeometry () const
-
      Returns geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
-See the "frameGeometry" property for details.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::frameSize () const
-
      Returns the size of the widget including any window frame.
-See the "frameSize" property for details.
-
      const TQRect & TQWidget::geometry () const
-
      Returns the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
-See the "geometry" property for details.
-
      WFlags TQWidget::getWFlags () const [protected]
-
      
-
-
       Returns the widget flags for this this widget.
-
       Widget flags are a combination of TQt::WidgetFlags.
-
       
      See also testWFlags(), setWFlags(), and clearWFlags().
-
-
      void TQWidget::grabKeyboard ()
-
      
-Grabs the keyboard input.
-
       This widget receives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard()
-is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse
-events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that.
-
       The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive
-any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the
-new focus widget receives keyboard events only after
-releaseKeyboard() is called.
-
       If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that
-widget's grab is released first.
-
       
      See also releaseKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse(), and focusWidget().
-
-
      void TQWidget::grabMouse ()
-
      
-Grabs the mouse input.
-
       This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is
-called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard
-events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab
-that.
-
       Warning: Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the
-terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider
-using the -nograb command line option while debugging.
-
       It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using TQt, as
-TQt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, TQt grabs the
-mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last
-button is released.
-
       Note that only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If
-isVisible() returns FALSE for a widget, that widget cannot call
-grabMouse().
-
       
      See also releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), grabKeyboard(), and focusWidget().
-
-
      void TQWidget::grabMouse ( const TQCursor & cursor )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape.
-
       The cursor will assume shape cursor (for as long as the mouse
-focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive
-mouse events until releaseMouse() is called().
-
       Warning: Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal.
-
       
      See also releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), and cursor.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::hasFocus () const
-
      Returns TRUE if this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "focus" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::hasMouse () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "underMouse" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::hasMouseTracking () const
-
      Returns TRUE if mouse tracking is enabled for the widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "mouseTracking" property for details.
-
      int TQWidget::height () const
-
      Returns the height of the widget excluding any window frame.
-See the "height" property for details.
-
      int TQWidget::heightForWidth ( int w ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width w. The default implementation returns 0, indicating that the
-preferred height does not depend on the width.
-
       Warning: Does not look at the widget's layout.
-
-
      Reimplemented in TQMenuBar and TQTextEdit.
-
      void TQWidget::hide () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Hides the widget.
-
       You almost never have to reimplement this function. If you need to
-do something after a widget is hidden, use hideEvent() instead.
-
       
      See also hideEvent(), hidden, show(), showMinimized(), visible, and close().
-
-
      Examples: mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, progress/progress.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, webbrowser/mainwindow.ui.h, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQMenuBar.
-
      void TQWidget::hideEvent ( TQHideEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget hide events.
-
       Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been
-hidden.
-
       
      See also event() and TQHideEvent.
-
-
      Reimplemented in TQScrollBar.
-
      const TQPixmap * TQWidget::icon () const
-
      Returns the widget's icon.
-See the "icon" property for details.
-
      TQString TQWidget::iconText () const
-
      Returns the widget's icon text.
-See the "iconText" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::iconify () [slot]
-
       
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       
-
      void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
-is called when the user has entered some text using an Input Method.
-
       The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
-details.
-
       
      See also event() and TQIMEvent.
-
-
      void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
-is called when the user has finished inputting text via an Input
-Method.
-
       The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
-details.
-
       
      See also event() and TQIMEvent.
-
-
      void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
-is called when the user begins entering text using an Input Method.
-
       The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
-details.
-
       
      See also event() and TQIMEvent.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::isActiveWindow () const
-
      Returns TRUE if this widget is the active window; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isActiveWindow" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isDesktop () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isDesktop" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isDialog () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is a dialog widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isDialog" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isEnabled () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "enabled" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isEnabledTo ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const
-
      
-Returns TRUE if this widget would become enabled if ancestor is
-enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up
-to but excluding ancestor has been explicitly disabled.
-
       isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled().
-
       
      See also enabled and enabled.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::isEnabledToTLW () const
-
      
-
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled()
-
-
      bool TQWidget::isFocusEnabled () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget accepts keyboard focus; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "focusEnabled" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isFullScreen () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is full screen; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "fullScreen" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isHidden () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is explicitly hidden; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "hidden" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isInputMethodEnabled () const
-
      Returns enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget.
-See the "inputMethodEnabled" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isMaximized () const
-
      Returns TRUE if this widget is maximized; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "maximized" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isMinimized () const
-
      Returns TRUE if this widget is minimized (iconified); otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "minimized" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isModal () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is a modal widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isModal" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isPopup () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is a popup widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isPopup" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isShown () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is shown; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "shown" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isTopLevel () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is a top-level widget; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "isTopLevel" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isUpdatesEnabled () const
-
      Returns TRUE if updates are enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "updatesEnabled" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isVisible () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget is visible; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "visible" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::isVisibleTo ( TQWidget * ancestor ) const
-
      
-Returns TRUE if this widget would become visible if ancestor is
-shown; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       The TRUE case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent
-up to but excluding ancestor has been explicitly hidden.
-
       This function will still return TRUE if the widget is obscured by
-other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it
-or they were to be moved.
-
       isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible().
-
       
      See also show(), hide(), and visible.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::isVisibleToTLW () const
-
      
-
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isVisible()
-
-
      void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
-
       A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and
-have focus in order to receive a key press event.
-
       If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-explicitly ignore the event
-if you do not understand it, so that the widget's parent can
-interpret it; otherwise, the event will be implicitly accepted.
-Although top-level widgets are able to choose whether to accept
-or ignore unknown events because they have no parent widgets that
-could otherwise handle them, it is good practice to explicitly
-ignore events to make widgets as reusable as possible.
-
       The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user
-presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored.
-
       
      See also keyReleaseEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
-
-
      Example: picture/picture.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQLineEdit and TQTextEdit.
-
      void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
-
       A widget must accept focus
-initially and have focus in order to
-receive a key release event.
-
       If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-ignore() the release if you do not
-understand it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
-
       The default implementation ignores the event.
-
       
      See also keyPressEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::keyboardGrabber () [static]
-
      
-Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input.
-
       If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the
-keyboard, 0 is returned.
-
       
      See also grabMouse() and mouseGrabber().
-
-
      TQLayout * TQWidget::layout () const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the layout engine that manages the geometry of this
-widget's children.
-
       If the widget does not have a layout, layout() returns 0.
-
       
      See also sizePolicy.
-
-
      Examples: chart/optionsform.cpp and fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::leaveEvent ( TQEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget leave events.
-
       A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves
-the widget.
-
       
      See also enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), and event().
-
-
      void TQWidget::lower () [slot]
-
      
-Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack.
-
       After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore
-obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets.
-
       
      See also raise() and stackUnder().
-
-
      bool TQWidget::macEvent ( MSG * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
-receive native Macintosh events.
-
       In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
-event being handled by TQt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
-native event is passed back to TQt, which translates the event into
-a TQt event and sends it to the widget.
-
       Warning: This function is not portable.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::macEventFilter().
-
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapFrom ( TQWidget * parent, const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the widget coordinate pos from the coordinate system
-of parent to this widget's coordinate system. The parent
-must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget.
-
       
      See also mapTo(), mapFromParent(), mapFromGlobal(), and underMouse.
-
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapFromGlobal ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the global screen coordinate pos to widget
-coordinates.
-
       
      See also mapToGlobal(), mapFrom(), and mapFromParent().
-
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapFromParent ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the parent widget coordinate pos to widget
-coordinates.
-
       Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
-
       
      See also mapToParent(), mapFrom(), mapFromGlobal(), and underMouse.
-
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapTo ( TQWidget * parent, const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the widget coordinate pos to the coordinate system
-of parent. The parent must not be 0 and must be a parent
-of the calling widget.
-
       
      See also mapFrom(), mapToParent(), mapToGlobal(), and underMouse.
-
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapToGlobal ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the widget coordinate pos to global screen
-coordinates. For example, mapToGlobal(TQPoint(0,0)) would give
-the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget.
-
       
      See also mapFromGlobal(), mapTo(), and mapToParent().
-
-
      Example: scribble/scribble.cpp.
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::mapToParent ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
-
      
-Translates the widget coordinate pos to a coordinate in the
-parent widget.
-
       Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent.
-
       
      See also mapFromParent(), mapTo(), mapToGlobal(), and underMouse.
-
-
      int TQWidget::maximumHeight () const
-
      Returns the widget's maximum height.
-See the "maximumHeight" property for details.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::maximumSize () const
-
      Returns the widget's maximum size.
-See the "maximumSize" property for details.
-
      int TQWidget::maximumWidth () const
-
      Returns the widget's maximum width.
-See the "maximumWidth" property for details.
-
      int TQWidget::metric ( int m ) const [virtual protected]
-
      
-Internal implementation of the virtual TQPaintDevice::metric()
-function.
-
       Use the TQPaintDeviceMetrics class instead.
-
       m is the metric to get.
-
-
      TQRect TQWidget::microFocusHint () const
-
      Returns the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
-See the "microFocusHint" property for details.
-
      int TQWidget::minimumHeight () const
-
      Returns the widget's minimum height.
-See the "minimumHeight" property for details.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::minimumSize () const
-
      Returns the widget's minimum size.
-See the "minimumSize" property for details.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::minimumSizeHint () const [virtual]
-
      Returns the recommended minimum size for the widget.
-See the "minimumSizeHint" property for details.
-
      Reimplemented in TQLineEdit.
-
      int TQWidget::minimumWidth () const
-
      Returns the widget's minimum width.
-See the "minimumWidth" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget.
-
       The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event.
-
       Note that the widgets gets a mousePressEvent() and a
-mouseReleaseEvent() before the mouseDoubleClickEvent().
-
       
      See also mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event(), and TQMouseEvent.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::mouseGrabber () [static]
-
      
-Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input.
-
       If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse,
-0 is returned.
-
       
      See also grabMouse() and keyboardGrabber().
-
-
      void TQWidget::mouseMoveEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget.
-
       If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if
-a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse
-tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse
-button is pressed.
-
       TQMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor,
-relative to this widget. For press and release events, the
-position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse
-move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes.
-This is a feature of the underlying window system, not TQt.
-
       
      See also mouseTracking, mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), and TQMouseEvent.
-
-
      Examples: aclock/aclock.cpp, drawlines/connect.cpp, iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp, life/life.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQSizeGrip.
-
      void TQWidget::mousePressEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget.
-
       If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the
-mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on
-the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets'
-location and maybe more.
-
       The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets
-when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does
-nothing.
-
       
      See also mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event(), and TQMouseEvent.
-
-
      Examples: biff/biff.cpp, drawlines/connect.cpp, iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp, life/life.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, and tooltip/tooltip.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQSizeGrip.
-
      void TQWidget::mouseReleaseEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget.
-
       
      See also mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event(), and TQMouseEvent.
-
-
      Examples: drawlines/connect.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and t14/cannon.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::move ( const TQPoint & ) [slot]
-
      Sets the position of the widget within its parent widget.
-See the "pos" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::move ( int x, int y ) [virtual slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This corresponds to move( TQPoint(x, y) ).
-
-
      void TQWidget::moveEvent ( TQMoveEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget move events. When the widget receives this event, it is
-already at the new position.
-
       The old position is accessible through TQMoveEvent::oldPos().
-
       
      See also resizeEvent(), event(), pos, and TQMoveEvent.
-
-
      bool TQWidget::ownCursor () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own cursor; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "ownCursor" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::ownFont () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own font; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "ownFont" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::ownPalette () const
-
      Returns TRUE if the widget uses its own palette; otherwise returns FALSE.
-See the "ownPalette" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-paint events.
-
       A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of the widget.
-It can happen as a result of repaint() or update(), or because the
-widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or for many other
-reasons.
-
       Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked
-to, but some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the
-requested region: TQPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization
-does not change the result, as painting is clipped to that region
-during event processing. TQListView and TQCanvas do this, for
-example.
-
       TQt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint
-events into one. When update() is called several times or the
-window system sends several paint events, TQt merges these events
-into one event with a larger region (see TQRegion::unite()).
-repaint() does not permit this optimization, so we suggest using
-update() when possible.
-
       When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been
-erased, so that you're painting on the widget's background. There
-are a couple of exceptions and TQPaintEvent::erased() tells you
-whether the widget has been erased or not.
-
       The background can be set using setBackgroundMode(),
-setPaletteBackgroundColor() or setBackgroundPixmap(). The
-documentation for setBackgroundMode() elaborates on the
-background; we recommend reading it.
-
       
      See also event(), repaint(), update(), TQPainter, TQPixmap, and TQPaintEvent.
-
-
      Examples: drawlines/connect.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, splitter/splitter.cpp, t8/cannon.cpp, and t9/cannon.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQButton, TQFrame, TQGLWidget, TQSizeGrip, TQStatusBar, and TQTabBar.
-
      const TQPalette & TQWidget::palette () const
-
      Returns the widget's palette.
-See the "palette" property for details.
-
      const TQColor & TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor () const
-
      Returns the background color of the widget.
-See the "paletteBackgroundColor" property for details.
-
      const TQPixmap * TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap () const
-
      Returns the background pixmap of the widget.
-See the "paletteBackgroundPixmap" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::paletteChange ( const TQPalette & oldPalette ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-
-
       This virtual function is called from setPalette(). oldPalette
-is the previous palette; you can get the new palette from
-palette().
-
       Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
-palette changes.
-
       
      See also palette and palette.
-
-
      const TQColor & TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor () const
-
      Returns the foreground color of the widget.
-See the "paletteForegroundColor" property for details.
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::parentWidget ( bool sameWindow = FALSE ) const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any
-parent widget. If sameWindow is TRUE and the widget is top
-level returns 0; otherwise returns the widget's parent.
-
-
      Example: mdi/application.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::polish () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Delayed initialization of a widget.
-
       This function will be called after a widget has been fully
-created and before it is shown the very first time.
-
       Polishing is useful for final initialization which depends on
-having an instantiated widget. This is something a constructor
-cannot guarantee since the initialization of the subclasses might
-not be finished.
-
       After this function, the widget has a proper font and palette and
-TQApplication::polish() has been called.
-
       Remember to call TQWidget's implementation first when reimplementing this
-function to ensure that your program does not end up in infinite recursion.
-
       
      See also constPolish() and TQApplication::polish().
-
-
      Example: menu/menu.cpp.
-
      TQPoint TQWidget::pos () const
-
      Returns the position of the widget within its parent widget.
-See the "pos" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::qwsEvent ( TQWSEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
-receive native TQt/Embedded events.
-
       In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
-event being handled by TQt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
-native event is passed back to TQt, which translates the event into
-a TQt event and sends it to the widget.
-
       Warning: This function is not portable.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::qwsEventFilter().
-
-
      void TQWidget::raise () [slot]
-
      
-Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack.
-
       After this call the widget will be visually in front of any
-overlapping sibling widgets.
-
       
      See also lower() and stackUnder().
-
-
      Example: showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::recreate ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const TQPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )
-
      
-
-
       This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       This method is provided to aid porting from TQt 1.0 to 2.0. It has
-been renamed reparent() in TQt 2.0.
-
-
      TQRect TQWidget::rect () const
-
      Returns the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame.
-See the "rect" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::releaseKeyboard ()
-
      
-Releases the keyboard grab.
-
       
      See also grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), and releaseMouse().
-
-
      void TQWidget::releaseMouse ()
-
      
-Releases the mouse grab.
-
       
      See also grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), and releaseKeyboard().
-
-
      void TQWidget::repaint ( int x, int y, int w, int h, bool erase = TRUE ) [slot]
-
      
-Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately,
-unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
-
       If erase is TRUE, TQt erases the area (x, y, w, h) before the
-paintEvent() call.
-
       If w is negative, it is replaced with width() - x, and if
-h is negative, it is replaced width height() - y.
-
       We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint,
-for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update()
-is better, as it permits TQt to optimize for speed and minimize
-flicker.
-
       Warning: If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
-called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
-update() function never causes recursion.
-
       
      See also update(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase().
-
-
      Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::repaint () [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This version erases and repaints the entire widget.
-
-
      void TQWidget::repaint ( bool erase ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This version repaints the entire widget.
-
-
      void TQWidget::repaint ( const TQRect & r, bool erase = TRUE ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly,
-unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
-
       Erases the widget region r if erase is TRUE.
-
-
      void TQWidget::repaint ( const TQRegion & reg, bool erase = TRUE ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() directly,
-unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
-
       Erases the widget region reg if erase is TRUE.
-
       Only use repaint if your widget needs to be repainted immediately,
-for example when doing some animation. In all other cases, use
-update(). Calling update() many times in a row will generate a
-single paint event.
-
       Warning: If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be
-called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The
-update() function never causes recursion.
-
       
      See also update(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase().
-
-
      void TQWidget::reparent ( TQWidget * parent, WFlags f, const TQPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE ) [virtual]
-
      
-Reparents the widget. The widget gets a new parent, new widget
-flags (f, but as usual, use 0) at a new position in its new
-parent (p).
-
       If showIt is TRUE, show() is called once the widget has been
-reparented.
-
       If the new parent widget is in a different top-level widget, the
-reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the
-tab chain of the new parent
-widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved
-widgets had keyboard focus, reparent() calls clearFocus() for that
-widget.
-
       If the new parent widget is in the same top-level widget as the
-old parent, reparent doesn't change the tab order or keyboard
-focus.
-
       Warning: It is extremely unlikely that you will ever need this
-function. If you have a widget that changes its content
-dynamically, it is far easier to use TQWidgetStack or TQWizard.
-
       
      See also getWFlags().
-
-
      Example: toplevel/options.ui.h.
-
      void TQWidget::reparent ( TQWidget * parent, const TQPoint & p, bool showIt = FALSE )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       A convenience version of reparent that does not take widget flags
-as argument.
-
       Calls reparent(parent, getWFlags() & ~WType_Mask, p, showIt).
-
-
      void TQWidget::resetInputContext () [protected]
-
      
-This function is called when the user finishes input composition,
-e.g. changes focus to another widget, moves the cursor, etc.
-
-
      void TQWidget::resize ( const TQSize & ) [slot]
-
      Sets the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
-See the "size" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::resize ( int w, int h ) [virtual slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This corresponds to resize( TQSize(w, h) ).
-
-
      void TQWidget::resizeEvent ( TQResizeEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget resize events. When resizeEvent() is called, the widget
-already has its new geometry. The old size is accessible through
-TQResizeEvent::oldSize().
-
       The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately
-after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should
-be) done inside this handler.
-
       Widgets that have been created with the WNoAutoErase flag
-will not be erased. Nevertheless, they will receive a paint event
-for their entire area afterwards. Again, no drawing needs to be
-done inside this handler.
-
       The default implementation calls updateMask() if the widget has
-automatic masking enabled.
-
       
      See also moveEvent(), event(), size, TQResizeEvent, and paintEvent().
-
-
      Examples: drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
      Reimplemented in TQFrame and TQGLWidget.
-
      void TQWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy )
-
      
-Scrolls the widget including its children dx pixels to the
-right and dy downwards. Both dx and dy may be negative.
-
       After scrolling, scroll() sends a paint event for the the part
-that is read but not written. For example, when scrolling 10
-pixels rightwards, the leftmost ten pixels of the widget need
-repainting. The paint event may be delivered immediately or later,
-depending on some heuristics (note that you might have to force
-processing of paint events using TQApplication::sendPostedEvents()
-when using scroll() and move() in combination).
-
       
      See also TQScrollView, erase(), and bitBlt().
-
-
      void TQWidget::scroll ( int dx, int dy, const TQRect & r )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This version only scrolls r and does not move the children of
-the widget.
-
       If r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined.
-
       
      See also TQScrollView, erase(), and bitBlt().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setAcceptDrops ( bool on ) [virtual]
-
      Sets whether drop events are enabled for this widget to on.
-See the "acceptDrops" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setActiveWindow () [virtual]
-
      
-Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active
-window.
-
       An active window is a visible top-level window that has the
-keyboard input focus.
-
       This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on
-the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on
-the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is
-stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the
-window must be visible, otherwise setActiveWindow() has no effect.
-
       On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not
-currently the active one then it will not make it the active
-window.  It will flash the task bar entry blue to indicate that
-the window has done something. This is because Microsoft do not
-allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently doing
-in another application.
-
       
      See also isActiveWindow, topLevelWidget(), and show().
-
-
      Reimplemented in TQXtWidget.
-
      void TQWidget::setAutoMask ( bool ) [virtual]
-
      Sets whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget.
-See the "autoMask" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & c ) [virtual]
-
      This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-Use setPaletteBackgroundColor() or setEraseColor() instead. 
-
      Examples: customlayout/main.cpp, desktop/desktop.cpp, hello/main.cpp, movies/main.cpp, and splitter/splitter.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
-See the "backgroundMode" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setBackgroundMode ( BackgroundMode m, BackgroundMode visual )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Sets the widget's own background mode to m and the visual
-background mode to visual. The visual background mode is used
-with the designable properties backgroundColor, foregroundColor and backgroundPixmap.
-
       For complex controls, the logical background mode sometimes
-differs from a widget's own background mode. A spinbox for example
-has PaletteBackground as background mode (typically dark gray),
-while it's embedded lineedit control uses PaletteBase
-(typically white). Since the lineedit covers most of the visual
-area of a spinbox, it defines PaletteBase to be its visual
-background mode. Changing the backgroundColor property thus
-changes the lineedit control's background, which is exactly what
-the user expects in TQt Designer.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setBackgroundOrigin ( BackgroundOrigin ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the origin of the widget's background.
-See the "backgroundOrigin" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pm ) [virtual]
-
      This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-Use setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() or setErasePixmap() instead. 
-
      Example: desktop/desktop.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setBaseSize ( const TQSize & )
-
      Sets the base size of the widget.
-See the "baseSize" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setBaseSize ( int basew, int baseh )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This corresponds to setBaseSize( TQSize(basew, baseh) ). Sets
-the widgets base size to width basew and height baseh.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setCaption ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets the window caption (title).
-See the "caption" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setCursor ( const TQCursor & ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the cursor shape for this widget.
-See the "cursor" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setDisabled ( bool disable ) [slot]
-
      
-Disables widget input events if disable is TRUE; otherwise
-enables input events.
-
       See the enabled documentation for more information.
-
       
      See also isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setEnabled ( bool ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets whether the widget is enabled.
-See the "enabled" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setEraseColor ( const TQColor & color ) [virtual]
-
      
-Sets the erase color of the widget to color.
-
       The erase color is the color the widget is to be cleared to before
-paintEvent() is called. If there is an erase pixmap (set using
-setErasePixmap()), then this property has an indeterminate value.
-
       
      See also erasePixmap(), backgroundColor(), backgroundMode, and palette.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setErasePixmap ( const TQPixmap & pixmap ) [virtual]
-
      
-Sets the widget's erase pixmap to pixmap.
-
       This pixmap is used to clear the widget before paintEvent() is
-called.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setFixedHeight ( int h )
-
      
-Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to h
-without changing the widths. Provided for convenience.
-
       
      See also sizeHint, minimumSize, maximumSize, and setFixedSize().
-
-
      Examples: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setFixedSize ( const TQSize & s )
-
      
-Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to s,
-thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking.
-
       
      See also maximumSize and minimumSize.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setFixedSize ( int w, int h )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Sets the width of the widget to w and the height to h.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setFixedWidth ( int w )
-
      
-Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to w
-without changing the heights. Provided for convenience.
-
       
      See also sizeHint, minimumSize, maximumSize, and setFixedSize().
-
-
      Examples: progressbar/progressbar.cpp and qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setFocus () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus
-proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the active window.
-
       First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to
-tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event
-is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus.
-(Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the
-same.)
-
       setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy,
-but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()).
-
       Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus.
-
       Warning: If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be
-called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an
-infinite recursion.
-
       
      See also focus, clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), focusPolicy, TQApplication::focusWidget(), grabKeyboard(), and grabMouse().
-
-
      Examples: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, lineedits/lineedits.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, t8/main.cpp, and wizard/wizard.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setFocusPolicy ( FocusPolicy ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the way the widget accepts keyboard focus.
-See the "focusPolicy" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setFocusProxy ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
-
      
-Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget w. If w is 0, the
-function resets this widget to have no focus proxy.
-
       Some widgets, such as TQComboBox, can "have focus", but create a
-child widget to actually handle the focus. TQComboBox, for example,
-creates a TQLineEdit which handles the focus.
-
       setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when
-"this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, focusPolicy(),
-setFocusPolicy(), setFocus() and hasFocus() all operate on the
-focus proxy.
-
       
      See also focusProxy().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setFont ( const TQFont & ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the font currently set for the widget.
-See the "font" property for details.
-
      Reimplemented in TQComboBox, TQLabel, and TQTabDialog.
-
      void TQWidget::setFont ( const TQFont & f, bool )
-
      
-
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       Use setFont(const TQFont& font) instead.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setGeometry ( const TQRect & ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
-See the "geometry" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setGeometry ( int x, int y, int w, int h ) [virtual slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This corresponds to setGeometry( TQRect(x, y, w, h) ).
-
-
      void TQWidget::setHidden ( bool hide ) [slot]
-
      Sets whether the widget is explicitly hidden to hide.
-See the "hidden" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setIcon ( const TQPixmap & ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets the widget's icon.
-See the "icon" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setIconText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets the widget's icon text.
-See the "iconText" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled ( bool b )
-
      Sets enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget to b.
-See the "inputMethodEnabled" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setKeyCompression ( bool compress ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-Enables key event compression, if compress is TRUE, and
-disables it if compress is FALSE.
-
       Key compression is off by default (except for TQLineEdit and
-TQTextEdit), so widgets receive one key press event for each key
-press (or more, since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on
-and your program doesn't keep up with key input, TQt may try to
-compress key events so that more than one character can be
-processed in each event.
-
       For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more
-characters in each TQKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
-takes too long for the CPU.
-
       If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is
-always safe to turn the compression on.
-
       TQt performs key event compression only for printable characters.
-Modifier keys, cursor movement keys, function keys and
-miscellaneous action keys (e.g. Escape, Enter, Backspace,
-PrintScreen) will stop key event compression, even if there are
-more compressible key events available.
-
       Not all platforms support this compression, in which case turning
-it on will have no effect.
-
       
      See also TQKeyEvent::text().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMask ( const TQBitmap & bitmap ) [virtual]
-
      
-Causes only the pixels of the widget for which bitmap has a
-corresponding 1 bit to be visible. Use TQt::color0 to draw
-transparent regions and TQt::color1 to draw opaque regions of the
-bitmap.
-
       If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the widget,
-window system controls in that area may or may not be visible,
-depending on the platform.
-
       Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
-complex.
-
       See examples/tux for an example of masking for transparency.
-
       
      See also clearMask().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMask ( const TQRegion & region ) [virtual]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap region to be
-visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the
-widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be
-visible, depending on the platform.
-
       Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly
-complex.
-
       
      See also clearMask().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMaximumHeight ( int maxh )
-
      Sets the widget's maximum height to maxh.
-See the "maximumHeight" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMaximumSize ( const TQSize & )
-
      Sets the widget's maximum size.
-See the "maximumSize" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMaximumSize ( int maxw, int maxh ) [virtual]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This function corresponds to setMaximumSize( TQSize(maxw, maxh) ). Sets the maximum width to maxw and the maximum height
-to maxh.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMaximumWidth ( int maxw )
-
      Sets the widget's maximum width to maxw.
-See the "maximumWidth" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMicroFocusHint ( int x, int y, int width, int height, bool text = TRUE, TQFont * f = 0 ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-When a widget gets focus, it should call setMicroFocusHint() with
-some appropriate position and size, x, y, width and height. This has no visual effect, it just provides hints to
-any system-specific input handling tools.
-
       The text argument should be TRUE if this is a position for text
-input.
-
       In the Windows version of TQt, this method sets the system caret,
-which is used for user Accessibility focus handling.  If text
-is TRUE, it also sets the IME composition window in Far East Asian
-language input systems.
-
       In the X11 version of TQt, if text is TRUE, this method sets the
-XIM "spot" point for complex language input handling.
-
       The font f is a rendering hint to the currently active input method.
-If f is 0 the widget's font is used.
-
       
      See also microFocusHint.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMinimumHeight ( int minh )
-
      Sets the widget's minimum height to minh.
-See the "minimumHeight" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMinimumSize ( const TQSize & )
-
      Sets the widget's minimum size.
-See the "minimumSize" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMinimumSize ( int minw, int minh ) [virtual]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This function corresponds to setMinimumSize( TQSize(minw, minh) ).
-Sets the minimum width to minw and the minimum height to minh.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setMinimumWidth ( int minw )
-
      Sets the widget's minimum width to minw.
-See the "minimumWidth" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setMouseTracking ( bool enable ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget to enable.
-See the "mouseTracking" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setPalette ( const TQPalette & ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the widget's palette.
-See the "palette" property for details.
-
      Reimplemented in TQComboBox, TQScrollBar, and TQSlider.
-
      void TQWidget::setPalette ( const TQPalette & p, bool )
-
      
-
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       Use setPalette( const TQPalette& p ) instead.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor ( const TQColor & ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the background color of the widget.
-See the "paletteBackgroundColor" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap ( const TQPixmap & ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the background pixmap of the widget.
-See the "paletteBackgroundPixmap" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor ( const TQColor & )
-
      Sets the foreground color of the widget.
-See the "paletteForegroundColor" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setShown ( bool show ) [slot]
-
      Sets whether the widget is shown to show.
-See the "shown" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setSizeIncrement ( const TQSize & )
-
      Sets the size increment of the widget.
-See the "sizeIncrement" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setSizeIncrement ( int w, int h ) [virtual]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Sets the x (width) size increment to w and the y (height) size
-increment to h.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setSizePolicy ( TQSizePolicy ) [virtual]
-
      Sets the default layout behavior of the widget.
-See the "sizePolicy" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setSizePolicy ( TQSizePolicy::SizeType hor, TQSizePolicy::SizeType ver, bool hfw = FALSE )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Sets the size policy of the widget to hor, ver and hfw
-(height for width).
-
       
      See also TQSizePolicy::TQSizePolicy().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setStyle ( TQStyle * style )
-
      
-Sets the widget's GUI style to style. Ownership of the style
-object is not transferred.
-
       If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style,
-TQApplication::style() instead.
-
       Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child
-widgets.
-
       Warning: This function is particularly useful for demonstration
-purposes, where you want to show TQt's styling capabilities. Real
-applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style
-instead.
-
       
      See also style(), TQStyle, TQApplication::style(), and TQApplication::setStyle().
-
-
      Examples: grapher/grapher.cpp and progressbar/progressbar.cpp.
-
      TQStyle * TQWidget::setStyle ( const TQString & style )
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Sets the widget's GUI style to style using the TQStyleFactory.
-
-
      void TQWidget::setTabOrder ( TQWidget * first, TQWidget * second ) [static]
-
      
-Moves the second widget around the ring of focus widgets so
-that keyboard focus moves from the first widget to the second widget when the Tab key is pressed.
-
       Note that since the tab order of the second widget is changed,
-you should order a chain like this:
-
       
      -        setTabOrder( a, b ); // a to b
-        setTabOrder( b, c ); // a to b to c
-        setTabOrder( c, d ); // a to b to c to d
-    
      
- 
-
       not like this:
-
       
      -        setTabOrder( c, d ); // c to d   WRONG
-        setTabOrder( a, b ); // a to b AND c to d
-        setTabOrder( b, c ); // a to b to c, but not c to d
-    
      
- 
-
       If first or second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder()
-correctly substitutes the proxy.
-
       
      See also focusPolicy and setFocusProxy().
-
-
      Example: customlayout/main.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::setUpdatesEnabled ( bool enable ) [virtual slot]
-
      Sets whether updates are enabled to enable.
-See the "updatesEnabled" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setWFlags ( WFlags f ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-
-
       Sets the widget flags f.
-
       Widget flags are a combination of TQt::WidgetFlags.
-
       
      See also testWFlags(), getWFlags(), and clearWFlags().
-
-
      void TQWidget::setWindowOpacity ( double level )
-
      Sets the level of opacity for the window to level.
-See the "windowOpacity" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::setWindowState ( uint windowState )
-
      
-
-
       Sets the window state to windowState. The window state is a OR'ed
-combination of TQt::WindowState: WindowMinimized, WindowMaximized, WindowFullScreen and WindowActive.
-
       If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns FALSE), the
-window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible
-windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between
-full-screen and mormal mode, use the following code:
-
       
      -        w->setWindowState(w->windowState() ^ WindowFullScreen);
-  
      
- 
-
       In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while
-preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following:
-
       
      -        w->setWindowState(w->windowState() & ~WindowMinimized | WindowActive);
-  
      
- 
-
       Note: On some window systems WindowActive is not immediate, and may be
-ignored in certain cases.
-
       
      See also TQt::WindowState and windowState().
-
-
      void TQWidget::show () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Shows the widget and its child widgets.
-
       If its size or position has changed, TQt guarantees that a widget
-gets move and resize events just before it is shown.
-
       You almost never have to reimplement this function. If you need to
-change some settings before a widget is shown, use showEvent()
-instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization use
-polish().
-
       
      See also showEvent(), hide(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), showNormal(), visible, and polish().
-
-
      Examples: aclock/main.cpp, life/main.cpp, popup/popup.cpp, t1/main.cpp, t3/main.cpp, t4/main.cpp, and toplevel/options.ui.h.
-
      Reimplemented in TQDialog and TQMenuBar.
-
      void TQWidget::showEvent ( TQShowEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
-widget show events.
-
       Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately before
-they are shown. The spontaneous show events of top-level widgets
-are delivered afterwards.
-
       
      See also event() and TQShowEvent.
-
-
      Example: qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::showFullScreen () [slot]
-
      
-Shows the widget in full-screen mode.
-
       Calling this function only affects top-level widgets.
-
       To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal().
-
       Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain
-problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the
-ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11
-clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand
-the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the
-best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and
-resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window
-manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is
-requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially
-supported by virtually all modern window managers.
-
       An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and
-create a window with the WX11BypassWM flag. This has other severe
-problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus and very
-strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises other
-windows.
-
       X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications
-support full-screen mode properly.
-
       
      See also showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), and visible.
-
-
      void TQWidget::showMaximized () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Shows the widget maximized.
-
       Calling this function only affects top-level
-    widgets.
-
       On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window
-managers. See the Window Geometry
-    documentation for an explanation.
-
       
      See also setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), and visible.
-
-
      Examples: canvas/main.cpp, helpviewer/main.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qwerty/main.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and scribble/main.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::showMinimized () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Shows the widget minimized, as an icon.
-
       Calling this function only affects top-level
-    widgets.
-
       
      See also showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), visible, and minimized.
-
-
      void TQWidget::showNormal () [virtual slot]
-
      
-Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized.
-
       Calling this function only affects top-level
-    widgets.
-
       
      See also setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), and visible.
-
-
      Example: mdi/application.cpp.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::size () const
-
      Returns the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
-See the "size" property for details.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::sizeHint () const [virtual]
-
      Returns the recommended size for the widget.
-See the "sizeHint" property for details.
-
      Reimplemented in TQSizeGrip.
-
      TQSize TQWidget::sizeIncrement () const
-
      Returns the size increment of the widget.
-See the "sizeIncrement" property for details.
-
      TQSizePolicy TQWidget::sizePolicy () const [virtual]
-
      Returns the default layout behavior of the widget.
-See the "sizePolicy" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::stackUnder ( TQWidget * w ) [slot]
-
      
-Places the widget under w in the parent widget's stack.
-
       To make this work, the widget itself and w must be siblings.
-
       
      See also raise() and lower().
-
-
      TQStyle & TQWidget::style () const
-
      
-Returns the GUI style for this widget
-
       
      See also TQWidget::setStyle(), TQApplication::setStyle(), and TQApplication::style().
-
-
      void TQWidget::styleChange ( TQStyle & oldStyle ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This virtual function is called when the style of the widgets
-changes. oldStyle is the previous GUI style; you can get the
-new style from style().
-
       Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
-GUI style changes. You will almost certainly need to update the
-widget using update().
-
       The default implementation updates the widget including its
-geometry.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::setStyle(), style(), update(), and updateGeometry().
-
-
      void TQWidget::tabletEvent ( TQTabletEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive tablet events for the widget.
-
       If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-ignore() the event if you do not handle
-it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
-
       The default implementation ignores the event.
-
       
      See also TQTabletEvent::ignore(), TQTabletEvent::accept(), event(), and TQTabletEvent.
-
-
      WFlags TQWidget::testWFlags ( WFlags f ) const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the bitwise AND of the widget flags and f.
-
       Widget flags are a combination of TQt::WidgetFlags.
-
       If you want to test for the presence of multiple flags (or
-composite flags such as WStyle_Splash), test the
-return value for equality against the argument. For example:
-
       
      -    int flags = WStyle_Tool | WStyle_NoBorder;
-    if ( testWFlags(flags) )
-        ... // WStyle_Tool or WStyle_NoBorder or both are set
-    if ( testWFlags(flags) == flags )
-        ... // both WStyle_Tool and WStyle_NoBorder are set
-    
      
- 
-
       
      See also getWFlags(), setWFlags(), and clearWFlags().
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidget::topLevelWidget () const
-
      
-Returns the top-level widget for this widget, i.e. the next
-ancestor widget that has (or could have) a window-system frame.
-
       If the widget is a top-level, the widget itself is returned.
-
       Typical usage is changing the window caption:
-
       
      -        aWidget->topLevelWidget()->setCaption( "New Caption" );
-    
      
- 
-
       
      See also isTopLevel.
-
-
      void TQWidget::unsetCursor () [virtual]
-
      Resets the cursor shape for this widget.
-See the "cursor" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::unsetFont ()
-
      Resets the font currently set for the widget.
-See the "font" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::unsetPalette ()
-
      Resets the widget's palette.
-See the "palette" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::update () [slot]
-
      
-Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is
-hidden.
-
       This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
-schedules a paint event for processing when TQt returns to the main
-event loop. This permits TQt to optimize for more speed and less
-flicker than a call to repaint() does.
-
       Calling update() several times normally results in just one
-paintEvent() call.
-
       TQt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call.
-If the WRepaintNoErase widget flag is set, the widget is
-responsible for painting all its pixels itself.
-
       
      See also repaint(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, erase(), and setWFlags().
-
-
      Examples: desktop/desktop.cpp and scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-
      void TQWidget::update ( int x, int y, int w, int h ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Updates a rectangle (x, y, w, h) inside the widget
-unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden.
-
       This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
-schedules a paint event for processing when TQt returns to the main
-event loop. This permits TQt to optimize for more speed and less
-flicker and a call to repaint() does.
-
       Calling update() several times normally results in just one
-paintEvent() call.
-
       If w is negative, it is replaced with width() - x. If h
-is negative, it is replaced width height() - y.
-
       TQt normally erases the specified area before the paintEvent()
-call. If the WRepaintNoErase widget flag is set, the widget is
-responsible for painting all its pixels itself.
-
       
      See also repaint(), paintEvent(), updatesEnabled, and erase().
-
-
      void TQWidget::update ( const TQRect & r ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Updates a rectangle r inside the widget unless updates are
-disabled or the widget is hidden.
-
       This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it
-schedules a paint event for processing when TQt returns to the main
-event loop. This permits TQt to optimize for more speed and less
-flicker and a call to repaint() does.
-
       Calling update() several times normally results in just one
-paintEvent() call.
-
-
      void TQWidget::updateGeometry ()
-
      
-Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may
-need to change geometry.
-
       Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed.
-
       For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The
-layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown.
-
-
      void TQWidget::updateMask () [virtual protected]
-
      
-This function can be reimplemented in a subclass to support
-transparent widgets. It should be called whenever a widget changes
-state in a way that means that the shape mask must be recalculated.
-
       
      See also autoMask, setMask(), and clearMask().
-
-
      TQRect TQWidget::visibleRect () const
-
      Returns the visible rectangle.
-See the "visibleRect" property for details.
-
      void TQWidget::wheelEvent ( TQWheelEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
-subclass to receive wheel events for the widget.
-
       If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-ignore() the event if you do not handle
-it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
-
       The default implementation ignores the event.
-
       
      See also TQWheelEvent::ignore(), TQWheelEvent::accept(), event(), and TQWheelEvent.
-
-
      int TQWidget::width () const
-
      Returns the width of the widget excluding any window frame.
-See the "width" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::winEvent ( MSG * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
-receive native Windows events.
-
       In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
-event being handled by TQt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
-native event is passed back to TQt, which translates the event into
-a TQt event and sends it to the widget.
-
       Warning: This function is not portable.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::winEventFilter().
-
-
      WId TQWidget::winId () const
-
      
-
-
       Returns the window system identifier of the widget.
-
       Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to
-do something non-portable. Be careful.
-
       
      See also find().
-
-
      void TQWidget::windowActivationChange ( bool oldActive ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-
-
       This virtual function is called for a widget when its window is
-activated or deactivated by the window system. oldActive is the
-previous state; you can get the new setting from isActiveWindow().
-
       Reimplement this function if your widget needs to know when its
-window becomes activated or deactivated.
-
       The default implementation updates the visible part of the widget
-if the inactive and the active colorgroup are different for colors
-other than the highlight and link colors.
-
       
      See also setActiveWindow(), isActiveWindow, update(), and palette.
-
-
      double TQWidget::windowOpacity () const
-
      Returns the level of opacity for the window.
-See the "windowOpacity" property for details.
-
      uint TQWidget::windowState () const
-
        Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed
-combination of TQt::WindowState: WindowMinimized, WindowMaximized, WindowFullScreen and WindowActive.
-
       
      See also TQt::WindowState and setWindowState().
-
-
      int TQWidget::x () const
-
      Returns the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
-See the "x" property for details.
-
      bool TQWidget::x11Event ( XEvent * ) [virtual protected]
-
      
-This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to
-receive native X11 events.
-
       In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the
-event being handled by TQt, return TRUE. If you return FALSE, this
-native event is passed back to TQt, which translates the event into
-a TQt event and sends it to the widget.
-
       Warning: This function is not portable.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::x11EventFilter().
-
-
      Reimplemented in TQXtWidget.
-
      int TQWidget::y () const
-
      Returns the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame.
-See the "y" property for details.
-
      Property Documentation
      
-
      bool acceptDrops
      
-
      This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget.
-
      Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this
-widget may be able to accept drop events.
-
       If the widget is the desktop (TQWidget::isDesktop()), this may
-fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
-acceptDrops() to test if this occurs.
-
       Warning:
-Do not modify this property in a Drag&Drop event handler.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setAcceptDrops() and get this property's value with acceptDrops().
-
      bool autoMask
      
-
      This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget.
-
      Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region.
-TQWidget has some built-in support to make the task of
-recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE,
-updateMask() will be called whenever the widget is resized or
-changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement
-updateMask() (which should include a call to setMask()) or nothing
-will happen.
-
       Note: when you re-implement resizeEvent(), focusInEvent() or
-focusOutEvent() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure
-that the auto mask calculation works, you should add:
-
       
      -        if ( autoMask() )
-            updateMask();
-    
      
- 
-
       at the end of your event handlers. This is true for all member
-functions that change the appearance of the widget in a way that
-requires a recalculation of the mask.
-
       While being a technically appealing concept, masks have a big
-drawback: when using complex masks that cannot be expressed easily
-with relatively simple regions, they can be very slow on some
-window systems. The classic example is a transparent label. The
-complex shape of its contents makes it necessary to represent its
-mask by a bitmap, which consumes both memory and time. If all you
-want is to blend the background of several neighboring widgets
-together seamlessly, you will probably want to use
-setBackgroundOrigin() rather than a mask.
-
       
      See also updateMask(), setMask(), clearMask(), and backgroundOrigin.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setAutoMask() and get this property's value with autoMask().
-
      TQBrush backgroundBrush
      
-
      This property holds the widget's background brush.
-
      The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its
-background mode.
-
       
      See also backgroundColor(), backgroundPixmap(), eraseColor(), palette, and TQApplication::setPalette().
-
-
      Get this property's value with backgroundBrush().
-
      BackgroundMode backgroundMode
      
-
      This property holds the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
-
      setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which
-entry of the palette to set.
-
       For most widgets the default suffices (PaletteBackground,
-typically gray), but some need to use PaletteBase (the
-background color for text output, typically white) or another
-role.
-
       TQListBox, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast
-with its environment, does this in its constructor:
-
       
      -    setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
-    
      
- 
-
       You will never need to set the background mode of a built-in
-widget in TQt, but you might consider setting it in your custom
-widgets, so that setPaletteBackgroundColor() works as expected.
-
       Note that two of the BackgroundMode values make no sense for
-setBackgroundMode(), namely FixedPixmap and FixedColor. You
-must call setBackgroundPixmap() and setPaletteBackgroundColor()
-instead.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setBackgroundMode() and get this property's value with backgroundMode().
-
      BackgroundOrigin backgroundOrigin
      
-
      This property holds the origin of the widget's background.
-
      The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin,
-WindowOrigin or AncestorOrigin.
-
       This only makes a difference if the widget has a background
-pixmap, in which case positioning matters. Using WindowOrigin
-for several neighboring widgets makes the background blend
-together seamlessly. AncestorOrigin allows blending backgrounds
-seamlessly when an ancestor of the widget has an origin other than
-WindowOrigin.
-
       
      See also backgroundPixmap() and backgroundMode.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setBackgroundOrigin() and get this property's value with backgroundOrigin().
-
      TQSize baseSize
      
-
      This property holds the base size of the widget.
-
      The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
-widget defines sizeIncrement().
-
       
      See also sizeIncrement.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setBaseSize() and get this property's value with baseSize().
-
      TQString caption
      
-
      This property holds the window caption (title).
-
      This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
-caption has been set, the caption is TQString::null.
-
       
      See also icon and iconText.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setCaption() and get this property's value with caption().
-
      TQRect childrenRect
      
-
      This property holds the bounding rectangle of the widget's children.
-
      Hidden children are excluded.
-
       
      See also childrenRegion and geometry.
-
-
      Get this property's value with childrenRect().
-
      TQRegion childrenRegion
      
-
      This property holds the combined region occupied by the widget's children.
-
      Hidden children are excluded.
-
       
      See also childrenRect and geometry.
-
-
      Get this property's value with childrenRegion().
-
      TQColorGroup colorGroup
      
-
      This property holds the current color group of the widget palette.
-
      The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A
-disabled widget has the TQPalette::disabled() color group, a widget
-with keyboard focus has the TQPalette::active() color group, and an
-inactive widget has the TQPalette::inactive() color group.
-
       
      See also palette.
-
-
      Get this property's value with colorGroup().
-
      TQCursor cursor
      
-
      This property holds the cursor shape for this widget.
-
      The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
-widget. See the list of predefined cursor
-    objects for a range of useful shapes.
-
       An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
-
      -        setCursor( IbeamCursor );
-    
      
- 
-
       If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the
-parent's cursor is used. The function unsetCursor() has no effect
-on top-level widgets.
-
       
      See also TQApplication::setOverrideCursor().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setCursor(), get this property's value with cursor(), and reset this property's value with unsetCursor().
-
      bool customWhatsThis
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually.
-
      The default implementation of customWhatsThis() returns FALSE,
-which means the widget will not receive any events in Whats This
-mode.
-
       The widget may leave What's This mode by calling
-TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode(), with or without actually
-displaying any help text.
-
       You can also reimplement customWhatsThis() if your widget is a
-"passive interactor" supposed to work under all circumstances.
-Simply don't call TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case.
-
       
      See also TQWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode() and TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode().
-
-
      Get this property's value with customWhatsThis().
-
      bool enabled
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is enabled.
-
      An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
-widget does not. In fact, an enabled widget only receives keyboard
-events when it is in focus.
-
       Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
-disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
-your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
-can reimplement the enabledChange() function.
-
       Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
-respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
-explicitly disabled.
-
       
      See also enabled, isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setEnabled() and get this property's value with isEnabled().
-
      bool focus
      
-
      This property holds whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus.
-
      Effectively equivalent to tqApp->focusWidget() == this.
-
       
      See also setFocus(), clearFocus(), focusPolicy, and TQApplication::focusWidget().
-
-
      Get this property's value with hasFocus().
-
      bool focusEnabled
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget accepts keyboard focus.
-
      Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. focusPolicy() ==
-TQWidget::NoFocus).
-
       You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
-keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
-constructor. For instance, the TQLineEdit constructor calls
-setFocusPolicy(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
-
       
      See also focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), and enabled.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isFocusEnabled().
-
      FocusPolicy focusPolicy
      
-
      This property holds the way the widget accepts keyboard focus.
-
      The policy is TQWidget::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard
-focus by tabbing, TQWidget::ClickFocus if the widget accepts
-focus by clicking, TQWidget::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and
-TQWidget::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at
-all.
-
       You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
-keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
-constructor. For instance, the TQLineEdit constructor calls
-setFocusPolicy(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
-
       
      See also focusEnabled, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), and enabled.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setFocusPolicy() and get this property's value with focusPolicy().
-
      TQFont font
      
-
      This property holds the font currently set for the widget.
-
      The fontInfo() function reports the actual font that is being used
-by the widget.
-
       As long as no special font has been set, or after unsetFont() is
-called, this is either a special font for the widget class, the
-parent's font or (if this widget is a top level widget), the
-default application font.
-
       This code fragment sets a 12 point helvetica bold font:
-
      -    TQFont f( "Helvetica", 12, TQFont::Bold );
-    setFont( f );
-    
      
- 
-
       In addition to setting the font, setFont() informs all children
-about the change.
-
       
      See also fontChange(), fontInfo(), fontMetrics(), and ownFont.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setFont(), get this property's value with font(), and reset this property's value with unsetFont().
-
      TQRect frameGeometry
      
-
      This property holds geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
-
      See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
-
       
      See also geometry, x, y, and pos.
-
-
      Get this property's value with frameGeometry().
-
      TQSize frameSize
      
-
      This property holds the size of the widget including any window frame.
-
      
-
      Get this property's value with frameSize().
-
      bool fullScreen
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is full screen.
-
      Get this property's value with isFullScreen().
-
      See also windowState(), minimized, and maximized.
-
-
      TQRect geometry
      
-
      This property holds the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
-
      When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
-move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent())
-immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
-guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
-
       The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
-defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize().
-
       setGeometry() is virtual, and all other overloaded setGeometry()
-implementations in TQt call it.
-
       Warning: Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
-can lead to infinite recursion.
-
       See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also frameGeometry, rect, pos, size, moveEvent(), resizeEvent(), minimumSize, and maximumSize.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setGeometry() and get this property's value with geometry().
-
      int height
      
-
      This property holds the height of the widget excluding any window frame.
-
      See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also geometry, width, and size.
-
-
      Get this property's value with height().
-
      bool hidden
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is explicitly hidden.
-
      If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
-ancestors became visible.
-
       
      See also hide(), show(), visible, isVisibleTo(), and shown.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setHidden() and get this property's value with isHidden().
-
      TQPixmap icon
      
-
      This property holds the widget's icon.
-
      This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
-has been set, icon() returns 0.
-
       
      See also iconText, caption, and Setting the Application Icon.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setIcon() and get this property's value with icon().
-
      TQString iconText
      
-
      This property holds the widget's icon text.
-
      This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
-text has been set, this functions returns TQString::null.
-
       
      See also icon and caption.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setIconText() and get this property's value with iconText().
-
      bool inputMethodEnabled
      
-
      This property holds enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget.
-
      Most Widgets (as eg. buttons) that do not handle text input should have
-the input method disabled if they have focus. This is the default.
-
       If a widget handles text input it should set this property to TRUE.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setInputMethodEnabled() and get this property's value with isInputMethodEnabled().
-
      bool isActiveWindow
      
-
      This property holds whether this widget is the active window.
-
      The active window is the window that contains the widget
-that has keyboard focus.
-
       When popup windows are visible, this property is TRUE for both the
-active window and for the popup.
-
       
      See also setActiveWindow() and TQApplication::activeWindow().
-
-
      Get this property's value with isActiveWindow().
-
      bool isDesktop
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop.
-
      A desktop widget is also a top-level widget.
-
       
      See also isTopLevel and TQApplication::desktop().
-
-
      Get this property's value with isDesktop().
-
      bool isDialog
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is a dialog widget.
-
      A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget, i.e. a top-level
-widget with a parent.
-
       
      See also isTopLevel and TQDialog.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isDialog().
-
      bool isModal
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is a modal widget.
-
      This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal
-widget prevents widgets in all other top-level widgets from
-getting any input.
-
       
      See also isTopLevel, isDialog, and TQDialog.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isModal().
-
      bool isPopup
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is a popup widget.
-
      A popup widget is created by specifying the widget flag WType_Popup to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a
-top-level widget.
-
       
      See also isTopLevel.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isPopup().
-
      bool isTopLevel
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is a top-level widget.
-
      A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a
-caption (title). Popup and desktop widgets are also top-level widgets.
-
       A top-level widget can have a parent
-    widget. It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted
-when the parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized
-etc. If supported by the window manager, it will also have a
-common taskbar entry with its parent.
-
       TQDialog and TQMainWindow widgets are by default top-level, even if
-a parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
-specified by the WType_TopLevel widget flag.
-
       
      See also topLevelWidget(), isDialog, isModal, isPopup, isDesktop, and parentWidget().
-
-
      Get this property's value with isTopLevel().
-
      bool maximized
      
-
      This property holds whether this widget is maximized.
-
      This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
-
       Note that due to limitations in some window-systems, this does not
-always report the expected results (e.g. if the user on X11
-maximizes the window via the window manager, TQt has no way of
-distinguishing this from any other resize). This is expected to
-improve as window manager protocols evolve.
-
       
      See also windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), and minimized.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isMaximized().
-
      int maximumHeight
      
-
      This property holds the widget's maximum height.
-
      This property corresponds to maximumSize().height().
-
       
      See also maximumSize and maximumWidth.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMaximumHeight() and get this property's value with maximumHeight().
-
      TQSize maximumSize
      
-
      This property holds the widget's maximum size.
-
      The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
-widget size.
-
       
      See also maximumWidth, maximumHeight, maximumSize, minimumSize, and sizeIncrement.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMaximumSize() and get this property's value with maximumSize().
-
      int maximumWidth
      
-
      This property holds the widget's maximum width.
-
      This property corresponds to maximumSize().width().
-
       
      See also maximumSize and maximumHeight.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMaximumWidth() and get this property's value with maximumWidth().
-
      TQRect microFocusHint
      
-
      This property holds the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
-
      See the documentation of setMicroFocusHint() for more information.
-
-
      Get this property's value with microFocusHint().
-
      bool minimized
      
-
      This property holds whether this widget is minimized (iconified).
-
      This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
-
       
      See also showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), and maximized.
-
-
      Get this property's value with isMinimized().
-
      int minimumHeight
      
-
      This property holds the widget's minimum height.
-
      This property corresponds to minimumSize().height().
-
       
      See also minimumSize and minimumWidth.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMinimumHeight() and get this property's value with minimumHeight().
-
      TQSize minimumSize
      
-
      This property holds the widget's minimum size.
-
      The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
-widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
-the current size is smaller.
-
       If you use a layout inside the widget, the minimum size will be
-set by the layout and not by setMinimumSize(), unless you set the
-layout's resize mode to TQLayout::FreeResize.
-
       
      See also minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement, and TQLayout::resizeMode.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMinimumSize() and get this property's value with minimumSize().
-
      TQSize minimumSizeHint
      
-
      This property holds the recommended minimum size for the widget.
-
      If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
-is recommended.
-
       The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid
-size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
-layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
-minimumSizeHint().
-
       TQLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than
-minimumSizeHint.
-
       
      See also TQSize::isValid(), size, minimumSize, and sizePolicy.
-
-
      Get this property's value with minimumSizeHint().
-
      int minimumWidth
      
-
      This property holds the widget's minimum width.
-
      This property corresponds to minimumSize().width().
-
       
      See also minimumSize and minimumHeight.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMinimumWidth() and get this property's value with minimumWidth().
-
      bool mouseTracking
      
-
      This property holds whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget.
-
      If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
-receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
-pressed while the mouse is being moved.
-
       If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
-events even if no buttons are pressed.
-
       
      See also mouseMoveEvent() and TQApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setMouseTracking() and get this property's value with hasMouseTracking().
-
      bool ownCursor
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget uses its own cursor.
-
      If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor.
-
       
      See also cursor.
-
-
      Get this property's value with ownCursor().
-
      bool ownFont
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget uses its own font.
-
      If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font.
-
       
      See also font.
-
-
      Get this property's value with ownFont().
-
      bool ownPalette
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget uses its own palette.
-
      If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette.
-
       
      See also palette.
-
-
      Get this property's value with ownPalette().
-
      TQPalette palette
      
-
      This property holds the widget's palette.
-
      As long as no special palette has been set, or after unsetPalette()
-has been called, this is either a special palette for the widget
-class, the parent's palette or (if this widget is a top level
-widget), the default application palette.
-
       Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the
-paletteBackgroundColor,
-paletteBackgroundPixmap and
-paletteForegroundColor
-convenience properties to change a widget's
-background and foreground appearance only.
-
       
      See also ownPalette, colorGroup, and TQApplication::palette().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setPalette(), get this property's value with palette(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette().
-
      TQColor paletteBackgroundColor
      
-
      This property holds the background color of the widget.
-
      The palette background color is usually set implicitly by
-setBackgroundMode(), although it can also be set explicitly by
-setPaletteBackgroundColor(). setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a
-convenience function that creates and sets a modified TQPalette
-with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the
-widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
-PaletteButton the color used for the palette's TQColorGroup::Button color entry is set.
-
       If there is a background pixmap (set using
-setPaletteBackgroundPixmap()), then the return value of this
-function is indeterminate.
-
       
      See also paletteBackgroundPixmap, paletteForegroundColor, palette, and colorGroup.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setPaletteBackgroundColor(), get this property's value with paletteBackgroundColor(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette().
-
      TQPixmap paletteBackgroundPixmap
      
-
      This property holds the background pixmap of the widget.
-
      The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by
-setBackgroundMode(), although it can also be set explicitly by
-setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() is a
-convenience function that creates and sets a modified TQPalette
-with setPalette(). The palette is modified according to the
-widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
-PaletteButton the pixmap used for the palette's
-TQColorGroup::Button color entry is set.
-
       If there is a plain background color (set using
-setPaletteBackgroundColor()), then this function returns 0.
-
       
      See also paletteBackgroundColor, paletteForegroundColor, palette, and colorGroup.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(), get this property's value with paletteBackgroundPixmap(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette().
-
      TQColor paletteForegroundColor
      
-
      This property holds the foreground color of the widget.
-
      setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates
-and sets a modified TQPalette with setPalette(). The palette is
-modified according to the widget's background mode. For
-example, if the background mode is PaletteButton the palette entry
-TQColorGroup::ButtonText is set to color.
-
       
      See also palette, TQApplication::setPalette(), backgroundMode, foregroundColor(), backgroundMode, and setEraseColor().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setPaletteForegroundColor(), get this property's value with paletteForegroundColor(), and reset this property's value with unsetPalette().
-
      TQPoint pos
      
-
      This property holds the position of the widget within its parent widget.
-
      If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the
-widget on the desktop, including its frame.
-
       When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
-move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not
-currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
-is shown.
-
       move() is virtual, and all other overloaded move() implementations
-in TQt call it.
-
       Warning: Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can
-lead to infinite recursion.
-
       See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also frameGeometry, size, x, and y.
-
-
      Set this property's value with move() and get this property's value with pos().
-
      TQRect rect
      
-
      This property holds the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame.
-
      The rect property equals TQRect(0, 0, width(), height()).
-
       See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also size.
-
-
      Get this property's value with rect().
-
      bool shown
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is shown.
-
      If TRUE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
-ancestors became visible.
-
       
      See also hide(), show(), visible, isVisibleTo(), and hidden.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setShown() and get this property's value with isShown().
-
      TQSize size
      
-
      This property holds the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
-
      When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event
-(resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
-visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
-
       The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
-minimumSize() and maximumSize(). Furthermore, the size is always
-at least TQSize(1, 1). For toplevel widgets, the minimum size
-might be larger, depending on the window manager.
-
       If you want a top-level window to have a fixed size, call
-setResizeMode( TQLayout::FreeResize ) on its layout.
-
       resize() is virtual, and all other overloaded resize()
-implementations in TQt call it.
-
       Warning: Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can
-lead to infinite recursion.
-
       
      See also pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, and resizeEvent().
-
-
      Set this property's value with resize() and get this property's value with size().
-
      TQSize sizeHint
      
-
      This property holds the recommended size for the widget.
-
      If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
-recommended.
-
       The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size
-if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
-preferred size otherwise.
-
       
      See also TQSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint, sizePolicy, minimumSize, and updateGeometry().
-
-
      Get this property's value with sizeHint().
-
      TQSize sizeIncrement
      
-
      This property holds the size increment of the widget.
-
      When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
-sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and
-sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the
-basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers i
-and j:
-
      -        width = baseSize().width() + i * sizeIncrement().width();
-        height = baseSize().height() + j * sizeIncrement().height();
-    
      
- 
-
       Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
-only affects top-level widgets.
-
       Warning: The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
-be disregarded by the window manager on X.
-
       
      See also size, minimumSize, and maximumSize.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setSizeIncrement() and get this property's value with sizeIncrement().
-
      TQSizePolicy sizePolicy
      
-
      This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget.
-
      If there is a TQLayout that manages this widget's children, the
-size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
-TQLayout, the result of this function is used.
-
       The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
-widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
-sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
-specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
-vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
-TQLineEdit, TQSpinBox or an editable TQComboBox) and other
-horizontally orientated widgets (such as TQProgressBar).
-TQToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both
-directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
-TQSlider, TQScrollBar or TQHeader) specify stretching in the
-respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars
-(usually subclasses of TQScrollView) tend to specify that they can
-use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
-sizeHint().
-
       
      See also sizeHint, TQLayout, TQSizePolicy, and updateGeometry().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setSizePolicy() and get this property's value with sizePolicy().
-
      bool underMouse
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is under the mouse cursor.
-
      This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
-operations.
-
       
      See also TQEvent::Enter and TQEvent::Leave.
-
-
      Get this property's value with hasMouse().
-
      bool updatesEnabled
      
-
      This property holds whether updates are enabled.
-
      Calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are
-disabled. Paint events from the window system are processed
-normally even if updates are disabled.
-
       setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a
-short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
-large changes.
-
       Example:
-
      -        setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
-        bigVisualChanges();
-        setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
-        repaint();
-    
      
- 
-
       
      See also update(), repaint(), and paintEvent().
-
-
      Set this property's value with setUpdatesEnabled() and get this property's value with isUpdatesEnabled().
-
      bool visible
      
-
      This property holds whether the widget is visible.
-
      Calling show() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent
-widgets up to the top-level widget are visible. If an ancestor is
-not visible, the widget won't become visible until all its
-ancestors are shown.
-
       Calling hide() hides a widget explicitly. An explicitly hidden
-widget will never become visible, even if all its ancestors become
-visible, unless you show it.
-
       A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
-changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
-waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
-A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
-frames.
-
       A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
-screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
-top-level widgets and windows that exist on another virtual
-desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
-receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
-is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
-when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
-when the window is restored again.
-
       
      See also show(), hide(), hidden, isVisibleTo(), minimized, showEvent(), and hideEvent().
-
-
      Get this property's value with isVisible().
-
      TQRect visibleRect
      
-
      This property holds the visible rectangle.
-
      This property is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
       No longer necessary, you can simply call repaint(). If you do not
-need the rectangle for repaint(), use clipRegion() instead.
-
-
      Get this property's value with visibleRect().
-
      int width
      
-
      This property holds the width of the widget excluding any window frame.
-
      See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also geometry, height, and size.
-
-
      Get this property's value with width().
-
      double windowOpacity
      
-
      This property holds the level of opacity for the window.
-
      The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
-0.0 (completely transparent).
-
       By default the value of this property is 1.0.
-
       This feature is only present on Mac OS X and Windows 2000 and up.
-
       Warning: Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
-paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
-correctly. This affects mainly the use of TQPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note
-that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantely slower than
-opaque windows.
-
-
      Set this property's value with setWindowOpacity() and get this property's value with windowOpacity().
-
      int x
       
      This property holds the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
-
      See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also frameGeometry, y, and pos.
-
-
      Get this property's value with x().
-
      int y
      
-
      This property holds the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame.
-
      See the Window Geometry documentation
-for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
-
       
      See also frameGeometry, x, and pos.
-
-
      Get this property's value with y().
-
-
      
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
-
-
      Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
      TQt 3.3.8
      
-
      
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwidgetfactory.html b/doc/html/ntqwidgetfactory.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 22ea62a2c..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqwidgetfactory.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQWidgetFactory Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
      TQWidgetFactory Class Reference
      
-
-
      The TQWidgetFactory class provides for the dynamic creation of widgets
-from TQt Designer .ui files.
-More...
-
      #include <ntqwidgetfactory.h>
-
      List of all member functions.
-
      Public Members
      
-
-
      Static Public Members
      
-
        
-
      • TQWidget * create ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
        • 
-
      • TQWidget * create ( TQIODevice * dev, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
        • 
-
      • void addWidgetFactory ( TQWidgetFactory * factory )
        • 
-
      • void loadImages ( const TQString & dir )
        • 
-
      • TQStringList widgets ()
        • 
-
      • bool supportsWidget ( const TQString & widget )
        • 
-
      
-
      Detailed Description
      
-
-
-
       The TQWidgetFactory class provides for the dynamic creation of widgets
-from TQt Designer .ui files.
-
       This class basically offers two things:
-
       
        
-
         
      •  Dynamically creating widgets from TQt
-  Designer user interface description files.
-You can do this using the static function TQWidgetFactory::create().
-This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab
-ordering, etc., as defined in the .ui file, and returns the
-top-level widget in the .ui file. After creating the widget you can
-use TQObject::child() and TQObject::queryList() to access child
-widgets of this returned widget.
-
         
      •  Adding additional widget factories to be able to create custom
-widgets. See createWidget() for details.
-
         
      
-
       This class is not included in the TQt library itself. To use it you
-must link against libtqui.so (Unix) or tqui.lib (Windows), which is
-built into INSTALL/lib if you built TQt Designer (INSTALL is
-the directory where TQt is installed ).
-
       If you create a TQMainWindow using a TQWidgetFactory, be aware that
-it already has a central widget. Therefore, you need to delete this
-one before setting another one.
-
       See the "Creating Dynamic Dialogs from .ui Files" section of the TQt Designer manual for an example. See
-also the TQWidgetPlugin class and the Plugins documentation.
-
-
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWidgetFactory::TQWidgetFactory ()
-
       Constructs a TQWidgetFactory. 
-
      TQWidgetFactory::~TQWidgetFactory () [virtual]
-
       
-Destructor.
-
-
      void TQWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory ( TQWidgetFactory * factory ) [static]
-
       Installs a widget factory factory, which normally contains
-additional widgets that can then be created using a TQWidgetFactory.
-See createWidget() for further details.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::create ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
      
-
       Loads the TQt Designer user interface description file uiFile
-and returns the top-level widget in that description. parent and
-name are passed to the constructor of the top-level widget.
-
       This function also performs signal and slot connections, tab
-ordering, etc., as described in the .ui file. In TQt Designer it
-is possible to add custom slots to a form and connect to them. If
-you want these connections to be made, you must create a class
-derived from TQObject, which implements all these slots. Then pass an
-instance of the object as connector to this function. If you do
-this, the connections to the custom slots will be done using the connector as slot.
-
       If something fails, 0 is returned.
-
       The ownership of the returned widget is passed to the caller.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::create ( TQIODevice * dev, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
        This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Loads the user interface description from device dev.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::createWidget ( const TQString & className, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Creates a widget of the type className passing parent and name to its constructor.
-
       If className is a widget in the TQt library, it is directly
-created by this function. If the widget isn't in the TQt library,
-each of the installed widget plugins is asked, in turn, to create
-the widget. As soon as a plugin says it can create the widget it
-is asked to do so. It may occur that none of the plugins can
-create the widget, in which case each installed widget factory is
-asked to create the widget (see addWidgetFactory()). If the widget
-cannot be created by any of these means, 0 is returned.
-
       If you have a custom widget, and want it to be created using the
-widget factory, there are two approaches you can use:
-
       
        
-
         
      1.  Write a widget plugin. This allows you to use the widget in
-TQt Designer and in this TQWidgetFactory. See the widget plugin
-documentation for further details. (See the "Creating Custom
-Widgets with Plugins" section of the TQt
-    Designer manual for an example.
-
         
      2.  Subclass TQWidgetFactory. Then reimplement this function to
-create and return an instance of your custom widget if className equals the name of your widget, otherwise return 0. Then
-at the beginning of your program where you want to use the widget
-factory to create widgets do a:
-
        -    TQWidgetFactory::addWidgetFactory( new MyWidgetFactory );
-    
        
- 
-where MyWidgetFactory is your TQWidgetFactory subclass.
-
         
      
-
-
      void TQWidgetFactory::loadImages ( const TQString & dir ) [static]
-
      
-If you use a pixmap collection (which is the default for new
-projects) rather than saving the pixmaps within the .ui XML file,
-you must load the pixmap collection. TQWidgetFactory looks in the
-default TQMimeSourceFactory for the pixmaps. Either add it there
-manually, or call this function and specify the directory where
-the images can be found, as dir. This is normally the
-directory called images in the project's directory.
-
-
      bool TQWidgetFactory::supportsWidget ( const TQString & widget ) [static]
-
       Returns TRUE if the widget factory can create the specified widget;
-otherwise returns FALSE. 
-
      TQStringList TQWidgetFactory::widgets () [static]
-
       Returns the names of the widgets this factory can create. 
-
-
      
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
-
-
      Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
      TQt 3.3.8
      
-
      
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwidgetplugin.html b/doc/html/ntqwidgetplugin.html
deleted file mode 100644
index dbd1e5489..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqwidgetplugin.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQWidgetPlugin Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
      TQWidgetPlugin Class Reference
      
-
-
      The TQWidgetPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQWidget plugins.
-More...
-
      #include <ntqwidgetplugin.h>
-
      List of all member functions.
-
      Public Members
      
-
        
-
      • TQWidgetPlugin ()
        • 
-
      • ~TQWidgetPlugin ()
        • 
-
      • virtual TQStringList keys () const = 0
        • 
-
      • virtual TQWidget * create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) = 0
        • 
-
      • virtual TQString group ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      • virtual TQIconSet iconSet ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      • virtual TQString includeFile ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      • virtual TQString toolTip ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      • virtual TQString whatsThis ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      • virtual bool isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const
        • 
-
      
-
      Detailed Description
      
-
-
-The TQWidgetPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQWidget plugins.
-
       
-
       The widget plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes it easy
-to create custom widgets that can be included in forms using TQt Designer and used by applications.
-
       Writing a widget plugin is achieved by subclassing this base
-class, reimplementing the pure virtual functions keys(), create(),
-group(), iconSet(), includeFile(), toolTip(), whatsThis() and
-isContainer(), and exporting the class with the TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN
-macro.
-
       See the TQt Designer manual's,
-'Creating Custom Widgets' section in the 'Creating Custom Widgets'
-chapter, for a complete example of a TQWidgetPlugin.
-
       See also the Plugins
-    documentation and the TQWidgetFactory class that is
-supplied with TQt Designer.
-
      See also Plugins.
-
-
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWidgetPlugin::TQWidgetPlugin ()
-
      
-Constructs a widget plugin. This is invoked automatically by the
-TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.
-
-
      TQWidgetPlugin::~TQWidgetPlugin ()
-
      
-Destroys the widget plugin.
-
       You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
-automatically when it is no longer used.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetPlugin::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [pure virtual]
-
      
-
-
       Creates and returns a TQWidget object for the widget key key.
-The widget key is the class name of the required widget. The name and parent arguments are passed to the custom widget's
-constructor.
-
       
      See also keys().
-
-
      TQString TQWidgetPlugin::group ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the group (toolbar name) that the custom widget of class
-key should be part of when TQt Designer loads it.
-
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
-
-
      TQIconSet TQWidgetPlugin::iconSet ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the iconset that TQt Designer should use to represent
-the custom widget of class key in the toolbar.
-
       The default implementation returns an null iconset.
-
-
      TQString TQWidgetPlugin::includeFile ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the name of the include file that TQt Designer and uic should use to include the custom widget of class key in
-generated code.
-
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
-
-
      bool TQWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns TRUE if the custom widget of class key can contain
-other widgets, e.g. like TQFrame; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
       The default implementation returns FALSE.
-
-
      TQStringList TQWidgetPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
-
      
-
-
       Returns the list of widget keys this plugin supports.
-
       These keys must be the class names of the custom widgets that are
-implemented in the plugin.
-
       
      See also create().
-
-
      TQString TQWidgetPlugin::toolTip ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the text of the tooltip that TQt Designer should use
-for the custom widget of class key's toolbar button.
-
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
-
-
      TQString TQWidgetPlugin::whatsThis ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
-
      
-Returns the text of the whatsThis text that TQt Designer should
-use when the user requests whatsThis help for the custom widget of
-class key.
-
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
-
-
-
      
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
-
-
      Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
      TQt 3.3.8
      
-
      
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwidgetstack.html b/doc/html/ntqwidgetstack.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 372cc7558..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqwidgetstack.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQWidgetStack Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
      
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
      TQWidgetStack Class Reference
      
-
-
      The TQWidgetStack class provides a stack of widgets of which
-only the top widget is user-visible.
-More...
-
      #include <ntqwidgetstack.h>
-
      Inherits TQFrame.
-
      List of all member functions.
-
      Public Members
      
-
-
      Public Slots
      
-
-
      Signals
      
-
-
      Protected Members
      
-
-
      Detailed Description
      
-
-
-The TQWidgetStack class provides a stack of widgets of which
-only the top widget is user-visible.
-
       
-
-
       The application programmer can move any widget to the top of the
-stack at any time using raiseWidget(), and add or remove widgets
-using addWidget() and removeWidget(). It is not sufficient to pass
-the widget stack as parent to a widget which should be inserted into
-the widgetstack.
-
       visibleWidget() is the get equivalent of raiseWidget(); it
-returns a pointer to the widget that is currently at the top of
-the stack.
-
       TQWidgetStack also provides the ability to manipulate widgets
-through application-specified integer IDs. You can also translate
-from widget pointers to IDs using id() and from IDs to widget
-pointers using widget(). These numeric IDs are unique (per
-TQWidgetStack, not globally), but TQWidgetStack does not attach any
-additional meaning to them.
-
       The default widget stack is frameless, but you can use the usual
-TQFrame functions (such as setFrameStyle()) to add a frame.
-
       TQWidgetStack provides a signal, aboutToShow(), which is emitted
-just before a managed widget is shown.
-
       
      See also TQTabDialog, TQTabBar, TQFrame, and Organizers.
-
-
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWidgetStack::TQWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
-
      
-Constructs an empty widget stack.
-
       The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQFrame
-constructor.
-
-
      TQWidgetStack::TQWidgetStack ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name, WFlags f )
-
      
-Constructs an empty widget stack.
-
       The parent, name and f arguments are passed to the TQFrame
-constructor.
-
-
      TQWidgetStack::~TQWidgetStack ()
-
      
-Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
-
-
      void TQWidgetStack::aboutToShow ( int ) [signal]
-
      
-
-
       This signal is emitted just before a managed widget is shown if
-that managed widget has an ID != -1. The argument is the numeric
-ID of the widget.
-
       If you call visibleWidget() in a slot connected to aboutToShow(),
-the widget it returns is the one that is currently visible, not
-the one that is about to be shown.
-
-
      void TQWidgetStack::aboutToShow ( TQWidget * ) [signal]
-
      
-
-
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       This signal is emitted just before a managed widget is shown. The
-argument is a pointer to the widget.
-
       If you call visibleWidget() in a slot connected to aboutToShow(),
-the widget returned is the one that is currently visible, not the
-one that is about to be shown.
-
-
      int TQWidgetStack::addWidget ( TQWidget * w, int id = -1 )
-
      
-Adds widget w to this stack of widgets, with ID id.
-
       If you pass an id >= 0 this ID is used. If you pass an id of
--1 (the default), the widgets will be numbered automatically. If
-you pass -2 a unique negative integer will be generated. No widget
-has an ID of -1. Returns the ID or -1 on failure (e.g. w is 0).
-
       If you pass an id that is already used, then a unique negative
-integer will be generated to prevent two widgets having the same
-id.
-
       If w already exists in the stack the widget will be removed first.
-
       If w is not a child of this TQWidgetStack moves it using
-reparent().
-
-
      Example: xform/xform.cpp.
-
      int TQWidgetStack::id ( TQWidget * widget ) const
-
      
-Returns the ID of the widget. Returns -1 if widget is 0 or
-is not being managed by this widget stack.
-
       
      See also widget() and addWidget().
-
-
      void TQWidgetStack::raiseWidget ( int id ) [slot]
-
      
-Raises the widget with ID id to the top of the widget stack.
-
       
      See also visibleWidget().
-
-
      Example: xform/xform.cpp.
-
      void TQWidgetStack::raiseWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [slot]
-
      
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
       Raises widget w to the top of the widget stack.
-
-
      void TQWidgetStack::removeWidget ( TQWidget * w )
-
      
-Removes widget w from this stack of widgets. Does not delete w. If w is the currently visible widget, no other widget is
-substituted.
-
       
      See also visibleWidget() and raiseWidget().
-
-
      void TQWidgetStack::setChildGeometries () [virtual protected]
-
      
-Fixes up the children's geometries.
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetStack::visibleWidget () const
-
      
-Returns the currently visible widget (the one at the top of the
-stack), or 0 if nothing is currently being shown.
-
       
      See also aboutToShow(), id(), and raiseWidget().
-
-
      TQWidget * TQWidgetStack::widget ( int id ) const
-
      
-Returns the widget with ID id. Returns 0 if this widget stack
-does not manage a widget with ID id.
-
       
      See also id() and addWidget().
-
-
-
      
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
-
-
      Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
      TQt 3.3.8
      
-
      
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwizard.html b/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
index fec3c228a..ba84c18c9 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Cancel, and Help push buttons, as appropriate to the current
 position in the page sequence. These buttons can be
 enabled/disabled using setBackEnabled(), setNextEnabled(),
 setFinishEnabled() and setHelpEnabled().
-
       Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from TQWidget and add
+
       Create and populate dialog pages that inherit from TQWidget and add
 them to the wizard using addPage(). Use insertPage() to add a
 dialog page at a certain position in the page sequence. Use
 removePage() to remove a page from the page sequence.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ complex pages.
 
       
      See also Abstract Widget Classes, Dialog Classes, and Organizers.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWizard::TQWizard ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQWizard::TQWizard ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The parent, name, modal and f arguments are passed to the TQDialog constructor.
 
@@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The parent, name, modal
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources, including
 all pages and controllers.
 
-
      void TQWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title ) [virtual]
 
      
 Adds page to the end of the page sequence, with the title, title.
 
-
      bool TQWizard::appropriate ( TQWidget * page ) const [virtual]
+
      bool TQWizard::appropriate ( TQWidget * page ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Called when the Next button is clicked; this virtual function
 returns TRUE if page is relevant for display in the current
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Returns a pointer to the dialog's Cancel button
 slot, which is virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard
 subclass.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQWizard::currentPage () const
+
      TQWidget * TQWizard::currentPage () const
 
      
 Returns a pointer to the current page in the sequence. Although
 the wizard does its best to make sure that this value is never 0,
@@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use
 
 
       This signal is emitted when the user clicks on the Help button.
 
-
      int TQWizard::indexOf ( TQWidget * page ) const
+
      int TQWizard::indexOf ( TQWidget * page ) const
 
      
 Returns the position of page page. If the page is not part of
 the wizard -1 is returned.
 
-
      void TQWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts page at position index into the page sequence, with
 title title. If index is -1, the page will be appended to
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Returns a pointer to the dialog's Next button
 virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use
 setNextEnabled() to enable/disable this button.
 
-
      TQWidget * TQWizard::page ( int index ) const
+
      TQWidget * TQWizard::page ( int index ) const
 
      
 Returns a pointer to the page at position index in the
 sequence, or 0 if index is out of range. The first page has
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ index 0.
 
 Returns the number of pages in the wizard.
 
-
      void TQWizard::removePage ( TQWidget * page ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::removePage ( TQWidget * page ) [virtual]
 
      
 Removes page from the page sequence but does not delete the
 page. If page is currently being displayed, TQWizard will
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ the first page.
 
       This signal is emitted when the current page changes. The
 parameter contains the title of the selected page.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setAppropriate ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::setAppropriate ( TQWidget * page, bool appropriate ) [virtual]
 
      
 If appropriate is TRUE then page page is considered relevant
 in the current context and should be displayed in the page
@@ -269,40 +269,40 @@ sequence; otherwise page should not be displayed in the page
 sequence.
 
       
      See also appropriate().
 
-
      void TQWizard::setBackEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQWizard::setBackEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 If enable is TRUE, page page has a Back button; otherwise page has no Back button. By default all pages have this button.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQWizard::setFinish ( TQWidget *, bool ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       Use setFinishEnabled instead
 
-
      void TQWizard::setFinishEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQWizard::setFinishEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 If enable is TRUE, page page has a Finish button; otherwise
 page has no Finish button. By default no page has this
 button.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setHelpEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQWizard::setHelpEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 If enable is TRUE, page page has a Help button; otherwise page has no Help button. By default all pages have this button.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setNextEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQWizard::setNextEnabled ( TQWidget * page, bool enable ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 If enable is TRUE, page page has a Next button; otherwise
 the Next button on page is disabled. By default all pages have
 this button.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )
+
      void TQWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )
 
      
 Sets the title for page page to title.
 
 
      void TQWizard::setTitleFont ( const TQFont & )
 
      Sets the font used for page titles.
 See the "titleFont" property for details.
-
      void TQWizard::showPage ( TQWidget * page ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::showPage ( TQWidget * page ) [virtual]
 
      
 Makes page the current page and emits the selected() signal.
 
       This virtual function is called whenever a different page is to
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ By reimplementing it (and calling TQWizard::showPage()),
 you can prepare each page prior to it being shown.
 
 
      Examples: distributor/distributor.ui.h and wizard/wizard.cpp.
-
      TQString TQWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const
+
      TQString TQWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const
 
      
 Returns the title of page page.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqworkspace.html b/doc/html/ntqworkspace.html
index 331328594..8a5e7a45f 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqworkspace.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqworkspace.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 contain decorated windows, e.g. for MDI.
 More...
 
      #include <ntqworkspace.h>
-
      Inherits TQWidget.
+
      Inherits TQWidget.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -83,17 +83,17 @@ constructor that takes a parent widget and an object name. The
 parent window is usually a TQMainWindow, but it need not be.
 
         Document windows (i.e. MDI windows) are also ordinary TQt widgets
 which have the workspace as their parent widget. When you call
-show(), hide(), showMaximized(), setCaption(), etc. on a document
+show(), hide(), showMaximized(), setCaption(), etc. on a document
 window, it is shown, hidden, etc. with a frame, caption, icon and
 icon text, just as you'd expect. You can provide widget flags
 which will be used for the layout of the decoration or the
 behaviour of the widget itself.
 
         To change or retrieve the geometry of MDI windows you must operate
-on the MDI widget's parentWidget(). (The parentWidget() provides
+on the MDI widget's parentWidget(). (The parentWidget() provides
 access to the decorated window in which the MDI window's widget is
 shown.)
 
         A document window becomes active when it gets the keyboard focus.
-You can also activate a window in code using setFocus(). The user
+You can also activate a window in code using setFocus(). The user
 can activate a window by moving focus in the usual ways, for
 example by clicking a window or by pressing Tab. The workspace
 emits a signal windowActivated() when it detects the activation
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ menu at the far left of the menu bar.
 
      • TQWorkspace::StackingOrder - The windows are returned in the order of their stacking
 
      
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQWorkspace::TQWorkspace ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQWorkspace::TQWorkspace ( TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a workspace with a parent and a name.
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Activates the next window in the child window chain.
 Activates the previous window in the child window chain.
 
       
      See also activateNextWindow().
 
-
      TQWidget * TQWorkspace::activeWindow () const
+
      TQWidget * TQWorkspace::activeWindow () const
 
      
 Returns the active window, or 0 if no window is active.
 
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Arranges all child windows in a tile pattern.
 
       
      See also cascade().
 
 
      Example: mdi/application.cpp.
-
      void TQWorkspace::windowActivated ( TQWidget * w ) [signal]
+
      void TQWorkspace::windowActivated ( TQWidget * w ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted when the window widget w becomes active.
diff --git a/doc/html/objecttrees.html b/doc/html/objecttrees.html
index 62783f34f..1ebc663e7 100644
--- a/doc/html/objecttrees.html
+++ b/doc/html/objecttrees.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ accelerator) is a child of the relevant window, so when the user closes
 that window, the accelerator is deleted too.
 
       The static function TQObject::objectTrees() provides access to all
 the root objects that currently exist.
-
       TQWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen,
+
       TQWidget, the base class of everything that appears on the screen,
 extends the parent-child relationship. A child normally also becomes a
 child widget, i.e. it is displayed in its parent's coordinate system
 and is graphically clipped by its parent's boundaries. For example,
diff --git a/doc/html/organizers.html b/doc/html/organizers.html
index 1c867be99..38981c8aa 100644
--- a/doc/html/organizers.html
+++ b/doc/html/organizers.html
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ complex applications or dialogs.
 TQVBoxVertical geometry management of its child widgets
 TQVButtonGroupOrganizes TQButton widgets in a vertical column
 TQVGroupBoxOrganizes a group of widgets in a vertical column
-TQWidgetStackStack of widgets of which only the top widget is user-visible
+TQWidgetStackStack of widgets of which only the top widget is user-visible
 TQWizardFramework for wizard dialogs
 TQWorkspaceWorkspace window that can contain decorated windows, e.g. for MDI
 
diff --git a/doc/html/outliner-example.html b/doc/html/outliner-example.html
index ec2f895d9..1f9714b48 100644
--- a/doc/html/outliner-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/outliner-example.html
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 
     OutlineTree outline( "todos.opml" );
     a.setMainWidget( &outline );
-    outline.show();
+    outline.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/picture-example.html b/doc/html/picture-example.html
index 1117c1fe8..eb3687fd2 100644
--- a/doc/html/picture-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/picture-example.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ a set of drawing commands.
 #include <ntqpainter.h>
 #include <ntqpicture.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
-#include <ntqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
 #include <ntqmessagebox.h>
 #include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void paintCar( TQPainter *p )                    /
 }
 
 
-class PictureDisplay : public TQWidget           // picture display widget
+class PictureDisplay : public TQWidget           // picture display widget
 {
 public:
     PictureDisplay( const char *fileName );
@@ -116,21 +116,21 @@ PictureDisplay::~PictureDisplay()
     delete pict;
 }
 
-void PictureDisplay::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+void PictureDisplay::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
     TQPainter paint( this );                     // paint widget
     if ( pict )
         paint.drawPicture( *pict );             // draw picture
     else
-        paint.drawText( rect(), AlignCenter, name );
+        paint.drawText( rect(), AlignCenter, name );
 }
 
-void PictureDisplay::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *k )
+void PictureDisplay::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *k )
 {
     switch ( tolower(k->ascii()) ) {
         case 'r':                               // reload
             pict->load( name );
-            update();
+            update();
             break;
         case 'q':                               // quit
             TQApplication::exit();
@@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     } else {
         PictureDisplay test( fileName );        // create picture display
         a.setMainWidget( &test);                // set main widget
-        test.setCaption("TQt Example - Picture");
-        test.show();                            // show it
+        test.setCaption("TQt Example - Picture");
+        test.show();                            // show it
 
         return a.exec();                        // start event loop
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/plugins-howto.html b/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
index de9973159..42ae7700c 100644
--- a/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
+++ b/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ by default in the standard plugin directory.
 TQTextCodecPlugin
 pluginsbase/codecs *
 
-TQWidgetPlugin
+TQWidgetPlugin
 pluginsbase/designer *
 
 
       But where is the pluginsbase directory? When the application is
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ to make available as a plugin. The required code is straightforward:
 
    
  
 
     (Note that TQStyleFactory is case-insensitive, and the lower case
-version of the key is used; other factories, e.g. TQWidgetFactory, are
+version of the key is used; other factories, e.g. TQWidgetFactory, are
 case sensitive.)
 
     The constructor and destructor do not need to do anything, so are left
 empty. There are only two virtual functions that must be implemented.
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ style explicitly in code. To apply a style, use code like this:
 
     Some plugin classes require additional functions to be implemented.
 See the TQt Designer manual's,
 'Creating Custom Widgets' section in the 'Creating Custom Widgets'
-chapter, for a complete example of a TQWidgetPlugin, which implements
+chapter, for a complete example of a TQWidgetPlugin, which implements
 extra functions to integrate the plugin into TQt Designer. The
-TQWidgetFactory class provides additional information on
+TQWidgetFactory class provides additional information on
 TQWidgetPlugins.
 
     See the class documentation for details of the virtual functions that
 must be reimplemented for each type of plugin.
diff --git a/doc/html/plugins.html b/doc/html/plugins.html
index ed970d721..a5ec23cce 100644
--- a/doc/html/plugins.html
+++ b/doc/html/plugins.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Windows.
 TQSqlDriverPluginAbstract base for custom TQSqlDriver plugins
 TQStylePluginAbstract base for custom TQStyle plugins
 TQTextCodecPluginAbstract base for custom TQTextCodec plugins
-TQWidgetPluginAbstract base for custom TQWidget plugins
+TQWidgetPluginAbstract base for custom TQWidget plugins
 
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/popup-example.html b/doc/html/popup-example.html
index 4e20c9e81..643092721 100644
--- a/doc/html/popup-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/popup-example.html
@@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ class FancyPopup : public TQLabel
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    FancyPopup( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char*  name=0);
+    FancyPopup( TQWidget* parent = 0, const char*  name=0);
 
-    void popup( TQWidget* parent = 0);
+    void popup( TQWidget* parent = 0);
 protected:
     virtual void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
     virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * );
     virtual void closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * );
 
 private:
-    TQWidget* popupParent;
+    TQWidget* popupParent;
     int moves;
 };
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ private:
  {
      TQ_OBJECT
  public:
-     Frame( TQWidget *parent=0, const char*  name=0);
+     Frame( TQWidget *parent=0, const char*  name=0);
 
  protected:
 
@@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ private:
 #include <ntqapplication.h>
 #include <ntqlayout.h>
 
-FancyPopup::FancyPopup( TQWidget* parent, const char*  name ):
+FancyPopup::FancyPopup( TQWidget* parent, const char*  name ):
     TQLabel( parent, name, WType_Popup ){
         setFrameStyle( WinPanel|Raised );
         setAlignment( AlignCenter );
-        resize(150,100);
+        resize(150,100);
         moves = 0;
-        setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+        setMouseTracking( TRUE );
 }
 
-void FancyPopup::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e){
+void FancyPopup::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e){
     moves++;
     TQString s;
     s.sprintf("%d/%d", e->pos().x(), e->pos().y());
@@ -132,12 +132,12 @@ private:
     setText(s);
 }
 
-void FancyPopup::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e){
-    if  (rect().contains( e->pos() ) || moves > 5)
-        close();
+void FancyPopup::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e){
+    if  (rect().contains( e->pos() ) || moves > 5)
+        close();
 }
 
-void FancyPopup::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e ){
+void FancyPopup::closeEvent( TQCloseEvent *e ){
     e->accept();
     moves = 0;
     if (!popupParent)
@@ -152,12 +152,12 @@ private:
     TQApplication::sendEvent( popupParent, &me );
 }
 
-void FancyPopup::popup( TQWidget* parent) {
+void FancyPopup::popup( TQWidget* parent) {
     popupParent = parent;
     setText("Move the mouse!");
     if (popupParent)
-        move( popupParent->mapToGlobal( popupParent->rect().bottomLeft() ) );
-    show();
+        move( popupParent->mapToGlobal( popupParent->rect().bottomLeft() ) );
+    show();
 }
 
 
@@ -172,29 +172,29 @@ void FancyPopup::popup( TQWidget
     connect ( button2, TQ_SIGNAL( pressed() ), TQ_SLOT( button2Pressed() ) );
 
     TQBoxLayout * l = new TQHBoxLayout( this );
-    button1->setMaximumSize(button1->sizeHint());
-    button2->setMaximumSize(button2->sizeHint());
+    button1->setMaximumSize(button1->sizeHint());
+    button2->setMaximumSize(button2->sizeHint());
     l->addWidget( button1 );
     l->addWidget( button2 );
     l->activate();
 
-//     button1->setGeometry(20,20,100,30);
-//     button2->setGeometry(140,20,100,30);
-    resize(270, 70);
+//     button1->setGeometry(20,20,100,30);
+//     button2->setGeometry(140,20,100,30);
+    resize(270, 70);
 
     //create a very simple popup: it is just composed with other
     //widget and will be shown after clicking on button1
 
     popup1 = new TQFrame( this ,0, WType_Popup);
     popup1->setFrameStyle( WinPanel|Raised );
-    popup1->resize(150,100);
+    popup1->resize(150,100);
     TQLineEdit *tmpE = new TQLineEdit( popup1 );
-    connect( tmpE, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), popup1, TQ_SLOT( hide() ) );
-    tmpE->setGeometry(10,10, 130, 30);
-    tmpE->setFocus();
+    connect( tmpE, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), popup1, TQ_SLOT( hide() ) );
+    tmpE->setGeometry(10,10, 130, 30);
+    tmpE->setFocus();
     TQPushButton *tmpB = new TQPushButton("Click me!", popup1);
-    connect( tmpB, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), popup1, TQ_SLOT( close() ) );
-    tmpB->setGeometry(10, 50, 130, 30);
+    connect( tmpB, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), popup1, TQ_SLOT( close() ) );
+    tmpB->setGeometry(10, 50, 130, 30);
 
     // the fancier version uses its own class. It will be shown when
     // pressing button2, so they behavior is more like a modern menu
@@ -207,15 +207,15 @@ void FancyPopup::popup( TQWidget
     // commented out) will for instance add a line edit widget.
 
 //     tmpE = new TQLineEdit( popup2 );
-//     tmpE->setFocus();
-//     connect( tmpE, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), popup2, TQ_SLOT( close() ) );
-//     tmpE->setGeometry(10, 10, 130, 30);
+//     tmpE->setFocus();
+//     connect( tmpE, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), popup2, TQ_SLOT( close() ) );
+//     tmpE->setGeometry(10, 10, 130, 30);
 }
 
 
 void Frame::button1Clicked(){
-    popup1->move( mapToGlobal( button1->geometry().bottomLeft() ) );
-    popup1->show();
+    popup1->move( mapToGlobal( button1->geometry().bottomLeft() ) );
+    popup1->show();
 }
 
 void Frame::button2Pressed(){
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a(argc,argv);
 
     Frame frame;
-    frame.setCaption("TQt Example - Custom Popups");
+    frame.setCaption("TQt Example - Custom Popups");
     a.setMainWidget(&frame);
-    frame.show();
+    frame.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/porting.html b/doc/html/porting.html
index 8c6518113..f663d5c13 100644
--- a/doc/html/porting.html
+++ b/doc/html/porting.html
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ new code.
 
  •  TQMainWindow::setToolBarsMovable( bool )
 
  •  TQMainWindow::toolBarPositionChanged( TQToolBar *)
 
  •  TQMainWindow::toolBarsMovable() const
-
  •  TQMessageBox::message( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
+
  •  TQMessageBox::message( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
 
  •  TQMessageBox::query( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
 
  •  TQMessageBox::standardIcon( Icon icon, GUIStyle style )
 
  •  TQRegExp::match( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int *len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ new code.
 
  •  TQString::setExpand( uint index, TQChar c )
 
  •  TQStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const
 
  •  TQStyle::scrollBarExtent() const
-
  •  TQStyle::tabbarMetrics( const TQWidget *t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const
+
  •  TQStyle::tabbarMetrics( const TQWidget *t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const
 
  •  TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled( const char *name ) const
 
  •  TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & )
 
  •  TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & tabLabel )
@@ -383,14 +383,14 @@ new code.
 
  •  TQTranslator::insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const TQString & translation )
 
  •  TQTranslator::remove( const char *context, const char *sourceText )
 
  •  TQUriDrag::setFilenames( const TQStringList & fnames )
-
  •  TQWidget::backgroundColor() const
-
  •  TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() const
-
  •  TQWidget::iconify()
-
  •  TQWidget::setBackgroundColor( const TQColor & c )
-
  •  TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap( const TQPixmap & pm )
-
  •  TQWidget::setFont( const TQFont & f, bool )
-
  •  TQWidget::setPalette( const TQPalette & p, bool )
-
  •  TQWizard::setFinish( TQWidget *, bool )
+
  •  TQWidget::backgroundColor() const
+
  •  TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() const
+
  •  TQWidget::iconify()
+
  •  TQWidget::setBackgroundColor( const TQColor & c )
+
  •  TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap( const TQPixmap & pm )
+
  •  TQWidget::setFont( const TQFont & f, bool )
+
  •  TQWidget::setPalette( const TQPalette & p, bool )
+
  •  TQWizard::setFinish( TQWidget *, bool )
 
  •  TQXmlInputSource::TQXmlInputSource( TQFile & file )
 
  •  TQXmlInputSource::TQXmlInputSource( TQTextStream & stream )
 
  •  TQXmlReader::parse( const TQXmlInputSource & input )
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ than the first two required parameters you will must add a value
 for the echo parameter.
 
     
     TQLayout and Other Abstract Layout Classes
 
    
-
     The definitions of TQGLayoutIterator, TQLayout, TQLayoutItem, TQLayoutIterator, TQSpacerItem and TQWidgetItem have been moved from <ntqabstractlayout.h> to <ntqlayout.h>. The header <ntqabstractlayout.h> now includes <ntqlayout.h> for compatibility. It
+
     The definitions of TQGLayoutIterator, TQLayout, TQLayoutItem, TQLayoutIterator, TQSpacerItem and TQWidgetItem have been moved from <ntqabstractlayout.h> to <ntqlayout.h>. The header <ntqabstractlayout.h> now includes <ntqlayout.h> for compatibility. It
 might be removed in a future version.
 
     
     TQListViewItem
 
    
@@ -700,18 +700,18 @@ TQTranslator::find(), you should reimplement TQWidget
+
     
     TQWidget
 
    
-
     TQWidget::backgroundColor(), TQWidget::setBackgroundColor(),
-TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() and TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap() have
+
     TQWidget::backgroundColor(), TQWidget::setBackgroundColor(),
+TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() and TQWidget::setBackgroundPixmap() have
 often been the source of much confusion in previous releases. TQt 3.0
 addresses this by obsoleting these functions and by replacing them
-with eight new functions: TQWidget::eraseColor(),
-TQWidget::setEraseColor(), TQWidget::erasePixmap(),
-TQWidget::setErasePixmap(), TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor(),
-TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(),
-TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() and
-TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). See their documentation for
+with eight new functions: TQWidget::eraseColor(),
+TQWidget::setEraseColor(), TQWidget::erasePixmap(),
+TQWidget::setErasePixmap(), TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor(),
+TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(),
+TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap() and
+TQWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(). See their documentation for
 details.
 
     
     TQXml Classes
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/process-example.html b/doc/html/process-example.html
index ffb847c57..719651b89 100644
--- a/doc/html/process-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/process-example.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ private:
     quitButton = new TQPushButton( tr("Quit"), this );
     connect( quitButton, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()),
             tqApp, TQ_SLOT(quit()) );
-    resize( 500, 500 );
+    resize( 500, 500 );
 
     // TQProcess related code
     proc = new TQProcess( this );
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
     UicManager manager;
     a.setMainWidget( &manager );
-    manager.show();
+    manager.show();
     return a.exec();
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/progress-example.html b/doc/html/progress-example.html
index 266f56861..9ccb3e5e6 100644
--- a/doc/html/progress-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/progress-example.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ demonstrates simple use of menus.
 
 class AnimatedThingy : public TQLabel {
 public:
-    AnimatedThingy( TQWidget* parent, const TQString& s ) :
+    AnimatedThingy( TQWidget* parent, const TQString& s ) :
         TQLabel(parent),
         label(s),
         step(0)
@@ -77,12 +77,12 @@ public:
     void show()
     {
         if (!isVisible()) startTimer(100);
-        TQWidget::show();
+        TQWidget::show();
     }
 
     void hide()
     {
-        TQWidget::hide();
+        TQWidget::hide();
         killTimers();
     }
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ private:
 };
 
 
-class CPUWaster : public TQWidget
+class CPUWaster : public TQWidget
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ private:
             rects = n;
             pb = newProgressDialog("Drawing rectangles.\n"
                                    "Using timer event.", n, FALSE);
-            pb->setCaption("Please Wait");
+            pb->setCaption("Please Wait");
             connect(pb, TQ_SIGNAL(cancelled()), this, TQ_SLOT(stopDrawing()));
             enableDrawingItems(FALSE);
             startTimer(0);
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ private:
         } else {
             TQProgressDialog* lpb = newProgressDialog(
                         "Drawing rectangles.\nUsing loop.", n, TRUE);
-            lpb->setCaption("Please Wait");
+            lpb->setCaption("Please Wait");
 
             TQPainter p(this);
             for (int i=0; i<n; i++) {
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     for ( int i=0; i<wincount; i++ ) {
         CPUWaster* cpuw = new CPUWaster;
         if ( i == 0 ) a.setMainWidget(cpuw);
-        cpuw->show();
+        cpuw->show();
     }
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/progressbar-example.html b/doc/html/progressbar-example.html
index dbd80cf30..a6813a06f 100644
--- a/doc/html/progressbar-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/progressbar-example.html
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ class ProgressBar : public TQButtonGroup
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    ProgressBar( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    ProgressBar( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
 protected:
     TQRadioButton *slow, *normal, *fast;
@@ -106,12 +106,12 @@ protected slots:
  * Creates child widgets of the ProgressBar widget
  */
 
-ProgressBar::ProgressBar( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+ProgressBar::ProgressBar( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQButtonGroup( 0, Horizontal, "Progress Bar", parent, name ), timer()
 {
     setMargin( 10 );
 
-    TQGridLayout* toplayout = new TQGridLayout( layout(), 2, 2, 5);
+    TQGridLayout* toplayout = new TQGridLayout( layout(), 2, 2, 5);
 
     setRadioButtonExclusive( TRUE );
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ protected slots:
 
     // Create the progressbar
     progress = new TQProgressBar( 100, this );
-    //    progress->setStyle( new TQMotifStyle() );
+    //    progress->setStyle( new TQMotifStyle() );
     toplayout->addMultiCellWidget( progress, 1, 1, 0, 1 );
 
     // connect the clicked() SIGNALs of the pushbuttons to SLOTs
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ protected slots:
 
 
     // some contraints
-    start->setFixedWidth( 80 );
-    setMinimumWidth( 300 );
+    start->setFixedWidth( 80 );
+    setMinimumWidth( 300 );
 }
 
 /*
@@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ void ProgressBar::slotStart()
             progress->setTotalSteps( 50 );
 
         // disable the speed-radiobuttons
-        slow->setEnabled( FALSE );
-        normal->setEnabled( FALSE );
-        fast->setEnabled( FALSE );
+        slow->setEnabled( FALSE );
+        normal->setEnabled( FALSE );
+        fast->setEnabled( FALSE );
     }
 
     // If the progress is not running...
@@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ void ProgressBar::slotReset()
     // rename the start/pause/continue button to Start...
     start->setText( "&Start" );
     // ...and enable this button
-    start->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    start->setEnabled( TRUE );
 
     // enable the speed-radiobuttons
-    slow->setEnabled( TRUE );
-    normal->setEnabled( TRUE );
-    fast->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    slow->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    normal->setEnabled( TRUE );
+    fast->setEnabled( TRUE );
 
     // reset the progressbar
     progress->reset();
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void ProgressBar::slotTimeout()
         // ...rename the start/pause/continue button to Start...
         start->setText( "&Start" );
         // ...and disable it...
-        start->setEnabled( FALSE );
+        start->setEnabled( FALSE );
         // ...and return
         return;
     }
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ int main(int argc,char **argv)
     TQApplication a(argc,argv);
 
     ProgressBar progressbar;
-    progressbar.setCaption("TQt Example - ProgressBar");
+    progressbar.setCaption("TQt Example - ProgressBar");
     a.setMainWidget(&progressbar);
-    progressbar.show();
+    progressbar.show();
 
     return a.exec();
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/properties.html b/doc/html/properties.html
index d296b25ba..cc7fcb559 100644
--- a/doc/html/properties.html
+++ b/doc/html/properties.html
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ But properties have several features that distinguish them from
 ordinary data members: